AT Command User Guide(R152x) L506 Guide V2.6

L506%20AT%20Command%20User%20Guide_V2.6

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 414 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

AT Command User Guid
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 0
AT Command User Guide
L506
Version： V1.0.2
Date： 2016-08-25
Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd
L506 AT Command User Guide
LTE Module Series
Version： V2.6
Date： 2017-6-30
Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 1
Notice
Some features of the product and its accessories described herein rely on the software installed,
capacities and settings of local network, and therefore may not be activated or may be limited by
local network operators or network service providers.
Thus, the descriptions herein may not exactly match the product or its accessories which you
purchase.Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd reserves the right to change or modify any
information or specifications contained in this manual without prior notice and without any
liability.
Copyright
This document contains proprietary technical information which is the property of Shanghai
Mobiletek Communication Ltd. copying of this document and giving it to others and the using or
communication of the contents thereof, are forbidden without express authority. Offenders are
liable to the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of grant of patent or the
registration of a utility model or design. All specification supplied herein are subject to change
without notice at any time.
DISCLAIMER
ALL CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAWS, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDINGBUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE MADE IN
RELATION TO THE ACCURACY, RELIABILITY OR CONTENTS OF THIS MANUAL.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL
SHANGHAI MOBILETEKCOMMUNICATION LTD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF PROFITS,
BUSINESS, REVENUE, DATA, GOODWILL SAVINGS OR ANTICIPATED SAVINGS
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LOSSES ARE FORSEEABLE OR NOT.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 2
Version History
Date
Version
Author
2016-03-01
V1.0
KuangPeng
2016-07-19
V1.1
KuangPeng
2016-07-27
V1.2
KuangPeng
2016-09-09
V1.3
KuangPeng
2016-09-12
V1.4
LiuBin
2016-10-10
V1.5
KuangPeng
2016-11-01
V1.6
Yangguodong
2016-11-03
V1.7
KuangPeng
2016-11-08
V1.8
KuangPeng
2016-11-10
V1.9
Wuyuanwei
2016-11-28
V2.0
LiuBin
2016-12-14
V2.1
ChenLei
2016-12-16
V2.2
YangDagang
2017-01-07
V2.2
YuanweiWu
2017-02-17
V2.2
ZhangYangHao
2017-02-20
V2.2
ChenLei
2017-2-22
V2.3
QinXiaoTao
2017-03-17
V2.3
ChenLei
2017-03-21
V2.3
JingBin
2017-03-21
V2.4
YangGuoDong
2017-04-05
V2.5
LinBin
2017-04-06
V2.5
ZhangYangHao
2017-04-27
V2.5
YuanweiWu
2017-05-13
V2.5
ZhangYangHao
2017-06-30
V2.6
ChenLei
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 3
CONTENT
CONTENT ................................................................................................................................. 3
1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 12
1.1 Scope .......................................................................................................................... 12
1.2 Audience ..................................................................................................................... 12
1.3 Document Organization ................................................................................................. 12
1.4 Related Documents ....................................................................................................... 12
2 Overview ........................................................................................................................... 13
2.1 About the document ...................................................................................................... 13
3 AT COMMANDS .............................................................................................................. 14
3.1 Definitions ................................................................................................................... 14
3.2 AT Command Syntax .................................................................................................... 15
3.2.1 String Type Parameters ............................................................................................. 15
3.2.2 Command Lines ........................................................................................................ 16
3.2.3 Information Responses and Result Codes ..................................................................... 17
3.2.4 Command Response Time-Out .................................................................................... 18
3.2.5 Command Issue Timing .............................................................................................. 20
3.3 AT Commands Set........................................................................................................ 21
3.3.1 Command Line General Format.................................................................................. 21
3.3.1.1 Command LinePrefixes ................................................................................................... 21
3.3.1.1.1 Starting a Command Line – AT .................................................................................... 21
3.3.1.1.2 Last Command Automatic Repetition – A/ ................................................................... 21
3.3.2 Hayes Compliant AT Commands ................................................................................. 22
3.3.2.1 Generic Modem Control .................................................................................................. 22
3.3.2.1.1 Set To Factory-Defined Configuration -&F ................................................................. 22
3.3.2.1.2 Soft Reset – Z ................................................................................................................ 22
3.3.2.1.3 Select Active Service Class - +FCLASS ....................................................................... 23
3.3.2.1.4 Store Current Configuration -&W ................................................................................ 23
3.3.2.1.5 Manufacturer Identification - +GMI ............................................................................ 23
3.3.2.1.6 Model Identification - +GMM ...................................................................................... 23
3.3.2.1.7 Revision Identification - +GMR ................................................................................... 23
3.3.2.1.8 Capabilities List - +GCAP ........................................................................................... 25
3.3.2.1.9 Serial Number - + GSN ................................................................................................ 25
3.3.2.1.10 Display Current Base Configuration and Profile -&V ............................................... 25
3.3.2.1.11 Single Line Connect Message - \V .............................................................................. 25
3.3.2.1.12 Speaker Loudness - L .................................................................................................. 26
3.3.2.1.13 Speaker Mode - M ...................................................................................................... 26
3.3.2.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control ..................................................................................... 27
3.3.2.2.1 Command Echo - E ....................................................................................................... 27
3.3.2.2.2 Quiet Result Codes - Q ................................................................................................. 27
3.3.2.2.3 Response Format – V .................................................................................................... 28
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 4
3.3.2.2.4 Extended Result Codes – X ........................................................................................... 29
3.3.2.2.5 Identification Information - I ........................................................................................ 29
3.3.2.2.6 Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control - &C ................................................................... 30
3.3.2.2.7 Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control - &D .................................................................. 30
3.3.2.2.8 Controls the display data rate or wireless connection speed - &E .............................. 30
3.3.2.2.9 Standard Flow Control - \Q.......................................................................................... 31
3.3.2.2.10 Data Set Ready (DSR) Control - &S .......................................................................... 31
3.3.2.2.11 Fixed DTE Interface Rate - +IPR............................................................................... 32
3.3.2.2.12 DTE-Modem Local Flow Control - +IFC .................................................................. 33
3.3.2.2.13 DTE-Modem Character Framing - +ICF .................................................................. 33
3.3.2.3 Call Control ..................................................................................................................... 34
3.3.2.3.1 Dial - D ......................................................................................................................... 34
3.3.2.3.2 Tone Dial - T ................................................................................................................ 36
3.3.2.3.3 Pulse Dial - P ............................................................................................................... 36
3.3.2.3.4 Answer - A .................................................................................................................... 36
3.3.2.3.5 Disconnect - H .............................................................................................................. 36
3.3.2.3.6 Return To On Line Mode - O ........................................................................................ 37
3.3.2.4 Compression Control ....................................................................................................... 38
3.3.2.4.1 Data Compression - +DS ............................................................................................. 38
3.3.2.4.2 Data Compression Reporting - +DR ............................................................................ 38
3.3.2.5 S Parameters .................................................................................................................... 39
3.3.2.5.1 Number of Rings to Auto Answer - S0 .......................................................................... 39
3.3.2.5.2 Escape Character - S2 .................................................................................................. 40
3.3.2.5.3 Command Line Termination Character - S3 ................................................................ 40
3.3.2.5.4 Response Formatting Character - S4 ........................................................................... 41
3.3.2.5.5 Command Line Editing Character - S5 ........................................................................ 41
3.3.2.5.6 Connection Completion Time-Out - S7 ........................................................................ 42
3.3.2.5.7 Carrier Off With Firm Time - S10 ................................................................................ 42
3.3.2.5.8 Disconnect Inactivity Timer - S30 ................................................................................ 42
3.3.3 3GPP TS 27.007 AT Commands.................................................................................. 43
3.3.3.1 General ............................................................................................................................ 43
3.3.3.1.1 Request Manufacturer Identification - +CGMI ............................................................ 43
3.3.3.1.2 Request Model Identification -
+CGMM
....................................................................... 43
3.3.3.1.3 Request Revision Identification - +CGMR ................................................................... 43
3.3.3.1.4 Request Product Serial Number Identification - +CGSN............................................. 43
3.3.3.1.5 Select TE Character Set - +CSCS ................................................................................ 44
3.3.3.1.6 Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) - +CIMI ............................. 44
3.3.3.1.7 PCCA STD-101 Query Wireless Network - +WS46 ..................................................... 45
3.3.3.2 Call Control ..................................................................................................................... 46
3.3.3.2.1 Call mode - +CMOD .................................................................................................... 46
3.3.3.2.2 Hang Up Call - +CHUP............................................................................................... 46
3.3.3.2.3 Select type of address - +CSTA .................................................................................... 47
3.3.3.2.4 Select Bearer Service Type - +CBST ............................................................................ 47
3.3.3.2.5 Radio Link Protocol - +CRLP ...................................................................................... 49
3.3.3.2.6 Service Reporting Control - +CR ................................................................................. 50
3.3.3.2.7 Extended Error Report - +CEER ................................................................................. 50
3.3.3.2.8 Cellular Result Codes - +CRC ..................................................................................... 51
3.3.3.2.9 HSCSD non-transparent call configuration +CHSN ................................................... 52
3.3.3.2.10 Voice Hang Up Control - +CVHU ............................................................................. 53
3.3.3.2.11 Setting Time Format - +CSTF .................................................................................... 53
3.3.3.2.12 Setting Date Format - + CSDF .................................................................................. 54
3.3.3.3 Network Service Handling .............................................................................................. 56
3.3.3.3.1 Subscriber Number - +CNUM ..................................................................................... 56
3.3.3.3.2 Read Operator Names - +COPN.................................................................................. 56
3.3.3.3.3 Network Registration Report - +CREG ........................................................................ 57
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 5
3.3.3.3.4 Operator Selection - +COPS ........................................................................................ 60
3.3.3.3.5 Facility Lock/Unlock - +CLCK .................................................................................... 63
3.3.3.3.6 Change Facility Password - +CPWD .......................................................................... 65
3.3.3.3.7 Calling Line Identification Presentation - +CLIP ....................................................... 65
3.3.3.3.8 Calling Line Identification Restriction - +CLIR .......................................................... 67
3.3.3.3.9 Connected line identification presentation - COLP ..................................................... 68
3.3.3.3.10 Call Forwarding Number and Conditions - +CCFC ................................................. 69
3.3.3.3.11 Call Waiting - +CCWA .............................................................................................. 70
3.3.3.3.12 Call Holding Services - +CHLD ................................................................................ 72
3.3.3.3.13 Call deflection - +CTFR ............................................................................................. 73
3.3.3.3.14 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data - +CUSD ................................................ 73
3.3.3.3.15 Advice of Charge - +CAOC........................................................................................ 74
3.3.3.3.16 List Current Calls - +CLCC ....................................................................................... 75
3.3.3.3.17 SS Notification - +CSSN ............................................................................................. 77
3.3.3.3.18 Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control - +CCUG ................................. 78
3.3.3.3.19 Preferred Operator List - +CPOL.............................................................................. 79
3.3.3.3.20 Selection of preferred PLMN list - +CPLS ................................................................ 80
3.3.3.4 Mobile Equipment Control .............................................................................................. 81
3.3.3.4.1 Phone Activity Status - +CPAS .................................................................................... 81
3.3.3.4.2 Set Phone Functionality - +CFUN ............................................................................... 82
3.3.3.4.3 Enter PIN - +CPIN ....................................................................................................... 83
3.3.3.4.4 Signal Quality - +CSQ ................................................................................................. 85
3.3.3.4.5 Indicator Control - +CIND .......................................................................................... 86
3.3.3.4.6 Mobile Equipment Event Reporting - +CMER ............................................................. 89
3.3.3.4.7 Select Phonebook Memory Storage - +CPBS .............................................................. 90
3.3.3.4.8 Read Phonebook Entries - +CPBR .............................................................................. 91
3.3.3.4.9 Find Phonebook Entries - +CPBF ............................................................................... 93
3.3.3.4.10 Write Phonebook Entry - +CPBW.............................................................................. 95
3.3.3.4.11 Clock Management - +CCLK ..................................................................................... 96
3.3.3.4.12 Restricted SIM Access - +CRSM ................................................................................ 97
3.3.3.4.13 Accumulated Call Meter - +CACM ............................................................................ 98
3.3.3.4.14 Accumulated Call Meter Maximum - +CAMM .......................................................... 98
3.3.3.4.15 Available AT Commands - +CLAC ............................................................................ 99
3.3.3.4.16 Automatic Time Zone update - +CTZU ...................................................................... 99
3.3.3.5 Mobile Equipment Errors .............................................................................................. 100
3.3.3.5.1 Report Mobile Equipment Error - +CMEE ................................................................ 100
3.3.3.6 Voice Control ................................................................................................................ 100
3.3.3.6.1 DTMF Tones Transmission - +VTS ........................................................................... 100
3.3.3.6.2 Receive DTMF in Call - +MVTR ............................................................................... 101
3.3.3.7 Commands for Package Domain ................................................................................... 103
3.3.3.7.1 GPRS Mobile Station Class - +CGCLASS ................................................................. 103
3.3.3.7.2 GPRS Attach or Detach - +CGATT ........................................................................... 104
3.3.3.7.3 GPRS Event Reporting - +CGEREP .......................................................................... 104
3.3.3.7.4 EPS Network Registration Status - +CEREG .......................................................... 106
3.3.3.7.5 GPRS Network Registration Status - +CGREG ......................................................... 109
3.3.3.7.6 Printing IP Address Format - +CGPIAF ................................................................... 110
3.3.3.7.7 Define PDP Context - +CGDCONT .......................................................................... 111
3.3.3.7.8 Define Secondary PDP Context - +CGDSCONT ....................................................... 113
3.3.3.7.9 Traffic Flow Template +CGTFT ................................................................................ 114
3.3.3.7.10 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) - +CGQMIN .............................. 117
3.3.3.7.11 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) - +CGEQMIN...................... 118
3.3.3.7.12 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) - +CGQREQ ............................................... 121
3.3.3.7.13 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) - +CGEQREQ ....................................... 122
3.3.3.7.14 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate - +CGACT ..................................................... 125
3.3.3.7.15 PDP Context Modify - +CGCMOD ......................................................................... 126
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 6
3.3.3.7.16 Show PDP Address - +CGPADDR .......................................................................... 126
3.3.3.7.17 Set Mode of Operator for EPS - +CEMODE ........................................................... 127
3.3.3.7.18 Enter Data State - +CGDATA .................................................................................. 128
3.3.3.7.19 PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGCONTRDP ................................... 128
3.3.3.7.20 Secondary PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGSCONTRDP ............... 130
3.3.3.7.21 Traffic Flow Template Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGTFTRDP ........................ 131
3.3.3.7.22 Define EPS Quality of Service +CGEQOS .............................................................. 133
3.3.3.7.23 EPS Quality of Service Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGEQOSRDP .................... 134
3.3.3.7.24 Sets PDP authentication parameters. - $QCPDPP .................................................. 135
3.3.3.7.25 Sets Duplicate PDP activation. - +MDUPPDP ....................................................... 135
3.3.3.8 Commands for Battery Charger ..................................................................................... 136
3.3.3.8.1 Battery Charge - +CBC .............................................................................................. 136
3.3.4 3GPP TS 27.005 AT Commands for SMS and CBS ...................................................... 137
3.3.4.1 General Configuration ................................................................................................ 137
3.3.4.1.1 Select Message Service - +CSMS ............................................................................... 137
3.3.4.1.2 Preferred Message Storage - +CPMS ........................................................................ 138
3.3.4.1.3 Message Format - +CMGF ........................................................................................ 139
3.3.4.2 Message Configuration .................................................................................................. 140
3.3.4.2.1 Service Center Address - +CSCA ............................................................................... 140
3.3.4.2.2 Select service for MO SMS services - +CGSMS ........................................................ 141
3.3.4.2.3 Set Text Mode Parameters - +CSMP ......................................................................... 141
3.3.4.2.4 Show Text Mode Parameters - +CSDH ..................................................................... 142
3.3.4.2.5 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types - +CSCB......................................................... 143
3.3.4.2.6 Save Settings - +CSAS ................................................................................................ 143
3.3.4.2.7 Restore Settings - +CRES ........................................................................................... 144
3.3.4.3 Message Receiving and Reading ................................................................................... 145
3.3.4.3.1 New Message Indications to Terminal Equipment - +CNMI ..................................... 145
3.3.4.3.2 List Messages - +CMGL ............................................................................................ 149
3.3.4.3.3 Read Message - +CMGR ............................................................................................ 152
3.3.4.3.4 New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TA - +CNMA .............................................. 154
3.3.4.3.5 List Messages - +CMGLEX ........................................................................................ 155
3.3.4.3.6 Read Message - +CMGREX ....................................................................................... 155
3.3.4.4 Message Sending and Writing ....................................................................................... 156
3.3.4.4.1 Send Message - +CMGS ............................................................................................ 156
3.3.4.4.2 Send Message from Storage - +CMSS ....................................................................... 159
3.3.4.4.3 Write Message to Memory - +CMGW ........................................................................ 160
3.3.4.4.4 Delete Message - +CMGD ......................................................................................... 163
3.3.4.4.5 More Message to Send - +CMMS .............................................................................. 163
3.3.4.4.6 Message to Send - +CMGC ........................................................................................ 164
3.3.5 Mobiletek extended AT Commands ............................................................................ 168
3.3.5.1 General .......................................................................................................................... 168
3.3.5.1.1 System Config - ^SYSCONFIG ................................................................................... 168
3.3.5.1.2 Setup RmNet Call - $QCRMCALL ............................................................................. 169
3.3.5.1.3 Inquires The Current System Message - ^SYSINFO ................................................... 170
3.3.5.1.4 SIM Card HotSwap Control - +ESIMS ...................................................................... 171
3.3.5.1.5 Time zone Control - +MTZ ......................................................................................... 172
3.3.5.2 HTTP AT Commands .................................................................................................... 182
3.3.5.2.1 Open HTTP Service - $HTTPOPEN .......................................................................... 182
3.3.5.2.2 Close HTTP Service - $HTTPCLOSE ........................................................................ 183
3.3.5.2.3 Set HTTP Header Fields - $HTTPRQH ..................................................................... 184
3.3.5.2.4 Set HTTP Request URL And Port- $HTTPPARA ....................................................... 185
3.3.5.2.5 Clear HTTP Related Parameters - $HTTPCLEAR .................................................... 186
3.3.5.2.6 Send HTTP Request - $HTTPACTION ....................................................................... 187
3.3.5.2.7 Set HTTP Post Request's Data - $HTTPDATA .......................................................... 190
3.3.5.2.8 Set HTTP Post Request's Data - $HTTPDATAEX ..................................................... 190
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 7
3.3.5.2.9 Send HTTP Post Content Data - $HTTPSEND .......................................................... 192
3.3.5.2.10 HTTP Error Code ..................................................................................................... 193
3.3.5.3 HTTPS AT Commands ................................................................................................. 194
3.3.5.3.1 Acquire HTTPS Protocol Stack - +CHTTPSSTART .................................................. 194
3.3.5.3.2 Stop HTTPS Protocol Stack - +CHTTPSSTOP .......................................................... 194
3.3.5.3.3 Open HTTPS Session - +CHTTPSOPSE.................................................................... 195
3.3.5.3.4 Close HTTPS Session - +CHTTPSCLSE.................................................................... 196
3.3.5.3.5 Send HTTPS Request - +CHTTPSSEND .................................................................... 197
3.3.5.3.6 Receive HTTPS Response - +CHTTPSRECV ............................................................ 198
3.3.5.3.7 Get The State of HTTPS Request - +CHTTPSSTATE ................................................ 201
3.3.5.4 EMAIL AT Command .................................................................................................. 202
3.3.5.4.1 Set SMTP Server Address And Port Number - +SMTPSRV ....................................... 202
3.3.5.4.2 SMTP Server Authentication - +SMTPAUTH ............................................................ 203
3.3.5.4.3 Set Sender Address And Name - +SMTPFROM ........................................................ 204
3.3.5.4.4 Set Recipient Type(TO/CC/BCC), Address And Name - +SMTPRCPT ..................... 205
3.3.5.4.5 Set Email Subject -+SMTPSUB .................................................................................. 206
3.3.5.4.6 Set Email Body - +SMTPBODY ................................................................................. 207
3.3.5.4.7 Set Email Body Character set - +SMTPBCH ............................................................. 208
3.3.5.4.8 Add Email Attachment File - +SMTPFILE ................................................................ 209
3.3.5.4.9 Send an Email - +SMTPSEND ................................................................................... 210
3.3.5.4.10 Close SMTP Connection - SMTPSTOP .................................................................... 210
3.3.5.4.11 Set POP3 Server Address, Username, Password, Port - +POP3SRV ..................... 211
3.3.5.4.12 Login POP3 Server - +POP3IN ............................................................................... 212
3.3.5.4.13 Get Email Number And Total Size - +POP3NUM ................................................... 212
3.3.5.4.14 List Email ID And Size - +POP3LIST ...................................................................... 213
3.3.5.4.15 Get an Email Header - +POP3HDR ........................................................................ 214
3.3.5.4.16 Get an Email - +POP3GET ..................................................................................... 215
3.3.5.4.17 Mark an Email to Delete from POP3 Server - +POP3DEL .................................... 216
3.3.5.4.18 Logout POP3 Server - +POP3OUT ......................................................................... 216
3.3.5.4.19 Force to Stop POP3 Session - +POP3STOP ........................................................... 217
3.3.5.4.20 Read an Email from File System - +POP3READ .................................................... 218
3.3.5.4.21 Translate Input String to Base64 Character - +EMAILENC ................................... 219
3.3.5.4.22 Delete Email file from File System - +POP3REMOVE ........................................... 219
3.3.5.4.23 EMAIL AT Command Response Error Definition .................................................... 220
3.3.5.5 Network AT Command ................................................................................................. 221
3.3.5.5.1 Preferred Mode Selection - +CNMP .......................................................................... 221
3.3.5.5.2 Preferred Band Selection - +CNBP ........................................................................... 223
3.3.5.5.3 Acquisition Order Preference - +CNAOP .................................................................. 226
3.3.5.5.4 Preferred Service Domain Selection - +CNSDP ........................................................ 228
3.3.5.5.5 Inquiring UE System Information - +CPSI ................................................................ 229
3.3.5.5.6 Show Network System Mode - +CNSMOD ................................................................ 233
3.3.5.5.7 Show Cell System Information - +CCINFO ............................................................... 235
3.3.5.5.8 Inquiring Mobile Phone System Information - +CMGSI ........................................... 238
3.3.5.5.9 Gets the Neighbor Measurement Information - +CMGRMI ...................................... 242
3.3.5.5.10 Show Cell System Information in GSM - +MONI .................................................... 253
3.3.5.5.11 System Information in LTE - +MCSQ ...................................................................... 258
3.3.5.6 GPS AT command ......................................................................................................... 259
3.3.5.6.1 Start/Stop GPS Position Session - +CGPS ................................................................. 259
3.3.5.6.2 Get Current GPS Position Information - +CGPSINFO ............................................. 260
3.3.5.6.3 Cold Start GPS - +CGPSCOLD ................................................................................. 261
3.3.5.6.4 Hot Start GPS - +CGPSHOT ..................................................................................... 262
3.3.5.6.5 Set AGPS Default Server URL - +CGPSURL ............................................................ 263
3.3.5.6.6 Select Transport Security - + CGPSSSL .................................................................... 264
3.3.5.6.7 Auto Start GPS When Module Powers On - +CGPSAUTO ....................................... 265
3.3.5.6.8 Configure NMEA Output Sentences - +CGPSNMEA ................................................ 266
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 8
3.3.5.6.9 Specifies GPS Session - +CGPSMD .......................................................................... 267
3.3.5.6.10 Delete the GPS Information - +CGPSDEL .............................................................. 268
3.3.5.6.11 Enable/Disable GPS XTRA Function - +CGPSXE .................................................. 268
3.3.5.6.12 Download XTRA Assistant file - +CGPSXD ............................................................ 269
3.3.5.6.13 Download XTRA Assistant File Auto - +CGPSXDAUTO ........................................ 270
3.3.5.6.14 Report NMEA-0183 Sentences - +CGPSINFOCFG ................................................ 271
3.3.5.6.15 Configure Positioning Mode - +CGPSPMD ............................................................ 272
3.3.5.6.16 Based Mode Switch to Standalone - +CGPSMSB .................................................... 274
3.3.5.6.17 Configure Positioning Desired Accuracy - +CGPSHOR ......................................... 275
3.3.5.6.18 LCS Respond Positioning Request - +CGPSNOTIFY .............................................. 275
3.3.5.6.19 Get Station Positioning - +GTPOS .......................................................................... 276
3.3.5.6.20 Set Gps Output Port and Position System - +CGPSNMEATYPE ............................ 277
3.3.5.6.21 Xtra File Download Error Code .............................................................................. 278
3.3.5.6.22 Gps Position Error Code .......................................................................................... 278
3.3.5.7 SMS extended AT commands ....................................................................................... 279
3.3.5.7.1 Read Message Only - +CMGRO ................................................................................ 279
3.3.5.7.2 Change Message Status - +CMGMT.......................................................................... 279
3.3.5.7.3 Set Message Valid Period - +CMVP .......................................................................... 280
3.3.5.7.4 Read and Delete Message - +CMGRD ...................................................................... 281
3.3.5.7.5 Send Message Quickly - +CMGSO ............................................................................ 282
3.3.5.7.6 Write Message to Memory Quickly - +CMGWO ....................................................... 283
3.3.5.7.7 Send Message - +CMGSEX ........................................................................................ 284
3.3.5.7.8 Generate a New Message Reference - +CMGENREF ............................................... 285
3.3.5.7.9 Send Multi Messages from Storage - +CMSSEX ....................................................... 285
3.3.5.7.10 Send Message from Storage to Multi DA - +CMSSEXM ......................................... 286
3.3.5.7.11 HSMSSS additional parameters - ^ HSMSSS ........................................................... 287
3.3.5.7.12 SMS CMS error code enum: ..................................................................................... 289
3.3.5.8 AT Commands for Status Control ................................................................................. 290
3.3.5.8.1 Read ICCID from SIM Card - +CICCID ................................................................... 290
3.3.5.8.2 Times Remain to Input SIM PIN/PUK - +SPIC ......................................................... 291
3.3.5.8.3 Get Service Provider Name from SIM - +CSPN ..................................................... 292
3.3.5.8.4 Set CSQ Report - +AUTOCSQ ................................................................................... 293
3.3.5.8.5 Power Down the Module- +CPOF ............................................................................. 294
3.3.5.8.6 Reset the Module - +CRESET .................................................................................... 294
3.3.5.8.7 Set IMEI for the Module - +SIMEI ............................................................................. 295
3.3.5.8.8 Set RSSI Delta Change Threshold - +CSQDELTA .................................................... 296
3.3.5.9 GPIO Control................................................................................................................. 297
3.3.5.9.1 Set the Direction of Specified GPIO - +CGDRT ..................................................... 297
3.3.5.9.2 Set the Value of Specified GPIO - +CGSETV ......................................................... 298
3.3.5.9.3 Get the Value of Specified GPIO - +CGGETV .......................................................... 299
3.3.5.9.4 Flight Mode Control - +CGFLY ................................................................................ 300
3.3.5.9.5 Network LED Control - +CGNETLED ...................................................................... 301
3.3.5.10 AT Commands for LOCK ......................................................................................... 302
3.3.5.10.1 Get Lock State - +MLKSTA ...................................................................................... 302
3.3.5.10.2 Get Nearby Cell Information - +CELLINFO ........................................................... 303
3.3.5.10.3 Lock To Band - +MLKBAND ................................................................................... 304
3.3.5.10.4 Lock To Network - +MLKNET ................................................................................. 306
3.3.5.10.5 Lock To Sim Card - +MLKSIM ................................................................................ 308
3.3.5.10.6 Lock To Cell - +MLKCELL ...................................................................................... 309
3.3.5.10.7 Bands Lists................................................................................................................ 312
3.3.5.11 AT Commands for FTP ............................................................................................. 315
3.3.5.11.1 Set FTP Server Port - +CFTPPORT ........................................................................ 315
3.3.5.11.2 Set FTP Mode - +CFTPMODE ................................................................................ 315
3.3.5.11.3 Set FTP Type - +CFTPTYPE ................................................................................... 316
3.3.5.11.4 Set FTP Server Domain Name or IP Address - +CFTPSERV ................................. 317
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 9
3.3.5.11.5 Set User Name for FTP Access - +CFTPUN ........................................................... 318
3.3.5.11.6 Set User Password for FTP Access - +CFTPPW ..................................................... 319
3.3.5.11.7 Get a File from FTP Server to EFS - +CFTPGETFILE .......................................... 320
3.3.5.11.8 Upload a File from Module EFS to FTP Server - +CFTPPUTFILE ....................... 321
3.3.5.11.9 Get a File from FTP Server and Output it to SIO - +CFTPGET ............................. 322
3.3.5.11.10 Upload the DATA from SIO to FTP Server - +CFTPPUT ..................................... 323
3.3.5.11.11 List the Items in the Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPLIST ................................ 324
3.3.5.11.12 Create a New Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPMKD......................................... 325
3.3.5.11.13 Delete a Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPRMD ................................................. 325
3.3.5.11.14 Delete a File on FTP Server - +CFTPDELE ......................................................... 326
3.3.5.11.15 Delete a Local File - +CFTPDELFILE ................................................................. 327
3.3.5.11.16 Read File from Local File to SIO - + CFTPRDFILE ............................................. 328
3.3.5.11.17 Unsolicited FTP Codes (Summary of CME ERROR codes) ................................... 329
3.3.5.12 AT Commands for TCP/IP ........................................................................................ 330
3.3.5.12.1 Select TCP/IP Timeout Value - + CIPTIMEOUT .................................................... 330
3.3.5.12.2 Select TCP/IP Application Mode - + CIPMODE ..................................................... 331
3.3.5.12.3 Open Network - + NETOPEN .................................................................................. 332
3.3.5.12.4 Close Network - + NETCLOSE ................................................................................ 333
3.3.5.12.5 Inquire Socket PDP Address - + IPADDR ............................................................... 333
3.3.5.12.6 Startup TCP Server - + SERVERSTART .................................................................. 334
3.3.5.12.7 Stop TCP Server - + SERVERSTOP......................................................................... 335
3.3.5.12.8 Establish Connection in Multi-socket Mode - + CIPOPEN ..................................... 336
3.3.5.12.9 Send Data Through TCP or UDP Connection- + CIPSEND ................................... 337
3.3.5.12.10 Get the Network Data Manually- + CIPRXGET .................................................... 338
3.3.5.12.11 Close TCP or UDP Socket - + CIPCLOSE ............................................................ 340
3.3.5.12.12 Inquire the Total Size of Data Sent or Received Recently- + CIPSTAT ................. 341
3.3.5.12.13 Inquire the specific link connect status- + CIPOPQUERY .................................... 342
3.3.5.13 AT Commands for WIFI ........................................................................................... 343
3.3.5.13.1 Open/Close WIFI - $MWIFI ..................................................................................... 343
3.3.5.13.2 Set/Get AP's SSID - $MWIFISSID ............................................................................ 344
3.3.5.13.3 Set/Get AP's Authentication And Encryption type - $MWIFIAUTH ..................... 345
3.3.5.13.4 Open or Close AP's Broadcast - $MWIFIBCAST .................................................... 347
3.3.5.13.5 Set WIFI Channel - $MWIFICHAN .......................................................................... 348
3.3.5.13.6 Set Max Number Of Wifi Client - $MWIFIMAXCLI ................................................ 349
3.3.5.13.7 Set DHCP Parameter - $MWIFIDHCP ................................................................... 350
3.3.5.13.8 Set AP's NAT Type - $MWIFINAT ........................................................................... 351
3.3.5.13.9 Set WIFI Mode - $MWIFIMODE ............................................................................. 352
3.3.5.13.10 Get WIFI Client Number - $MWIFICLICNT ......................................................... 353
3.3.5.13.11 Get WIFI Client Information - $MWIFICLILIST ................................................... 354
3.3.5.13.12 Open/Close STA Connection Indication - $MWIFIIND ......................................... 355
3.3.5.13.13 Get/Set WIFI blacklist - $MWIFIBLKLIST ............................................................ 356
3.3.5.13.14 Reset WIFI Setting - $MWIFIRSTD ....................................................................... 357
3.3.5.13.15 Enable Or Unable Network For WIFI - $MNETSWITCH ..................................... 358
3.3.5.13.16 Get/Set Profile ID For AP - $MWIFIPROID ......................................................... 359
3.3.5.13.17 Error Code.............................................................................................................. 360
3.3.5.14 AT Commands for FOTA.......................................................................................... 361
3.3.5.14.1 Detect/Upgrade Software Version - +FOTA ............................................................ 361
3.3.5.14.2 Get the publish content of new version - +MFOTAGCVI ........................................ 363
3.3.5.15 AT Commands for TTS ............................................................................................. 364
3.3.5.15.1 Voice broadcast - +MTTS ........................................................................................ 364
3.3.5.15.2 Set voice broadcast parameters - +MTTSP ............................................................. 366
3.3.5.16 AT Commands for AUDIO ....................................................................................... 367
3.3.5.16.1 Audio function - +MAUDREC ................................................................................. 367
3.3.5.16.2 Set MIC volume - +MMICVOL ................................................................................ 369
3.3.5.16.3 Set Speaker Volume - +MSPKVOL .......................................................................... 370
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 10
3.3.5.17 AT Commands for Sleep Mode ................................................................................. 371
3.3.5.17.1 Sleep mode function - +CSCLK ............................................................................... 371
3.3.5.17.2 Entry Sleep mode function - +MPWRSM ................................................................. 371
3.3.5.18 AT Commands for Heartbeat .................................................................................... 372
3.3.5.18.1 Hearteat Service Config - +MHEARTSRV ............................................................ 372
3.3.5.18.2 HeartBeat Enable and Disable - +MHEARTEN ................................................... 373
3.3.5.18.3 Set Heartbeat Times - +MHEARTTIME ............................................................... 374
3.3.5.18.4 Set Heartbeat Mode - +MHEARTMODE .............................................................. 375
3.3.5.18.5 Set Heartbeat Packet Data - +MHEARTDATA .................................................... 376
3.3.5.18.6 Set Heartbeat Packet URC Display - +MHEARTURC ......................................... 378
3.3.5.19 AT Commands for FS................................................................................................ 379
3.3.5.19.1 Select directory as current directory - +MFSCD ................................................ 379
3.3.5.19.2 Make new directory in current directory - +MFSMKDIR .................................... 380
3.3.5.19.3 List directories/files in current directory - +MFSLS ............................................. 381
3.3.5.19.4 Delete directory in current directory - +MFSRMDIR .......................................... 383
3.3.5.19.5 Delete file in current directory - +MFSDEL ......................................................... 384
3.3.5.19.6 Rename file or subdirectory in current directory - +MFSRENAME..................... 385
3.3.5.19.7 Request file attributes - +MFSATTRI .................................................................... 386
3.3.5.19.8 Check the size of available memory - +MFSMEM ................................................ 387
3.3.5.19.9 Select storage place - +MFSLOCA ....................................................................... 388
3.3.5.19.10 Copy an appointed file - +MFSCOPY ................................................................. 389
3.3.5.20 AT Commands for MQTT ......................................................................................... 391
3.3.5.20.1 Set address and port - +MMQTTOPEN ................................................................... 391
3.3.5.20.2 Release MQTT resources - +MMQTTCLOSE ......................................................... 392
3.3.5.20.3 Request to connect to server - +MMQTTCONNECT ............................................... 393
3.3.5.20.4 Request to disconnect to server - +MMQTTDISCONNECT .................................... 395
3.3.5.20.5 Request to subscribe a topic - +MMQTTSUB .......................................................... 396
3.3.5.20.6 Request to unsubscribe a topic - +MMQTTUNSUB ................................................ 397
3.3.5.20.7 Request to publish message - +MMQTTPUB .......................................................... 398
3.3.5.20.8 Request to publish a long message - +MMQTTPUBEX .......................................... 399
3.3.6 AT Commands for IS-707 ......................................................................................... 401
3.3.6.1 IS-707 vendor Specific AT command table .................................................................. 401
3.3.6.1.1 Answer Incoming Voice Call - $QCCAV .................................................................... 401
3.3.6.1.2 Hangs Up Incoming Voice Call - $QCCHV ............................................................... 401
3.3.6.1.3 Sends to the ME a Password - ^CPIN ........................................................................ 401
3.3.6.1.4 Sends to the ME a Password - +QCPIN .................................................................... 402
3.3.6.1.5 Query Received Signal Quality - AT+CCSQ .............................................................. 402
3.3.6.1.6 Originated Voice Call - AT+CDV .............................................................................. 402
3.3.6.1.7 Compiles the IMSI Number - +QCIMI ....................................................................... 403
3.3.6.2 IS-707 Sms related AT command table ......................................................................... 404
3.3.6.2.1 Set How Receiving New Message - $QCNMI ............................................................. 404
3.3.6.2.2 Set Parameters for Sending Messages - $QCSMP ..................................................... 404
3.3.6.2.3 Select Preferred Memory Storage - $QCPMS ............................................................ 405
3.3.6.2.4 Read a Sms Message - $QCMGR ............................................................................... 405
3.3.6.2.5 Send a Message from TE to The Network - $QCMGS................................................ 405
3.3.6.2.6 Send a Message Already Stored from Memory - $QCMSS ........................................ 405
3.3.6.2.7 Delete SMS Messages - $QCMGD ............................................................................. 406
3.3.6.2.8 List All the SMS Saved in the Loaction - $QCMGL ................................................... 406
3.3.6.2.9 Message Format - $QCMGF ...................................................................................... 407
3.3.6.2.10 Store Message to Memory - $QCMGW .................................................................... 407
4 List of acronyms .............................................................................................................. 408
5 Error Code ...................................................................................................................... 410
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 11
5.1 ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err> .............................................................. 410
5.2 Message Service Failure Result Code - +CMS ERROR: <err> ......................................... 413
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 12
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
This document aims to provide a detailed specification and a comprehensive listing as a Reference
for the whole set of AT commands.
1.2 Audience
Readers of this document should be familiar with Mobiletek modules and how to control them by
means of AT Commands.
1.3 Document Organization
This document contains the following chapters:
Chapter 1: "Introduction" provides a scope for this document, target audience, contact and support
information, and text conventions.
Chapter 2: "Overview" about the aim of this document and implementation suggestions.
Chapter 3: "AT Commands" The core of this Reference guide.
1.4 Related Documents
ETSI GSM 07.07 specification and rules
http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/Specs/archive/07_series/07.07/
ETSI GSM 07.05 specification and rules
http://www.3gpp.org/ftp/Specs/archive/07_series/07.05/
Hayes standard AT command set
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 13
2 OVERVIEW
2.1 About the document
This document describes all AT commands implemented in the Mobiletek wireless module L506
Note：In this document,the '* ' character before parameter mean this parameter support in special
version.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 14
3 AT COMMANDS
The Mobiletek wireless module family can be controlled via the serial interface using the
standard AT commands[1]. The Mobiletek wireless module family is compliant with:
Hayes standard AT command set, in order to maintain the compatibility with existing SW
programs.
ETSI GSM 07.07 specific AT command and GPRS specific commands.
ETSI GSM 07.05 specific AT commands for SMS (Short Message Service) and CBS (Cell
Broadcast Service)
Moreover Mobiletek wireless module family supports also Mobiletek proprietary AT commands
for special purposes.
The following is a description of how to use the AT commands with the Mobiletek wireless
module family.
3.1 Definitions
The following syntactical definitions apply:
<CR> Carriage return character, is the command line and result code terminator character, which value,
in decimal ASCII between 0 and 255,is specified within parameter S3. The default value is 13.
<LF> Linefeed character, is the character recognised as line feed character. Its value, in decimal ASCII
between 0 and 255, is specified within parameter S4. The default value is 10. The line feed
character is output after carriage return character if verbose result codes are used (V1 option
used ) otherwise, if numeric format result codes are used (V0 option used) it will not appear in
the result codes.
<...> Name enclosed in angle brackets is a syntactical element. They do not appear in the command
line.
1 The AT is an ATTENTION command and is used as a prefix to other parameters in a string. The
AT command combined with other parameters can be set up in the communications package or
typed in manually as a command line instruction.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 15
[...] Optional subparameter of a command or an optional part of TA information response is
enclosed in square brackets. Brackets themselves do not appear in the command line. When
subparameter is not given in AT commands which have a Read command, new value equals to its
previous value. In AT commands which do not store the values of any of their subparameters, and
so have not a Read command, which are called action type commands, action should be done on
the basis of the recommended default setting of the subparameter.
3.2 AT Command Syntax
The syntax rules followed by Mobiletek implementation of either Hayes AT commands or
GSM/WCDMA/LTE commands are very similar to those of standard basic and extended AT
commands. There are two types of extended command:
Parameter type commands. This type of commands may be "set" (to store a value or values for
later use), "read" (to determine the current value or values stored), or "tested" (to determine ranges
of values supported). Each of them has a test command (trailing =?) to give information about the
type of its subparameters; they also have a Read command (trailing?) to check the current values
of subparameters.
Action type commands. This type of command may be "executed" or "tested".
"executed" to invoke a particular function of the equipment, which generally involves more than
the simple storage of a value for later use
"tested" to determine:
Whether or not the equipment implements the Action Command (in this case issuing the
correspondent Test command - trailing =? - returns the OK result code), and if subparameters are
associated with the action, the ranges of subparameters values that are supported.
Action commands do not store the values of any of their possible subparameters.
Moreover:
The response to the Test Command (trailing =?) may be changed in the future by Mobiletek to
allow the description of new values/functionalities.
If all the subparameters of a parameter type command +CMD are optional, issuing
AT+CMD=<CR> causes the OK result code to be returned and the previous values of the omitted
subparameters to be retained.
3.2.1 String Type Parameters
A string is either enclosed between quotes or not considered a valid string type parameter input.
According to V25.ter space characters are ignored on the command line and may be used freely
for formatting purposes, unless they are embedded in numeric or quoted string constants.
Therefore a string containing a space character has to be enclosed between quotes to be considered
a valid string type parameter (e.g. typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A1" is the same as typing
AT+COPS=1,0,A1; typing AT+COPS=1,0,"A BB" is different from typing AT+COPS=1,0,A BB).
A small set of commands requires always writing the input string parameters within quotes. This is
explicitly reported in the specific descriptions.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 16
3.2.2 Command Lines
A command line made up of three elements: the prefix, the body and the termination character.
The command line prefix consists of the characters "AT" or "at", or, to repeat the execution of the
previous command line, the characters "A/" or "a/".
The termination character may be selected by a user option (parameter S3), the default being
<CR>.
The basic structures of the command line are:
ATCMD1<CR> where AT is the command line prefix, CMD1 is the body of a basic command (nb:
the name of the command never begins with the character "+") and <CR> is the command line
terminator character
ATCMD2=10<CR> where 10 is a subparameter
AT+CMD1 ;+CMD2=, ,10<CR> These are two examples of extended commands (nb: the name of
the command always begins with the character "+"[2]).
They are delimited with semicolon. In the second command, the subparameter omitted.
+CMD1?<CR> This is a Read command for checking current subparameter values
+CMD1=?<CR> This is a test command for checking possible subparameter values
These commands might perform in a single command line as shown below:
ATCMD1 CMD2=10+CMD1;+CMD2=, ,10;+CMD1?;+CMD1=?<CR>
anyway it is always preferable to separate into different command lines the basic commands and
the extended commands; furthermore it is suggested to avoid placing several action commands in
the same command line, because if one of them fails, then an error message is received but it is
not possible to argue which one of them has failed the execution.
If command V1 is enabled (verbose responses codes) and all commands in a command line has been
performed successfully, result code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent from the TA to the TE, if
subparameter values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or
command cannot be performed for some reason, result code <CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF> is sent and
no subsequent commands in the command line are processed.
If command V0 is enabled (numeric responses codes), and all commands in a command line has
been performed successfully, result code 0<CR> is sent from the TA to the TE, if sub-parameter
values of a command are not accepted by the TA or command itself is invalid, or command cannot
be performed for some reason, result code 4<CR> and no subsequent commands in the command
line are processed.
In case of errors depending on ME operation, ERROR (or 4) response may be replaced by +CME
ERROR: <err> or +CMS ERROR: <err>.
2 The set of proprietary AT commands differentiates from the standard one because the name of
each of them begins with either "^", "$" or "*". Proprietary AT commands follow the same
syntax rules as extended command
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 17
3.2.3 Information Responses and Result Codes
The TA response, in case of verbose response format enabled, for the previous examples command
line could be as shown below:
Information response to +CMD1?:
<CR><LF>+CMD1:2,1,10<CR><LF>
Information response to +CMD1=?
<CR><LF>+CMD1(0-2),(0,1),(0-15)<CR><LF>
Final result code:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Moreover, there are other two types of result codes:
Result codes that inform about progress of TA operation(e.g. connection establishment
CONNECT)
Result codes that indicate occurrence of an event not directly associated with issuance of a
command from TE (e.g. ring indication RING).
Here the basic result codes according to ITU-T V25Ter recommendation
Result Codes
Numeric form Verbose form
0
OK
1
CONNECT
2
RING
3
NO CARRIER
4
ERROR
6
NO DIALTONE
7
BUSY
8
NO ANSWER
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 18
3.2.4 Command Response Time-Out
Every command issued to the Mobiletek modules returns a result response if response codes are
enabled (default). The time needed to process the given command and return the response varies,
depending on the command type. Commands that do not interact with the SIM or the network, and
involve only internal set up settings or readings, have an immediate response, depending on SIM
configuration(e.g., number of contacts stored in the phonebook, number of stored SMS), or on the
network the command may interact with.
In the table below are listed only the commands whose interaction with the SIM or the network
could lead to long response timings. When not otherwise specified, timing is referred to set
command.
For phonebook and SMS writing and reading related commands, timing is referred to commands
issued after phonebook sorting is completed.
For DTMF sending and dialing commands timing is referred to module registered on network
("AT+CREG?" answer is "+CREG: 0,1" or "+CREG: 0,5").
Command
Estimated maximum time to get response (Seconds)
+COPS
125 (test command)
+CLCK
15 (SS operation)
5 (FDN enabling/disabling)
+CPWD
15 (SS operation)
5 (PIN modification)
+CLIP
15 (read command)
+CLIR
15 (read command)
+CCFC
15
+CCWA
15
+CHLD
30
+CPIN
30
+CPBS
5 (FDN enabling/disabling)
+CPBR
5 (single reading)
15 (complete reading of a 500 records full phonebook)
+CPBF
10 (string present in a 500 records full phonebook)
5 (string not present)
+CPBW
5
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 19
+CACM
5
+CAMM
5
+CPUC
180
+VTS
20 (transmission of full "1234567890*#ABCD" string with no delay betwe en
tones, default duration)
+CSCA
5 (read and set commands)
+CSAS
5
+CMGS
120 after CTRL-Z; 1 to get ‘>’ prompt
+CMSS
120 after CTRL-Z; 1 to get ‘>’ prompt
+CMGW
5 after CTRL-Z; 1 to get ‘>’ prompt
+CMGD
5 (single SMS cancellation)
25 (cancellation of 50 SMS)
+CNMA
120 after CTRL-Z; 1 to get ‘>’ prompt
+CMGR
5
+CMGL
100
+CGACT
150
+CGATT
140
D
120 (voice call)
Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
A
60 (voice call)
Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
H
30
+CHUP
60
+COPN
10
+COPL
180
+CRSM
180
+FRH
Timeout set with ATS7
+FTH
Timeout set with ATS7
+FRM
Timeout set with ATS7
+FTM
Timeout set with ATS7
+FRS
Timeout set with the command itself
+FTS
Timeout set with the command itself
+WS46
10
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 20
3.2.5 Command Issue Timing
The chain of "Command -> Response" must always be respected and a new command must not
be issued before the module has terminated all the sending of its response result code (whatever it
may be).
This applies especially to applications that "sense" the OK text and therefore may send the next
command before the complete code <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> is sent by the module.
It is in any case advisable to wait at least 20ms between the end of the reception of the response
and the issue of the next AT command.
If the response codes are disabled and therefore the module does not report any response to the
command, then at least the 20ms pause time shall be respected.
During command mode, due to hardware limitations, under severe CPU load the serial port can
lose some characters if placed in auto bounding at high speeds. Therefore, if you encounter this
problem use a fixed baud rate with +IPR command.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 21
3.3 AT Commands Set
3.3.1 Command Line General Format
3.3.1.1 Command LinePrefixes
3.3.1.1.1 Starting a Command Line – AT
AT – Starting A Command
AT
The prefix AT, or at, is a two-character abbreviation (ATtention), always
used to start a
command line to be sent from TE to TA
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.1.1.2 Last Command Automatic Repetition – A/
A/ - Last Command Automatic
A/
If the prefix A/ or a/ is issued, the MODULE immediately executes once again the body of the
preceding command line. No editing is possible and no
termination character is necessary. A
command line may be repeated
multiple times through this mechanism, if desired.
If A/ is issued before any command line has been executed, the preceding
command line is
assumed to have been empty (that results in an OK result
code).
Note: this command works only at fixed IPR.
*Note: the custom command #/ has been defined, it causes the last command to be
executed again too; but it does not need a fixed IPR.
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 22
3.3.2 Hayes Compliant AT Commands
3.3.2.1 Generic Modem Control
3.3.2.1.1 Set To Factory-Defined Configuration -&F
&F – Set To Factory-Defined
AT&F[<value>]
The execution command sets the configuration parameters to default values specified by
manufacturer; it takes into consideration hardware configuration switches and other
manufacturer-defined criteria.
Parameter:
<value>:
0 - just factory profile’s base section parameters are considered.
*1 - Both the factory profile base section and the extended section are considered (full factory
profile).
Note: if parameter <value> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&F0
Reference
V.25ter.
3.3.2.1.2 Soft Reset – Z
Z - Soft Reset
ATZ[<n>]
The execution command loads the base section of the specified user profile and
the extended
section of the default factory profile.
Parameter:
<n>
0..1 - user profile number
Note: any call in progress will terminated.
Note: if parameter <n> is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as
ATZ0.
Reference
V.25ter.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 23
3.3.2.1.3 Select Active Service Class - +FCLASS
+FCLASS – Select Active Service Class
AT+FCLASS=<n>
The set command sets the wireless module into the specified connection mode (data, fax,
voice). Hence, all the calls done afterwards will be data or voice.
Parameter:
<n>
0 – data
1 –fax class (only 3GPP support)
2.0– fax class (only 3GPP2 support)
*8 – voice
AT+FCLASS?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter <n>.
AT+FCLASS=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters <n>.
AT+FCLASS
Execution
command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 and ITU-T T.32[12] and TIA-592 and TIA-578-A(3GPP Only) and
3GPP2
3.3.2.1.4 Store Current Configuration -&W
&W – Store Current Configuration
AT&W[<n>]
Execution command stores on profile <n> the complete configuration of the
device.
Parameter:
<n>
0 – profile
Note: if parameter omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT&W0.
3.3.2.1.5 Manufacturer Identification - +GMI
+GMI – Manufacturer Identification
AT+GMI
Execution command returns the manufacturer identification.
AT+GMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.1.6 Model Identification - +GMM
+GMM – Model Identification
AT+GMM
Execution command returns the model identification.
AT+GMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.1.7 Revision Identification - +GMR
+GMR – Revision Identification
AT+GMR
Execution command returns the software revision identification.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 24
AT+GMR=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai MobiletekCommunication Ltd 25
3.3.2.1.8 Capabilities List - +GCAP
+GCAP – Capbailities List
AT+GCAP
Execution command returns the equipment supported command set list. Where:
+CGSM: 3GPP TS command set
+FCLASS: Fax command set
+DS: Data Service common modem command set
+MS: Mobile Specific command set
AT+GCAP=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.1.9 Serial Number - + GSN
+GSN – Serial Number
AT+GSN
Execution command returns the device board serial number.
Note: The number returned is not the IMSI, it is only the board number
AT+GSN=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.1.10 Display Current Base Configuration and Profile -&V
&V – Display Current Base Configuration And Profile
AT&V
Execution command returns some of the base configuration parameters settings.
3.3.2.1.11 Single Line Connect Message - \V
\V – Single Line Connect Message
AT\V<n>
Execution command set single line connect message.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - off
1 - on
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 26
3.3.2.1.12 Speaker Loudness - L
L – Speaker Loudness
ATL<n>
Execution command set speaker loudness.
Parameter:
<n>
0 – low speaker volume
1 – middle low speaker volume
2 – middle speaker volume
3 – high speaker volume
3.3.2.1.13 Speaker Mode - M
M – Speaker Mode
ATM<n>
Execution command set the speaker mode.
Parameter:
<n>
0 – always turn off the loudspeaker
1 – open the speaker until TA notifies the TE carrier detect
2 – when the TA hook, open the speaker
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 27
3.3.2.2 DTE - Modem Interface Control
3.3.2.2.1 Command Echo - E
E – Command Echo
ATE[<n>]
The set command enables/disables the command echo.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - Disables command echo (factory default)
1 - Enables command echo, hence command sent to the device are echoed back to
the DTE before the response is given.
Reference
V25ter
3.3.2.2.2 Quiet Result Codes - Q
Q – Quiet Result Codes
ATQ[<n>]
Set command enables or disables the result codes.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - enables result codes (factory default)
1 - disables result codes
*2 - disables result codes (only for backward compatibility)
Note: After issuing either ATQ1 or ATQ2 every information text transmitted in
response to commands is not affected
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATQ0
Example
After issuing ATQ1 or ATQ2
AT+CGACT=?
+CGACT: (0-1) nothing is appended to the response
Reference
V25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 28
3.3.2.2.3 Response Format – V
V- Response Format
ATV[<n>]
The set command determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with
result codes and information responses. It also determines if result codes are
transmitted in a numeric form or an alphanumeric form.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - limited headers and trailers and numeric format of result codes
information responses <text><CR><LF>
result codes <numeric code><CR>
1 - full headers and trailers and verbose format of result codes (factory default)
information responses <CR><LF>
<text><CR><LF>
result codes <CR><LF>
<verbose code><CR><LF>
Note: the <text> portion of information responses is not affected by this setting.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATV0
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 29
3.3.2.2.4 Extended Result Codes – X
X – Extended Result Codes
ATX[<n>]
Set command selects the result code messages subset used by the modem to inform the
DTE of the result of the commands.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - send only OK, CONNECT, RING, NO CARRIER, ERROR, NO ANSWER
Results.
1...4 - reports all messages (factory default is 1).
Note: If parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of ATX0 Note:
Current value is returned by AT&V
Parameter:
<n>
0 - EXTENDED MESSAGES : X0=NO 1..4 - EXTENDED MESSAGES :
X1=YES
Note
For complete control on CONNECT response message see also +DR command.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.2.5 Identification Information - I
I – Identification Information
ATI[<n>]
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text followed by a result
code.
Execution command returns one or more lines of information for manufacturer model
number and softwore version , followed by a result code.
<n>
0-255
parameter are accepted but ignored (to accommodate external software)
Reference
V25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 30
3.3.2.2.6 Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control - &C
&C – Data Carrier Detect (DCD) Control
AT&C[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 DCD output behaviour.
Parameter:
<n>
0-DCD remains high always.
1-DCD follows the Carrier detect status: if carrier detected DCD is high, otherwise
DCD is low.
2-DCD off while disconnecting(factory default)
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT&C0
Reference
V25ter
3.3.2.2.7 Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control - &D
&D – Data Terminal Ready (DTR) Control
AT&D[<n>]
The set command controls the Module behaviour for RS232 DTR transitions.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - DTR transitions are ignored
1 - When the MODULE is connected, the High to Low transition of DTR pin sets the
device in command mode and the current connection is NOT closed.
2 - When the MODULE is connected, the High to Low transition of DTR pin sets the
device in command mode and the current connection is closed. (factory default)
Note: if AT&D2 been issued and the DTR has been tied Low, autoanswering is
inhibited and it is possible to answer only by issuing command ATA.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour of AT&D0
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.2.8 Controls the display data rate or wireless connection speed - &E
&E – Controls the display of data rate to e either serial rate or wireless connection speed
AT&E[<n>]
Controls the display of data rate to be either serial rate or wireless connection speed.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - Serial/DTE rate (factory default)
1 - Wireless connection speed
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 31
3.3.2.2.9 Standard Flow Control - \Q
\Q – Standard Flow Control
AT\Q[<n>]
Set command controls the RS232 flow control behaviour.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - no flow control
1 - software bi-directional with filtering (XON/XOFF)
*2 - hardware mono-directional flow control (only CTS active)
3 - hardware bi-directional flow control (both RTS/CTS active) (factory default)
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT\Q0
Note: \Q’s settings are functionally a subset of &K’s ones.
Reference
V.25ter
3.3.2.2.10 Data Set Ready (DSR) Control - &S
&S – Data Set Ready (DSR) Control
AT&S[<n>]
The set command controls the RS232 DSR pin behaviour. Parameter:
<n>
0 - always High (factory default)
1 - Follows the GSM traffic channel indication
*2 - High when connected
*3 - High when device is ready to receive commands (factory default).
Note: if option 1 selected, then DSR is tied High when the device receives from the
network the UMTS traffic channel indication.
Note: in power saving mode the DSR pin is always tied Low & USB_VBUS pin is
always tied Low.
Note: if parameter is omitted, the command has the same behaviour as AT&S0
Note: If option 1 or 2 active, DSR will not be tied High in case of GSM voice connection.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 32
3.3.2.2.11 Fixed DTE Interface Rate - +IPR
+IPR – Fixed DTE Interface Rate
AT+IPR=<rate>
The set command specifies the DTE speed (UART only) at which the device accepts
commands during command mode operations. The command could be used to fix the
DTE-DCE interface speed.
Note: DTE speed of USB does not change.
Parameter:
<rate> 300
600
1200
2400
4800
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200 (default)
230400
If <rate> is specified DTE-DCE speed is fixed to that speed, hence no speed
auto-detection (autobauding) is enabled.
AT+IPR?
Read command returns the current value of +IPR parameter.
AT+IPR=?
Test command returns the list of supported autodetectable <rate> values and the list of
fixed-only <rate> values in the format:
+IPR:(list of supported autodetectable <rate> values), (list of fixed-only
<rate> values)
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 33
3.3.2.2.12 DTE-Modem Local Flow Control - +IFC
+IFC – DTE-Modem Local Flow Control
AT+IFC=<by_te>,
<by_ta>
The set command selects the flow control behaviour of the serial port in both
directions:
from DTE to modem (<by_ta> option) and from modem to DTE (<by_te>)
Parameters:
<by_te> - flow control option for the data received by DTE.
0 - flow control None
2 - C105 (RTS) (factory default)
<by_ta> - flow control option for the data sent by modem
0 - flow control None
2 - C106 (CTS) (factory default)
Note: only possible commands are AT+IFC=0,0 and AT+IFC=2,2.
AT+IFC
Restore to default value
AT+IFC?
Read command returns active flow control settings.
AT+IFC=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameters
<by_te> and<by_ta>.
Reference
V25ter
3.3.2.2.13 DTE-Modem Character Framing - +ICF
+ICF – DTE-Modem Character Framing
AT+ICF=
<format> [,<parity>]
Set command defines the asynchronous character framing used when autobauding is
disabled.
The L506 family supports only the 8 Data, 1 Stop setting.
Parameters:
<format> - determines the number of bits in the data bits, the presence of a parity bit,
and the number of stop bits in the start-stop frame.
3 - 8 Data, 1 Stop (default)
<parity> - determines how the parity bit is generated and checked, if present; setting
this subparameter has no meaning.
0 - Odd (not supported)
1 - Even (not supported)
2 - Mark
3 - Space(Default)
AT+ICF?
Read command returns current settings for subparameters <format> and <parity>. The
current setting of subparameter <parity> will always be presented as 0.
AT+ICF=?
Test command returns the ranges of values for the parameters <format> and <parity>
Reference
V25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guid
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 34
3.3.2.3 Call Control
3.3.2.3.1 Dial - D
D - Dial
ATD<number>[;]
The execution command starts a call to the phone number given as parameter.
If ";" is present, a voice call to the given number is performed, regardless of the
current value of the connection mode set by +FCLASS command.
Parameter:
<number> - phone number to be dialed
Note: type of call (data, fax or voice) depends on last +FCLASS setting. Note: the
characters accepted are 0-9 and *,#,"A","B","C","+".
Note: for backwards compatibility with landline modems modifiers "T", "P","R", ",",
"W", "!", "@" are accepted but have no effect.
ATD><str>[;]
Issues a call to phone number whose corresponding alphanumeric field is
<str>; all available memories will be searched for the correct entry. If ";" is present a
voice call is performed.
Parameter:
<str> - alphanumeric field corresponding to phone number. It must be enclosed in
quotation marks.
Note: parameter <str> is case sensitive.
Note: used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS.
ATD><mem><n>[;]
Issues a call to phone number in phonebook memory storage <mem>, entry location
<n> (available memories may be queried with AT+CPBS=?). If ";" is present a voice
call is performed.
Parameters:
<mem> - phonebook memory storage;
"SM" - SIM/UICC phonebook
"FD" - SIM/USIM fixed dialing phonebook "LD" - SIM/UICC last dialled phonebook
"MC" Missed calls list
"RC" - Received calls list "DC" - MT dialled calls list "ME" - MT phonebook
"EN" - SIM/USIM (or MT) emergency number(+CPBW is not be applicable for this
storage)
"ON" - SIM (or MT) own numbers (MSI storage may be available through + CNUM
also).
"MB" - Mailbox numbers stored on SIM.(If this service is provided by the SI M).
<n> - entry location should be in the range of locations available in the memory used
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 35
ATD><n>[;]
Issue a call to a phone number on entry location <n> of the active phonebook memory
storage (see +CPBS).
If ";" is present a voice call is performed.
Parameter:
<n> - active phonebook memory storage entry location; it should be in the range of
locations available in the active phonebook memory storage.
ATDL;
Issues a call to the last number dialed.
ATD<number>I[;]
ATD<number>i[;]
Issues a call suppressing the CLIR supplementary service subscription default value
for this call
If ";" is present a voice call is performed. I - invocation, restrict CLI presentation i -
suppression, allow CLI presentation
ATD<number>G[;]
ATD<number>g[;]
Issues a call checking the CUG supplementary service information for the current call.
Refer to +CCUG command.
If ";" is present a voice call is performed.
ATD*<gprs_sc>
[*<addr>] [*[<L2P>]
[*[<cid>]]]]#
This command is specific to GPRS functionality and causes the MT to perform
whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the
external PDN.
Parameters:
<gprs_sc> - GPRS Service Code, a digit string (value 99) which identifies a request to
use the GPRS
<addr> - string that identifies the called party in the address space applicable to the
PDP.
<L2P> - a string which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used (see
+CGDATA command). For communications software that does not support arbitrary
characters in the dial string, the following
numeric equivalents shall be used: 1 - PPP
<cid> - a digit which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command).
Reference
V.25ter.(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 36
3.3.2.3.2 Tone Dial - T
T - Tone Dial
ATT
The set command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems.
Reference
V.25ter.
3.3.2.3.3 Pulse Dial - P
P – Pulse Dial
ATP
Select pulse dialing.
Reference
V.25ter. GSM invalid
3.3.2.3.4 Answer - A
A - Answer
ATA
Execution command answers an incoming call if automatic answer is disabled.
Note: This command MUST be the last in the command line and followed immediately
by a <CR> character.
Reference
V.25ter.(3GPP Only)
3.3.2.3.5 Disconnect - H
H - Disconnect
ATH
The execution command is used to close the current conversation (voice, data or fax).
Note: this command issued only in command mode.
When a data conversation is active the device is in on-line mode (commands are not
sensed and characters are sent to the other party), hence escape sequence (see register
S2) is required before issuing this command, otherwise if &D1 option is active, DTR
pin has to be tied Low to return in command mode.
Reference
V.25ter.(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 37
3.3.2.3.6 Return To On Line Mode - O
O – Return To On Line Mode
ATO
The execution command used to return to on-line mode from command mode. If there
is no active connection, it returns NO CARRIER.
Note: After issuing this command and if the device is in conversation, to send other
commands to the device you must return to command mode by issuing the escape
sequence (see register S2) or tying low DTR pin if &D1 option is active.
Reference
V.25ter.(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 38
3.3.2.4 Compression Control
3.3.2.4.1 Data Compression - +DS
+DS – Data Compression
AT+DS=[<dir>[,<ne
g>[,<P1>[,<P2>]]]]
Set command sets the V42 compression parameter.
Parameter:
<dir> : desired direction of operations
0 - no compression (factory default)
1 - Transmit only.
2 - Receive only.
3 - Both directions, accept any direction
<neg> : whether the DCE should continue to operate if the desired result is not
obtained.
0 - Do not disconnect if V.42 bis is not negotiated by the remote DCE as specified in
<dir>.
<P1> : maximum number of dictionary entries 512-2048 (Factory default is 2048)
<P2> : the maximum string length
6 – the only supported value
AT+DS?
Read command returns current value of the data compression parameter.
AT+DS=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
Reference
V.25ter(3GPP Only)
3.3.2.4.2 Data Compression Reporting - +DR
+DR – Data Compression Reporting
AT+DR=<n>
Set command enables/disables the data compression reporting upon connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - data compression reporting disabled
1 - data compression reporting enabled upon connection
Note: if enabled, the following intermediate result code is transmitted before the
+DR – Data Compression Reporting
final result code:
+DR: <compression>
AT+DR?
Read command returns current value of <n>.
AT+DR=?
Test command returns all supported values of the parameter <n>
Reference
V25ter(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 39
3.3.2.5 S Parameters
Basic commands that begin with the letter "S" are known as "S-Parameters". The number
following the "S" indicates the "parameter number" being referenced. If the number is not
recognized as a valid parameter number, an ERROR result code is issued.
If no value is given for the subparameter of an S-Parameter, an ERROR result code will be issued
and the stored value left unchanged.
NOTE: what follows is a special way to select and set an S-Parameter:
1） ATSn<CR> selects n as current parameter number. If the value of n is in the range (0, 2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 12, 25, 30, 38), this command establishes Sn as last selected parameter. Every value
out of this range and less than 256 can be used but has no meaning and is maintained only for
backward compatibility with landline modems.
2） AT=<value><CR> or ATS=<value><CR> set the contents of the selected S-parameter
Example:
ATS7<CR> establishes S7 as last selected parameter.
Reference: V25ter and RC56D/RC336D
3.3.2.5.1 Number of Rings to Auto Answer - S0
S0 – Number Of Rings To Auto Answer
ATS0=[<n>]
Set command sets the number of rings required before device automatically answers an
incoming call.
Parameter:
<n> - number of rings
0 - auto answer disabled (factory default)
1..255 - number of rings required before automatic answer.
ATS0?
Read command returns the current value of S0 parameter.
Reference
V.25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 40
3.3.2.5.2 Escape Character - S2
S2 – Escape Chararcter
ATS2=[<char>]
Set command sets the ASCII character used as escape characters.
Parameter:
<char> - escape character decimal ASCII 0..127 - factory default value is 43 (+).
Note: the escape sequence consists of three escape characters preceded and followed by
n ms of idle (see S12 to set n).
S2 – Escape Chararcter
ATS2?
Read command returns the current value of S2 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
3.3.2.5.3 Command Line Termination Character - S3
S3 – Command Line Termination Character
ATS3=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as command line
terminator and generated by the device as part of the header, trailer, and terminator for
result codes and information text, along with S4 parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - command line termination character (decimal ASCII)
0..127 - factory default value is 13 (ASCII <CR>)
Note: the "previous" value of S3 used to determine the command line termination
character for entering the command line containing the S3 setting command. However
the result code issued shall use the "new" value of S3 (as set during the processing of
the command line)
ATS3?
Read command returns the current value of S3 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reference
V25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 41
3.3.2.5.4 Response Formatting Character - S4
S4 – Response Formatting Character
ATS4=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character generated by the device as part of the
header, trailer, and terminator for result codes and information text, along with the S3
parameter.
Parameter:
<char> - response formatting character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value
is 10 (ASCII <LF>)
Note: if the value of S4 changed in a command line, the result code issued in response
of that command line will use the new value of S4.
ATS4?
Read command returns the current value of S4 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reference
V25ter
3.3.2.5.5 Command Line Editing Character - S5
S5 – Command Line Editing Character
ATS5=[<char>]
Set command sets the value of the character recognized by the device as a request to
delete from the command line the immediately preceding character.
Parameter:
<char> - command line editing character (decimal ASCII) 0..127 - factory default value
is 8 (ASCII <BS>)
ATS5?
Read command returns the current value of S5 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reference
V25ter
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 42
3.3.2.5.6 Connection Completion Time-Out - S7
S7 – Connection Completion Time-Out
ATS7=[<tout>]
Set command sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the device shall allow between
either answering a call (automatically or by A command) or completion of signalling of
call addressing information to network (dialling), and establishment of a connection
with the remote device.
Parameter:
<tout> - number of seconds
1..255 - factory default value is 0
ATS7?
Read command returns the current value of S7 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
Reference
V25ter
3.3.2.5.7 Carrier Off With Firm Time - S10
S10 – Carrier Off With Firm Time
ATS10
Execution command has no effect and is included only for backward compatibility with
landline modems
3.3.2.5.8 Disconnect Inactivity Timer - S30
S30 – Disconnect Inactivity Timer
ATS30=[<tout>]
Set command defines the inactivity time-out in minutes. The device disconnects if no
characters are exchanged for a period at least <tout> minutes.
Parameter:
<tout> - expressed in minutes
0 - disabled, disconnection due to inactivity is disabled (factory default). 1..255 -
inactivity time-out value
ATS30?
Read command returns the current value of S30 parameter.
Note: the format of the numbers in output is always 3 digits, left-filled with 0s
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 43
3.3.3 3GPP TS 27.007 AT Commands
3.3.3.1 General
3.3.3.1.1 Request Manufacturer Identification - +CGMI
+CGMI – Request Manufacturer
AT+CGMI
Execution command returns the device manufacturer identification code
without command
echo.
AT+CGMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.1.2 Request Model Identification -
+CGMM
+CGMM – Request Model
AT+CGMM
Execution command returns the device model identification code without
command echo.
AT+CGMM=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.1.3 Request Revision Identification - +CGMR
+CGMR – Request Revision Indentification
AT+CGMR
Execution command returns device software revision number without
command echo.
AT+CGMR=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.1.4 Request Product Serial Number Identification - +CGSN
+CGSN – Request Product Serial Number Identification
AT+CGSN
Execution command returns the product serial number , identified as the IMEI of
the mobile, without command echo.
AT+CGSN=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 44
3.3.3.1.5 Select TE Character Set - +CSCS
+CSCS – Select TE Character
AT+CSCS=
[<chset>]
Set command sets the current character set used by the device.
Parameter:
<chset> - character set
"GSM" - GSM default alphabet (3GPP T S 03.38/23.008).
"IRA" - international Reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)
"UCS2" - 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (ISO/IEC10646).
AT+CSCS?
Read command returns the current value of the active character set.
AT+CSCS=?
Test command returns the supported values for parameter <chset>.
Example
AT+CSCS="IRA" OK
AT+CPBR=1
+CPBR: 1,"13845763000",129,"Lin Wang" OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.1.6 Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) - +CIMI
+CIMI – Request International Mobile Subscriber Identify
AT+CIMI
Execution command returns the value of the Internal Mobile Subscriber Identity stored in
the SIM without command echo.
Note: a SIM card must be present in the SIM card housing. Otherwise, the command
returns ERROR.
AT+CIMI=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 45
3.3.3.1.7 PCCA STD-101 Query Wireless Network - +WS46
+WS46 – PCCA STD-101 Query Wireless Network
AT+WS46?
Read command reports the currently selected cellular network, in the format:
+ WS46: <n>
AT+WS46=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <n>.
Parameter:
<n> - integer type, it is the WDS-Side Stack to be used by the TA.
12 GSM Digital Cellular Systems (GERAN only)
22 UTRAN only
25 3GPP Systems (GERAN and UTRAN and E-UTRAN) (factory default)
28 E-UTRAN only
29 GERAN and UTRAN
The values in <n> for Query are mutually exclusive. If one value (e.g. "25") is returned,
other values shall not be returned.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 46
3.3.3.2 Call Control
3.3.3.2.1 Call mode - +CMOD
+CMOD – Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CMOD=
[<mode>]
Set command selects the call mode of further dialling commands (D) or for next
answering command (A). Mode can be either single or alternating (in the present
document, terms "alternating mode" and "alternating call" refer to all GSM/UMTS
bearer and teleservices that incorporate more than one basic service (voice, data, fax)
within one call).
When single mode is selected the call originating and hangup procedures are similar to
procedures specified in ITU-T Recommendations V.250 [14], T.31 [11] and T.32 [12].
NOTE: +CMOD shall be set to zero after a successfully completed alternating mode
call. It shall be set to zero also after a failed answering. The power-up, factory (&F) and
user resets (Z) shall also set the value to zero.
This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are originated or answered
accidentally.
Defined values
<mode>:
0 - single mode (default mode)
AT+CMOD?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.
+CMOD: <mode>
AT+CMOD=?
+CMOD: (list of supported <mode>s)
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.2.2 Hang Up Call - +CHUP
+CHUP - Hang Up Call
AT+CHUP
Execution command cancels all active and held calls, also if a multi-party session is
running.
AT+CHUP=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
GSM 07.07(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 47
3.3.3.2.3 Select type of address - +CSTA
+CSTA – Select type of address
AT+CSTA=[<type>]
Set command selects the type of number for further dialling commands (D) according
to GSM/UMTS specifications.
Parameter:
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7).
default 145 when dialling string includes international access code character "+",
otherwise 129
AT+CSTA?
Read command returns selected <type>
AT+CSTA =?
Test command returns supported <type>s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.2.4 Select Bearer Service Type - +CBST
+CBST – Select Bearer Service Type
AT+CBST=
[<speed> [,<name>
[,<ce>]]]
Set command sets the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and the
connection element <ce> used when data calls are originated. This
setting is also used during mobile terminated data call setup, in case of single
numbering scheme calls.
Parameters:
<speed> - data rate
0 - autobauding (autobaud)
7 - 9600 bps (V.32)
12 - 9600 bps (V.34)
14 - 14400 bps (V.34)
16 - 28800 bps (V.34)
17 - 33600 bps (V.34)
39 - 9600 bps (V.120)
43 - 14400 bps (V.120)
48 - 28800 bps (V.120)
51 - 56000 bps (V.120)
71 - 9600 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
75 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
80 - 14400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
81 - 38400 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
83 - 56000 bps (V110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
84 - 64000 bps ( X.31 flag stuffing)
116 - 64000 bps (bit transparent)
134 – 64000 bps (multimedia)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 48
+CBST – Select Bearer Service Type
<name> - bearer service name
0 - data circuit asynchronous (UDI or 3.1 kHz modem)
1 - data circuit synchronous(UDI or 3.1 kHz modem)
4 - data circuit asynchronous(RDI)
<ce> - connection element
0 - transparent
1 - non transparent (default)
The bearer service on L506 family only has support for the following combinations:
<GSM network>
AT+CBST= 0,0,1 (Autobaud 9.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST= 7,0,1 (V.32 9.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=12,0,1 (V.34 9.6k, non transparent))
AT+CBST=14,0,1 (V.34 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=39,0,1 (V.120 9.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=43,0,1 (V.120 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=71,0,1 (V.110 9.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=75,0,1 (V.110 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST= 7,0,0 (V32 9.6k, transparent)
AT+CBST=12,0,0 (V34 9.6k, transparent)
AT+CBST=14,0,0 (V34 14.4k, transparent)
<WCDMA network>
AT+CBST= 0,0,1 (Autobaud 57.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=14,0,1 (V.34 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=16,0,1 (V.34 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=17,0,1 (V.34 33.6k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=43,0,1 (V.120 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=48,0,1 (V.120 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=51,0,1 (V.120 56k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=75,0,1 (V.110 14.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=80,0,1 (V.110 28.8k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=81,0,1 (V.110 38.4k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=83,0,1 (X.31FS 56k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=83,4,1 (X.31FS 56k RDI, non transparent)
AT+CBST=84,0,1 (X.31FS 64k, non transparent)
AT+CBST=116,1,0 (Bit transparent 64 kbps, transparent)
AT+CBST?
Read command returns current value of the parameters <speed>, <name>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 49
+CBST – Select Bearer Service Type
and <ce>
AT+CBST=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.2.5 Radio Link Protocol - +CRLP
+CRLP – Radio Link Protocol
AT+CRLP=
[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T
1>[,<N2> [,<ver>]]]]]
Set command sets Radio Link Protocol (RLP) parameters used when non- transparent
data calls originated.
Parameters:
<iws> - IWF window Dimension
0..61 - factory default value is 61 (ver 0/1)
0..488 - factory default value is 240 (ver 2)
<mws> - MS window Dimension
0..61 - default value is 61 ( ver 0/1 )
0..488 - factory default value is 240 (ver 2)
<T1> - acknowledge timer (10 ms units).
38..255 - default value is 48 (ver 0 or 1)
42..255 deafault value is 52 (ver 2)
<N2> - retransmission attempts
1..255 - default value is 6 (ver 0/1/2)
<ver> - protocol version 0.1.2
AT+CRLP?
Read command returns current settings for each supported RLP version
<ver>.
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<ver>
OK
AT+CRLP=?
Test command returns the range of setting value for each supported RLP version <ver>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
Versions 0 and 1 share the same parameter set. Read and Test commands shall return
only one line for this set ( where <ver> is not present )
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 50
3.3.3.2.6 Service Reporting Control - +CR
+CR – Service Reporting Control
AT+CR=[<mode>]
Set command controls whether or not the intermediate result code +CR is returned
from TA to TE.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables +CR reporting (factory default)
1 - enables +CR reporting: the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point
during connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and quality of
service will be used, before any error control or data compression reports are
transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted.
Note: After power off/on in L506 the value returns to "0". Its format is:
+CR: <serv>
where:
<serv>
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent
SYNC - synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent.
Note: This command replaces V.25ter [14] command Modulation Reporting Control
(+MR), which is not appropriate for use with a modern terminal.
AT+CR?
Read command returns whether or not intermediate result code +CR is enabled, in the
format:
+CR: <mode>
AT+CR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameter <mode>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.2.7 Extended Error Report - +CEER
+CEER – Extended Error Report
AT+CEER
Execution command returns one or more lines of information text <report> offering the
TA user an extended error report, in the format:
+CEER: <report>
This report regards some error condition that may occur:
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 51
+CEER – Extended Error Report
the failure in the last unsuccessful call setup (originating or answering)
the last call release
the last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation
the last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation
Note: if none of these conditions have occurred since power up then
"Normal, unspecified" condition is reported
AT+CEER=?
Test command returns OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.2.8 Cellular Result Codes - +CRC
+CRC – Celluar Result Codes
AT+CRC=
[<mode>]
Set command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication
is used.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disables extended format reporting (factory default)
1 - enables extended format reporting:
When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code
+CRING: <type> Instead of the normal RING.
Where:
<type> - call type:
ASYNC - asynchronous transparent data
SYNC - synchronous transparent data
REL ASYNC - asynchronous non-transparent data
REL SYNC - synchronous non-transparent data
FAX - facsimile (TS 62)
VOICE - normal voice (TS 11)
AT+CRC?
Read command returns current value of the parameter <mode>.
AT+CRC=?
Test command returns supported values of the parameter <mode>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 52
3.3.3.2.9 HSCSD non-transparent call configuration +CHSN
+CHSN parameter command syntax
AT+CHSN
=[<wAiur> [,<wRx>
[,<topR> [,<codings
>]]]]
Set command controls parameters for originating non-transparent HSCSD calls. Values
may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup. In GERAN, changing
<topRx> or <codings> value during a call does not affect the current call. In GERAN,
changing of
<wAiur> or <wRx> affects the current call only if <topRx> was non- zero when call
was established.
Defined values
<wAiur>: integer type; wanted air interface user rate. Default value 0 indicates that TA
shall calculate a proper
value from currently selected fixed network user rate (<speed> subparameter from
+CBST command),
<codings>, and <wRx> (or <maxRx> from +CHSD command if
<wRx>=0). Other values:
1 - 9600 bps
2 - 14400 bps
3 - 19200 bps
4 - 28800 bps
5 - 38400 bps
6 - 43200 bps
7 - 57600 bps
Note: only support 0-2,4,7
<wRx>: integer type; wanted amount of receive timeslots. Default value 0 indicates
that TA shall calculate a proper value from currently selected
<wAiur> and <codings>.
This parameter is not applicable to UTRAN or EUTRAN UEs.
<topRx>: integer type; top value for <wRx> that user is going to request during the
next established nontransparent HSCSD call. Default value 0 indicates that user is not
going to change
<wAiur>/<wRx> during the next call. This parameter is not applicable to UTRAN or
E-UTRAN UEs.
<codings>: a sum of integers each representing a channel coding that is accepted for
non-transparent HSCSD calls. Default value 0 indicates that all supported codings are
accepted (refer +CHSD command for other values).
This parameter is not applicable to UTRAN or E-UTRAN UEs.
AT+CHSN
?
+CHSN: <wAiur>,<wRx>,<topRx>,<codings>
AT+CHSN=?
+CHSN: (list of supported <wAiur>s), (list of supported <wRx>s),(list of supported
<topRx>,(list of supported <codings>s)
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 53
3.3.3.2.10 Voice Hang Up Control - +CVHU
+CVHU – Voice Hang Up Control
AT+CVHU=
[<mode>]
Set command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice connection to
disconnect or not.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - "Drop DTR" ignored but OK result code given. ATH disconnects. (factory default).
1- "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK result code given.
*2 - "Drop DTR" behaviour according to &D setting. ATH disconnects
AT+CVHU?
Read command reports the current value of the <mode> parameter, in the format:
+CVHU: <mode>
AT+CVHU=?
Test command reports the range of supported values for parameter <mode>
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.2.11 Setting Time Format - +CSTF
+CSTF – Setting Time Format
AT+CSTF=
[<mode>]
Set command sets the time format of the time information presented to the user. Refer
subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values
Possible Response(s):
+CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<mode>: integer type. The default value is manufacturer specific.
1、HH:MM (24 hour clock)
2、HH:MM a.m./p.m.
3、3-7 Manufacturer specific
AT+CSTF?
Read command reads the current setting. Possible Response(s):
+CSTF: <mode>
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CSTF=?
Test command reads the supported <mode>s as a compound value.
+CSTF: (list of supported <mode>s)
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 54
3.3.3.2.12 Setting Date Format - + CSDF
+CSDF – Setting Date Format
AT+CSDF=[[<mod
e>][,<auxmode>]]
This command sets the date format via MMI of the date information presented to the
user, which is specified by use of the <mode> parameter. The <mode> affects the date
format on the phone display and doesn't affect the date format of the AT command
serial interface. The command also sets the date format of the TE-TA interface, which
is specified by use of the <auxmode> parameter (e.g. the <auxmode> affects the
<time> of +CCLK and +CALA).If the parameter is omitted
("+CSDF=","+CSDF=<mode>","+CSDF=,<auxmode>"), then this sets the default
value.
Refer to subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values.
Possible Response(s):
+CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values:
<mode>: integer type
Note 1:
It is manufacturer specific which modes are supported.
1 - DD-MMM-YYYY
Note 2:
Presentation of MMM is language dependent.
2 - DD-MM-YY
3 - MM/DD/YY
4 - DD/MM/YY
5 - DD.MM.YY
6 - YYMMDD
7 - YY-MM-DD
8-255 Manufacturer specific
<auxmode>: integer type
1 - yy/MM/dd
2 - yyyy/MM/dd
all other values are reserved in the present document
Note 3:
The <time> format of +CCLK and +CALA " " when
<auxmode>=1 and it is " " when <auxmode>=2. If the MT
does not support time zone information then the three last characters may be omitted
(see +CCLK command).
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 55
+CSDF – Setting Date Format
AT+CSDF?
Read command reads the current setting. Possible Response(s):
+CSDF: <mode>[,<auxmode>]
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CSDF=?
Test command reads the supported <mode>s as a compound value.
+CSDF: (list of supported <mode>s) [,(list of supported <auxmode>s)]
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 56
3.3.3.3 Network Service Handling
3.3.3.3.1 Subscriber Number - +CNUM
+CNUM – Subscriber Number
AT+CNUM
Execution command returns the MSISDN (if the phone number of the device has been
stored in the SIM card) in the format:
+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[<CR><LF>
+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[…]]
where:
<alpha> - alphanumeric string associated to <number>; used character set should be the
one selected with +CSCS.
<number> - string containing the phone number in the format <type>
<type> - type of number:
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+").
AT+CNUM=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.3.2 Read Operator Names - +COPN
+COPN – Read Operator Names
AT+COPN
Execution command returns the list of operator names from the ME in the format:
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR><LF>
+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>[…]]
where:
<numericn> - string type, operator in numeric format (see +COPS)
<alphan> - string type, operator in long alphanumeric format (see +COPS)
Note: each operator code <numericn> that has an alphanumeric equivalent
<alphan> in the ME memory is returned
AT+COPN=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 57
3.3.3.3.3 Network Registration Report - +CREG
+CREG – Network Registration Report
AT+CREG=
[<mode>]
Set command enables/disables network registration reports depending on the parameter
<mode>.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code (factory default)
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code
2 - enable network registration unsolicited result code with network Cell identification data
If <mode>=1, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>
Where:
<stat>
0 - not registered, ME is not currently searching for a new operator to register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but ME is currently searching for a new operator to register to
3 - registration denied
4 - unknown
5 - registered, roaming
If <mode>=2, network registration result code reports:
+CREG: <stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]
where:
<lac>: string type; two byte location area code (when <AcT> indicates value 0 to 6), or
tracking area code (when <AcT> indicates value 7). In hexadecimal forma t
<ci>: string type; four byte GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN cell ID in hexadecimal format.
<AcT>: integer type; access technology of the serving cell
0 - GSM
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 58
+CREG – Network Registration Report
1 - GSM Compact
2 - UTRAN
3 - GSM w/EGPRS
4 - UTRAN w/HSDPA
5 - UTRAN w/HSUPA
6 - UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7 - E-UTRAN
8 - CDMA (see NOTE2)
9 - HDR (see NOTE2)
Note: <Lac>,<Ci> and <Act> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on
some network cell.
NOTE: The value 8/9(CDMA/HDR) do not follow the 3gpp spec, we add this value to
distinguish CDMA/HDR
AT+CREG?
Read command reports the <mode> and <stat> parameter values in the format:
+CREG: <mode>,<stat>[,<Lac>,<Ci>,<Act>]
Note: <Lac>,<Ci> and <Act> are reported only if <mode>=2 and the mobile is registered on
some network cell.
AT+CREG=?
Test command returns the range of supported <mode>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 59
Example
AT OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
(the MODULE is in network searching state)
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2
OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,2 OK
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
(the MODULE is registered)
at+creg?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 60
3.3.3.3.4 Operator Selection - +COPS
+COPS – Operator Selection
AT+COPS=
[<mode> [,<format>
[,<oper>> [,<
AcT>]]]]
Set command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM\UMTS network operator.
<Mode> parameter defines whether the operator selection is automatic or forced by this
command to operator <oper>.
The operator <oper> given in format <format>.
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - automatic choice (the parameter <oper> will be ignored) (factory default)
1 - manual choice (<oper> field shall be present)
2 - deregister from the network; the MODULE is kept unregistered until a +COPS with
<mode>=0, 1 or 4 is issued
3 - set only <format> parameter (the parameter <oper> will be ignored)
4 - manual/automatic (<oper> field shall be present); if manual selection fails, automatic
mode (<mode>=0) is entered
<format>
0 - alphanumeric long form (max length 16 digits)
1 - short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 - numeric <oper>
<Oper>: string type <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric. Long
alphanumeric format can be up to 16 characters long and short format up to 8 characters
(refer GSM MoU SE.13 [9]). Numeric format is the GSM Location Area Identification
number (refer 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.1.3) which consists of a three BCD digit country code coded
as in ITU-T E.212 Annex A [10], plus a two BCD digit network code, which is
administration specific. Returned <oper> shall not be in BCD format, but in IRA
characters converted from BCD. Hence, the number has the structure: (country code digit
3) (country code digit 2) (country code digit 1) (network code digit 3) (network code
digit 2) (network code digit 1).
Note: <mode> parameter setting is stored in NVM and available at next reboot, if it is
not 3 (i.e.: set only <format> parameter).
Note: if <mode>=1 or 4, the selected network is stored in NVM too and is available at
next reboot (this will happen even with a new SIM inserted)
Note: <format> parameter setting is never stored in NVM
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 61
+COPS – Operator Selection
<stat>:
0 - unknown
1- available
2 - current
3- forbidden
<AcT>: access technology selected
0 - GSM
1 - GSM Compact
2 - UTRAN
3 - GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE 1)
4 - UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE 2)
5 - UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE 2)
6 - UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE 2)
7 - E-UTRAN
8 - CDMA (see NOTE 3)
9 - HDR (see NOTE 3)
NOTE: 3GPP TS 44.060 [71] specifies the System Information messages which give the
information about whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
NOTE: 3GPP TS 25.331 [74] specifies the System Information blocks which give the
information about whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
NOTE: The value 8/9(CDMA/HDR) do not follow the 3gpp spec, we add this value to
distinguish CDMA/HDR, and only support AT+COPS?.
AT+COPS?
Read command returns current value of <mode>,<format> and <oper> in format
<format>; if no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are omitted
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>,< AcT>]
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 62
AT+COPS=?
Test command returns a list of quintuplets, each representing an operator present in the
network.
The quintuplets in the list are separated by commas:
+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short alphanumeric
<oper>,numeric <oper>,<AcT>)]
[,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]
where:
<stat> - operator availability
0 - unknown
1 - available
2 - current
3 - forbidden
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 63
+COPS – Operator Selection
<AcT> access technology selected:
0 - GSM
1 - GSM Compact
2 - UTRAN
3 - GSM w/EGPRS
4 - UTRAN w/HSDPA
5 - UTRAN w/HSUPA
6 - UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7 - E-UTRAN
8 - CDMA/HDR
Note: if the command options require a network scan, this command may require some
seconds before the output is given.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.3.5 Facility Lock/Unlock - +CLCK
+CLCK – Facility Lock /Unlock
AT+CLCK=
<fac>,
<mode>
[,<passwd>
[,<class>]]
Execution command used to lock or unlock a ME or a network facility.
Parameters:
<fac> - facility
"SC" - SIM (PIN request) (device requests SIM password at power- up and when this lock
command issued)
"AO" - BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
"OI" - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
"OX" - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
"AI" - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
"IR" - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
"AB" - All Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG" - All Outgoing Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0) "AC" - All Incoming
Barring services (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AC" - All InComing Barring services (refer 3GPP TS 22.030 [19]) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling memory feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done
during the current session, PIN2 is required as
<passwd>)
"PN" - network Personalisation
"PU" - network subset Personalisation
"PP" - service Provider Personalization (refer 3GPP TS 22.022 [33])
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 64
+CLCK – Facility Lock /Unlock
"PC" - Corporate Personalization (refer 3GPP TS 22.022 [33])
"PF" - lock Phone to the very First inserted SIM/UICC card (also referred in the present
document as PH-FSIM) (MT requests password when any other than the first SIM/UICC
card is inserted)
<mode> - defines the operation to be done on the facility
0 - unlock facility
1 - lock facility
2 - query status
<passwd> - shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the DTE user
interface or with command Change Password +CPWD
<class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information (default is 7)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data (refers to all bearer services)
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service 6 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access
Note: when <mode>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>,<class2>
Where:
<status> - the current status of the facility
0 - not active
1 - active
<classn> - class of information of the facility
AT+CLCK=?
Test command reports all the facilities supported by the device.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 65
3.3.3.3.6 Change Facility Password - +CPWD
+CPWD – Change Facility Password
AT+CPWD=
<fac>, <oldpwd>,
<newpwd>
Execution command changes the password for the facility lock function defined by
command Facility Lock +CLCK.
Parameters:
<fac> - facility
SC -SIM (PIN request)
AB - All barring services
P2 - SIM PIN2
AC - All Incoming barring services
AG – All outgoing barring services
AI - BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls)
AO - BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls)
IR - BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country)
OI - BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls)
OX - BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country)
<oldpwd> - string type, it shall be the same as password specified for the facility from
the ME user interface or with command +CPWD.
<newpwd> - string type, it is the new password
Note: parameter <oldpwd> is the old password while <newpwd> is the new one.
AT+CPWD=?
Test command returns a list of pairs (<fac>,<pwdlength>) which presents the available
facilities and the maximum length of their password (<pwdlength>)
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.3.7 Calling Line Identification Presentation - +CLIP
+CLIP – Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the presentation of the CLI (Calling Line Identity) at the
TE. This command refers to the UMTS supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line
Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the CLI of the calling
party when receiving a mobile terminated call.
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disables CLI indication (factory default)
1 - enables CLI indication
If enabled the device reports after each RING the response:
+CLIP:<number>,<type>,"",128,<alpha>,<CLI_validity>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 66
+CLIP – Calling Line Identification Presentation
where:
<number> - string type phone number of format specified by <type>
<type> - type of address octet in integer format
128 - both the type of number and the numbering plan are unknown 129 – 129 -unknown
type of number and ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
145 - international type of number and ISDN/Telephony numbering plan (contains the
character "+")
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with command
Select TE character set
+CSCS.
<CLI_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator.
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitation of originating
network.
Note: in the +CLIP: response the subaddress information and the subaddress type
information are not currently supported. The subaddress is always "" after the 2nd
comma and the subaddress type is always 128 after the 3rd
comma
AT+CLIP?
Read command returns the presentation status of the CLI in the format:
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
where:
<n>
0 - CLI presentation disabled
1 - CLI presentation enabled
<m> - status of the CLIP service on the network
0 - CLIP not provisioned
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 67
+CLIP – Calling Line Identification Presentation
- CLIP provisioned
- unknown (e.g. no network is present )
Note: This command issues a status request to the network. Hence, it may
take a few seconds to give the answer due to the time needed to exchange data.
AT+CLIP=?
Test command returns the supported values of parameter <n>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
The command changes only the report behaviour of the device. It does not change CLI
supplementary service setting on the network.
3.3.3.3.8 Calling Line Identification Restriction - +CLIR
+CLIR – Calling Line Identification Restriction
AT+CLIR=[<n>]
Set command overrides the CLIR subscription set in the network. The value becomes the
default setting for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoke by using
the opposite command. This command refers to CLIR- service (3GPP TS 02.81/21.081)
that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the
called party when originating a call.
Parameter:
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
AT+CLIR?
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (<n>) and also triggers
an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (<m>), where
<n> - facility status on the Mobile
0 - CLIR facility according to CLIR service network status
1 - CLIR facility active (CLI not sent)
2 - CLIR facility not active (CLI sent)
<m> - facility status on the Network
0 - CLIR service not provisioned
1 - CLIR service provisioned permanently
2 - Unknown (e.g. no network present, etc.)
3 - CLI temporary mode presentation restricted
4 - CLI temporary mode presentation allowed
AT+CLIR=?
Test command reports the supported values of parameter <n>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
This command sets the default behaviour of the device for outgoing calls.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 68
3.3.3.3.9 Connected line identification presentation - COLP
+COLP – Connected Line Identification Presentation
AT+COLP=[<n>]
Set command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE
Parameter:
<n>
0 disable (factory default)
1 enable
Note: When enabled (and the called subscriber allows it),
+COLP: <number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype> [,<alpha>]] intermediate res ult
code is returned from TA to TE before any +CR or V.25ter [14] responses.
It is manufacturer specific if this response is used when normal voice call is established.
AT+COLP?
Read command gives the status of <n> and triggers an interrogation of the pro vision
status of the COLP service according 3GPP TS 22.081 [3] (given in <m>).
+COLP: <n>,<m>
Where:
<n>
0 disable
1 enable
<m>
0 - COLP not provisioned 1 - COLP provisioned
2 - unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
AT+COLP=?
Test command returns supported parameters <n>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 69
3.3.3.3.10 Call Forwarding Number and Conditions - +CCFC
+CCFC – Call Forwarding Number And Condition
AT+CCFC=
<reason>,
<cmd>[,<number>
[,<type>
[,<class> [,,,<time>]]]
Execution command controls the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration,
erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
Parameters:
<reason>
0 - unconditional
1 - mobile busy
2 - no reply
3 - not reachable
4 - all calls (not with query command)
5 - all conditional calls (not with query command)
<cmd>
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
3 - registration
4 - erasure
<number> - string type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by
<type> parameter
<type> - type of address octet in integer format : 129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<class> - sum of integers each representing a class of information which the command
refers to; default 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile service)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access
128 - dedicated PAD access
<time> - time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded; it is valid only when
<reason> "no reply" is enabled (<cmd>=1) or queried (<cmd>=2)
1..30 - automatically rounded to a multiple of 5 seconds (default is 20) Note: when
<cmd>=2 and command successful, it returns:
+CCFC: <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type>[,,,<time>]][<CR><LF>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 70
3.3.3.3.11 Call Waiting - +CCWA
+CCWA – Call Waiting
AT+CCWA=
[<n>[,<cmd>
[,<class>]]]
Set command allows the control of the call waiting supplementary service. Activation,
deactivation, and status query are supported.
Parameters:
<n> - enables/disables the presentation of an unsolicited result code:
0 – disable
1 – enable
<cmd> - enables/disables or queries the service at network level:
0 - disable
1 - enable
2 - query status
<class> - is a sum of integers each representing a class of information which the
command refers to; default is 7 (voice + data + fax)
1 - voice (telephony)
2 - data
4 - fax (facsimile services)
8 - short message service
16 - data circuit sync
32 - data circuit async
64 - dedicated packet access 128 - dedicated PAD access
+CCFC – Call Forwarding Number And Condition
where:
<status> - current status of the network service
0 - not active
1 - active
<classn> - same as <class>
<time> - it is returned only when <reason> <cmd>=2.
The other parameters are as seen before.
AT+CCFC=?
Test command reports supported values for the parameter <reason>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
When querying the status of a network service (<cmd>=2) the response line for 'not
active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any
<class>.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 71
+CCWA – Call Waiting
Note: the response format to the query command is:
+CCWA: <status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>
+CCWA:<status>,<class2>[…]]
Where:
<status> represents the status of the service:
0 - inactive
1 - active
<classn> - same as <class>
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>,[<alpha>][,<cli_validity>]
where:
<number> - string type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>
<type> - type of address in integer format
<class> - see before
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS.
<cli_validity>
0 - CLI valid
1 - CLI has been withheld by the originator
2 - CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
network.
Note: if parameter <cmd> omitted then the network is not interrogated. Note: On the
query command, the class parameter must not be issued.
Note: the difference between call waiting report disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,1,7) and call
waiting service disabling (AT+CCWA = 0,0,7) is that in the first case the call waiting
indication is sent to the device by network but the device does not report it to the DTE.
Instead, in the second case the, call waiting indication is not generated by the network.
Hence, the device returns busy to the third party in the 2nd case while in the 1st case a
ringing indication is sent to the third party.
Note: The command AT+CCWA=1,0 has no effect and is nonsense and must not be
issued.
AT+CCWA?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>.
AT+CCWA=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 72
3.3.3.3.12 Call Holding Services - +CHLD
+CHLD – Call Holding Service
AT+CHLD=[<n>]
Execution command controls the network call holding services. With this service, it is
possible to temporarily disconnect a call and keep it suspended while the network retains
it and in parallel, it is possible to connect another party or make a multiparty connection.
Parameter:
<n>
0 - releases all held calls, or sets the UDUB (User Determined User Busy) indication for
a waiting call. (only from version D)
1 - releases all active calls (if any exist), and accepts the other (held or waiting) call
1X - releases a specific active call X.
2 - Places all active calls (if any exist) on hold and accepts the other (held or waiting)
call.
2X - places all active calls on hold except call X with which communication shall be
resumed (only from version D).
3 - adds a held call to the conversation
4 - Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls (ECT).
Note: "X" is the numbering (starting with 1) of the call given by the sequence of setting
up or receiving the calls (active, held or waiting) as seen by the served subscriber. Calls
hold their number until released. New calls take the lowest available number.
Note: where both a held and a waiting call exist, the above procedures apply to the
waiting call (i.e. not to the held call) in conflicting situation.
AT+CHLD=?
Test command returns the list of supported <n>s.
+CHLD: (0,1,1X,2,2X,3,4)
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
ONLY for VOICE calls
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 73
3.3.3.3.13 Call deflection - +CTFR
+CTFR – Action Command Syntax
AT+CTFR=
<number> [,<type>
[,<subaddr>
[,<satype>]]]
This refers to a service that causes an incoming alerting call to be forward to a specified
number.
It is based on the GSM/UMTS supplementary service CD (Call Deflection; refer 3GPP
TS 22.072 [30]).
The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM/UMTS
supplementary services is described in the GSM/UMTS standard. Refer subclause
(3.2.3 ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>) for possible <err> values.
Defined values:
<number>: string type phone number of format specified by <type>
<type>: type of address octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.4.7); default 145 when dialling string includes international access code character
"+", otherwise 129
<subaddr>: string type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
<satype>: type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8]
subclause 10.5.4.8); default 128
NOTE: Call Deflection is only applicable to teleservice 11.
AT+CTFR=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.3.14 Unstructured Supplementary Service Data - +CUSD
+CUSD – Unstructured Supplementary Service
AT+CUSD=
[<n>[,<str>
[,<dcs>]]]
Set command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD
[3GPP TS 02.90/22.090]).
Parameters:
<n> - used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code.
0 - disable the result code presentation in the DTA
1 - enable the result code presentation in the DTA
2 - cancel an ongoing USSD session (not applicable to read command response)
<str> - USSD-string (when <str> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated)
If <dcs> indicates that 3GPP TS 3.38/23.038 default alphabet is used ME/TA converts
GSM alphabet into current TE character set (see +CSCS).
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 74
3.3.3.3.15 Advice of Charge - +CAOC
+CAOC – Advice Of Charge
AT+CAOC=
<mode>
Set command refers to the Advice of Charge supplementary services that enable subscriber
to get information about the cost of calls; the command also includes the possibility to
enable an unsolicited event reporting of the Current Call Meter (CCM) information.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - query CCM value
1 - disables unsolicited CCM reporting
2 - enables unsolicited CCM reporting
+CUSD – Unstructured Supplementary Service
each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number; e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65).
<dcs> - 3GPP TS 3.38/23.038 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default is 0).
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <n> is in the format:
+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE where:
<m>:
0 - no further user action required (network initiated USSD-Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated operation).
1 - further user action required (network initiated USSD-Request, or further information
needed after mobile initiated operation)
2 -USSD terminated by the network
3 - other local client has responded
4 - operation not supported
5 - network time out
AT+CUSD?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>
AT+CUSD=?
Test command reports the supported values for the parameter <n>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
Only mobile initiated operations are supported
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 75
+CAOC – Advice Of Charge
Note: the unsolicited result code enabled by parameter <mode> is in the format:
+CCCM: <ccm>
where:
<ccm> - current call meter in home units, string type: three bytes of the CCM
Value in hexadecimal format [e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30]
Note: the unsolicited result code +CCCM sent when the CCM value changes, but not more
than every 10 seconds.
AT+CAOC?
Read command reports the value of parameter <mode> in the format:
+CAOC: <mode>
AT+CAOC=?
Test command reports the supported values for <mode> parameter.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
Note
+CAOC command returns an estimate of the cost of the current call only, produced by the
MS and based on the information provided by either
AoCI or AOCC supplementary services; it is not stored in the SIM.
3.3.3.3.16 List Current Calls - +CLCC
+CLCC – List Current Calls
AT+CLCC
Execution command returns the list of current calls and their characteristics in the format:
[+CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,<number>,<type>
,<alpha>[<CR><LF>+CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,
<mpty>,<number>,<type>,<alpha>[…]]]
where:
<idn> - call identification number
<dir> - call direction
0 - mobile originated call
1 - mobile terminated call
<stat> - state of the call
0 - active
1 - held
2 - dialing (MO call)
+CLCC – List Current Calls
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 76
3 - alerting (MO call)
4 - incoming (MT call)
5 - waiting (MT call)
<mode> - call type
0 - voice
1 - data
2 - fax
9 – unknown
<mpty> - multiparty call flag
0 - call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1 - call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> - string type phone number in format specified by <type>
<type> - type of phone number octet in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<alpha> - string type; alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with +CSCS.
Note: If no call is active then only OK message is sent. This command is useful in
conjunction with command +CHLD to know the various call status for call holding.
AT+CLCC=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 77
3.3.3.3.17 SS Notification - +CSSN
+CSSN – SS Notification
AT+CSSN=
[<n>[,<m>]]
This refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. Set command
enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE.
Parameters:
<n> - sets the +CSSI result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
<m> - sets the +CSSU result code presentation status
0 - disable
1 - enable
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated
call setup, an unsolicited code:
+CSSI: <code1>
is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes, where:
<code1>:
0 - unconditional call forwarding is active
1 - some of the conditional call forwardings are active
2 - call has been forwarded
3 - call is waiting
5 - outgoing calls are barred
6 - incoming calls are barred
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile
terminated call setup or during a call, an unsolicited result code:
+CSSU: <code2>
is sent to TE, where:
<code2>:
0 - this is a forwarded call (MT call setup)
2 - call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3 - call has been retrieved (during a voice call).
4 - multiparty call entered (during a voice call)
5 - call on hold has been released (this is not a SS notification) (during a voice call)
AT+CSSN?
Read command reports the current value of the parameters.
AT+CSSN=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameters <n>, <m>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 78
3.3.3.3.18 Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control - +CCUG
+CCUG – Closed User Group Supplementary Service Control
AT+CCUG= [<n>
[,<index>
[,<info>]]]
Set command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary service [3GPP TS
02.85/22.085].
Parameters:
<n>
0 - disable CUG temporary mode (factory default).
1 - enable CUG temporary mode: it enables to control the CUG information on the air
interface as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls.
<index>
0..9 - CUG index
10 not an index (preferential CUG taken from subscriber data) (default)
<info>
0 - no information (default)
1 - suppress Outgoing Access (OA)
2 - suppress preferential CUG
3 - suppress OA and preferential CUG
AT+CCUG?
Read command reports the current value of the parameters
AT+CCUG=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 79
3.3.3.3.19 Preferred Operator List - +CPOL
+CPOL – Preferred Operator
AT+CPOL=
[<index>] [,<format>
[,<oper>]
[,<GSM_AcT>,
<GSM_Compact_
AcT>,
<UTRAN_AcT>,
<EUTRAN_AcT>]
]
Execution command writes an entry in the SIM list of preferred operators.
Parameters:
<index> - integer type; the order number of operator in the SIM preferred operator list
1..n
<format>
0 long format alphanumeric <oper>
1 short format alphanumeric <oper>
2 - numeric <oper>
<oper> - string type
<GSM_AcT> - GSM access technology
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<GSM_Compact_AcT> - GSM compact access technology
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<UTRA_AcT> - UTRA acess technology
0 access technology not selected
1 access technology selected
<E-UTRAN_AcTn> - E-UTRAN access technology:
0 - access technology not selected
1 - access technology selected
Note: if <index> is given but <oper> left out, the entry is deleted. If <oper> is given but
<index> left out, <oper> is put in the next free location. If only
<format> is given, the format of the <oper> in the read command changes. Currently
<GSM_Compact_AcT> is not supported but the set value is accepted.
AT+CPOL?
Read command returns all used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators.
AT+CPOL=?
Test command returns the whole <index> range supported by the SIM and the
range for the parameter <format>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 80
3.3.3.3.20 Selection of preferred PLMN list - +CPLS
+CPLS – Selection OF Preferred PLMN List +CPLS
AT+CPLS=<list>
Set command select one PLMN selector with Access Technology list in the SIM card or
active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM), that is used by
+CPOL command.
Parameter:
<list>:
0 - User controlled PLMN selected from Access Technology EFPLMNwAcT, if not
found in the SIM/UICC, then use PLMN preferred list EFPLMNsel (this file is only
available in SIM card or GSM application selected in UICC) (Default)
1 - Operator controlled PLMN selector with Access Technology EFOPLMNwAcT
2 - HPLMN selector with Access Technology EFHPLMNwAcT
AT+CPLS?
Read command returns the selected PLMN selector list from the SIM/USIM
+CPLS: <list>
AT+CPLS=?
Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM/USIM
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 81
3.3.3.4 Mobile Equipment Control
3.3.3.4.1 Phone Activity Status - +CPAS
+CPAS – Phone Activity Status
AT+CPAS
Execution command reports the device status in the form:
+CPAS: <pas>
Where:
<pas> - phone activity status
0 - ready (device allows commands from TA/TE)
3 - ringing (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active)
4 - call in progress (device is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in
progress)
AT+CPAS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for <pas>.
Note: although +CPAS is an execution command, 3gpp TS 27.007 requires the Test
command to be defined.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 82
3.3.3.4.2 Set Phone Functionality - +CFUN
+CFUN – Set Phone Functionality
AT+CFUN=
[<fun> [,<rst>]]
Set command selects the level of functionality in the ME. Parameters:
<fun> - is the power saving function mode
0 - minimum functionality, NON-CYCLIC SLEEP mode: in this mode, the AT interface is
not accessible by UART. Consequently, once you have set <fun> level 0, do not send
further characters. Otherwise these characters remain in the input buffer and may delay the
output of an unsolicited result code. The first wake-up event stops power saving and takes
the ME back to full functionality level <fun>=1.
1 - mobile full functionality with power saving disabled (factory default)
4 - disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
5 - factory test mode
6 - reset
7 - offline mode
<rst> - reset flag
0 - do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level.
1 - reset the ME before setting it to <fun> functionality level. This option works only with
<fun> =1, with other values it will return an error.
Note: AT+CFUN=2 is not supported.
Note: Issuing AT+CFUN=4[,0] in fact causes the module to perform both a network
deregistration and a SIM deactivation.
Note: If power saving is enabled, most modes reduce power consumption during idle time,
thus allowing a longer standby time with a given battery capacity.
Note: To place the module in power saving mode, set the <fun> parameter to value = 5 and
the line DTR (RS232) must be set to OFF. Once in power saving, the CTS line switches to
the OFF status to signal that the module is really in power saving condition.
During the power saving condition, before sending any AT command on the serial line,
first enable DTR, then wait for the CTS (RS232) line to go to ON status.
Until the DTR line is ON, the module will not return back from the power saving
condition.
Note: The power saving function does not affect the network behavior of the module.
Note:AT+CFUN=6 must be used after setting AT+CFUN=7. If module in offline mode,
must execute AT+CFUN=6 or restart module to online mode
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 83
+CFUN – Set Phone Functionality
Even during the power save condition the module remains registered on the network and
reachable for incoming calls or SMS. If a call comes in during power saving, then the
module will wake up and proceed normally with the unsolicited incoming call code.
AT+CFUN?
Read command reports the current setting of <fun>.
AT+CFUN=?
Test command returns the list of supported values for <fun> and <rst>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.4.3 Enter PIN - +CPIN
+CPIN – Enter PIN
AT+CPIN=
<pin> [,<newpin>]
Set command sends the device one of the necessary passwords before it can be operated
(SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
If the <pin> required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the <newpin> is required. This second
pin, <newpin> will replace the old pin in the SIM.
The command may be used to change the SIM PIN by sending it with both parameters
<pin> and <newpin> when PIN request is pending; if no PIN request is pending the
command will return an error code. To change the PIN the command +CPWD must be
used instead.
Parameters:
<pin> - string type value
<newpin> - string type value.
To check the status of the PIN request use the command AT+CPIN?
Note: If all parameters are omitted then the behaviour of Set command is the same as Read
command.
AT+CPIN?
Read command reports the PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status of the device in the form:
+CPIN: <code> where:
<code> - PIN/PUK/PUK2 request status code READY - ME is not awaiting any password
SIM PIN - ME is awaiting SIM PIN
SIM PUK - ME is awaiting SIM PUK
PH-SIM PIN - ME is awaiting phone-to-SIM card password.
PH-FSIM PIN - ME is awaiting phone-to-very-first-SIM card password. PH-FSIM PUK -
ME is awaiting phone-to-very-first-SIM card unblocking
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 84
+CPIN – Enter PIN
password.
SIM PIN2 - ME is awaiting SIM PIN2; this <code> is returned only when the last
executed command resulted in PIN2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 17)
SIM PUK2 - ME is awaiting SIM PUK2: this <code> is returned only when the last
executed command resulted in PUK2 authentication failure (i.e. +CME ERROR: 18)
PH-NET PIN – ME is awaiting network personalization password
PH-NET PUK - ME is awaiting network personalization unblocking password
PH-NETSUB PIN - ME is awaiting network subset personalization password
PH-NETSUB PUK - ME is awaiting network subset personalization unblocking password
PH-SP PIN - ME is awaiting service provider personalization password PH-SP PUK - ME
is awaiting service provider personalization unblocking
password
PH-CORP PIN - ME is awaiting corporate personalization password
PH-CORP PUK - ME is awaiting corporate personalization unblocking password
Note: Pin pending status at startup depends on PIN facility setting, to change or query the
default power up setting use the command AT+CLCK=SC,<mode>,<pin>
Example
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: 10 error: you have to insert the SIM
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY you inserted the SIM and device is not waiting for PIN to be given
OK
Note
What follows is a list of the commands which are accepted when ME is pending SIM PIN
or SIM PUK
A
&K
+FCLASS
+CPIN
D
&N
+GCAP
+CSQ
H
&P
+GCI
+CIND
O
&S
+IPR
+CMER
E
&V
+IFC
+CCLK
I
&W
+ILRR
+CALA
L
&Y
+ICF
M
&Z
+CRSM
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 85
+CPIN – Enter PIN
P
+DS
Q
%L
+DR
%Q
+CGMI
T
\Q
+CGMM
V
+CGMR
+CLAC
X
\V
+GMI
+CMEE
Z
+CRC
+GMM
+CGREG
&C
+CRLP
+GMR
+CBC
&D
+CREG
+CGSN
+CSDH
&F
+CFUN
+GSN
+CNMI
+COPS
+CHUP
+CR
+CLIP
+CPAS
All the above commands, except +CSDH and +CNMI, can be issued even if ME is waiting
for phone-to-SIM card password to be given
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.4.4 Signal Quality - +CSQ
+CSQ – Signal Quality
AT+CSQ
Execution command reports received signal quality indicators in the form:
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber> Where:
<rssi> - received signal strength indication
0 - (-113) dBm or less
1 - (-111) dBm
2..30 - (-109)dBm..(-53)dBm / 2 dBm per step
31 - (-51)dBm or greater
99 - not known or not detectable
<ber> - bit error rate (in percent)
0 - less than 0.2%
1 - 0.2% to 0.4%
2 - 0.4% to 0.8%
3 - 0.8% to 1.6%
4 - 1.6% to 3.2%
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 86
+CSQ – Signal Quality
5 - 3.2% to 6.4%
6 - 6.4% to 12.8%
7 - more than 12.8%
99 - not known or not detectable
Note: this command should be used instead of the %Q and %L commands, since the
relevant parameters refer to the radio link and no line is present, hence %Q and %L have
no meaning.
Currently <ber> is available only in GSM network
AT+CSQ=?
Test command returns the supported range of values of the parameters <rssi> and <ber>.
Note: although +CSQ is an execution command without parameters, 3GPP TS
27.007 requires the Test command to be defined.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.4.5 Indicator Control - +CIND
+CIND – Indicator Control
AT+CIND=
[<state> [,<state>
[…]]]
Set command is used to control the registration state of ME indicators, in order to
automatically send the +CIEV URC whenever the value of the associated indicator
changes. The supported indicators (<descr>) and their order are shown in the test
command AT+CIND=?
Parameter:
<state> - registration state
0 - The indicator is deregistered; no unsolicited result code (+CIEV URC) is automatically
sent by the ME to the application whenever the value of the associated indicator changes.
1 - The indicator is registered: an unsolicited result code (+CIEV URC) is automatically
sent by the ME to the application whenever the value of the associated indicator changes.
(default)
AT+CIND?
Read command returns the current value of ME indicators, in the format:
+CIND: <ind>,<ind ind>
Note: the order of the values for <ind> is the same as that in which the associated
indicators appear from test command AT+CIND=?
AT+CIND=?
Test command returns pairs, where string value <descr> is a description (max. 16 chars)
of the indicator and compound value is the supported values for the
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 87
+CIND – Indicator Control
indicator, in the format:
+CIND: (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s)),(<descr>, (list of supported
<ind>s)) (<descr>, (list of supported <ind>s))
where:
<descr> - indicator names as follows (along with their <ind> ranges).
battchg - battery charge level.
<ind>- battery charge level indicator range
0..5 - battery levels.
signal - signal quality.
<ind> - signal quality indicator range
0..5 - signal levels.
service - service availability.
<ind> - service availability indicator range
0 - not registered to any network.
1 - Registered.
call - call in progress.
<ind> - call in progress indicator range.
0 - there are no calls in progress
1 - at least one call has been established.
roam roaming.
<ind> - roaming indicator range.
0 - registered to home network or not registered.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 88
+CIND – Indicator Control
1 - registered to other network.
smsfull - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full (1), or memory
locations are available (0).
<ind> - short message memory storage indicator range. 0 - memory locations are
available.
1 - a short message memory storage in the MT has become full.
"GPRS coverage" there is packet service coverage.
0 no packet service.
1 module is attached to a packet service.
"callsetup" call setup status indicator.
0 - No active call setup.
1 - MT call is waiting or ringing.
2 - MO call was initiated.
3 - MO call ringing at B-party.
Note
See command +CMER
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 89
3.3.3.4.6 Mobile Equipment Event Reporting - +CMER
+CMER – Mobile Equipment Event Reporting
AT+CMER=[<mod
e> [,<keyp>
[,<disp> [,<ind>
[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command enables/disables sending of unsolicited result codes from TA to TE in the
case of indicator state changes (NOTE : sending URCs in the case of key presses or
display changes is currently not implemented).
Parameters:
<mode> - controls the processing of unsolicited result codes
0 - discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes.
1- discard +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. on- line
data mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2- buffer +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g.
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation; otherwise forward them
directly to the TE.
3- forward +CIEV Unsolicited Result Codes directly to the TE; when TA is in on- line data
mode each +CIEV URC is replaced with a Break (100 ms), and is stored in a buffer; once
the ME goes into command mode (after +++ was entered), all URCs stored in the buffer
will be output.
<keyp> - keypad event reporting
0 - no keypad event reporting
<disp> - display event reporting
0 - no display event reporting
<ind> - indicator event reporting
0 - no indicator event reporting
1 - indicator event reporting
<bfr> - TA buffer clearing
0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when
<mode> 1...3 is entered
1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the
TE when <mode> 1...3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes)
AT+CMER?
Read command returns the current setting of parameters, in the format:
+CMER: <mode>,<keyp>,<disp>,<ind>,<bfr>
AT+CMER=?
Test command returns the range of supported values for parameters <mode>,
<keyp>, <disp>, <ind>, <bfr>, in the format:
+CMER: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <keyp>s),(list of supported
<disp>s),(list of supported <ind>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 90
3.3.3.4.7 Select Phonebook Memory Storage - +CPBS
+CPBS – Select Phonebook Memory Storage
AT+CPBS=
<storage>
Set command selects phonebook memory storage <storage>, which will be use by other
phonebook commands.
Parameter:
<storage>
"SM" - SIM phonebook
"FD" - SIM fixed dialling-phonebook (only phase 2/2+ SIM)
"LD" - SIM last-dialled-phonebook (+CPBF is not applicable for this storage)
"MC" - device missed calls (unanswered received) list (+CPBF is not applicable for this
storage) (Not supported now)
"RC" - ME received calls list (+CPBF is not applicable for this storage). (Not supported
now)
"DC" - MT dialled calls list
"ME" - MT phonebook
"EN" - SIM/USIM (or MT) emergency number (+CPBW is not applicable for this storage)
"ON" - SIM (or MT) own numbers (MSI storage may be available through +CNUM also).
"MB" - mailbox numbers stored on SIM; it is possible to select this storage only if the
mailbox service is provided by the SIM (see #MBN).
"SD" - SIM Service Dialling Numbers (SDN) phonebook (+CPBW is not applicable for this
storage).
AT+CPBS?
Read command returns the current values of the parameter <storage>, the number of
occupied records <used> and the maximum index number <total>, in the format:
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
Note: For : if there is more than one missed call from the same number, the read command
will return only the last call.
AT+CPBS=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for the parameters
<storage>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 91
3.3.3.4.8 Read Phonebook Entries - +CPBR
+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBR=
<index1> [,<index2>]
Execution command returns phonebook entries in location number range
<index1>..<index2> from the current phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS. If <index2>
is omitted, only location <index1> is returned.
Parameters:
<index1> - integer type. Value in the range of location numbers of the currently selected phonebook
memory storage (see +CPBS).
<index2> - integer type. Value in the range of location numbers of the currently selected phonebook
memory storage (see +CPBS).
The response format is:
[+CPBR:<index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>,[<group>],
[<adnumber>],[<adtype>],[<secondtext>],[<email>][<CR><LF>
+CPBR:<index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>,[<group>],
[<adnumber>],[<adtype>],[<secondtext>],[<email> […]]] or
+CME ERROR: <err>
where:
<indexn> - the location number of the phonebook entry
<number> - string type phone number of format <type>
<type> - type of phone number octet in integer format 129 - national
numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS.
<group> - group name the entry may belong to; used character set should be the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<adnumber> - additional string type phone number of format <adtype>.
<adtype> - additional type number octet in integer format. 129 - national
numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<secondtext> - the alphanumeric text associated to secondary text; used character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS.
<email> - The alphanumeric text associated to email address; used character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS.
AT+CPBR=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<indexn> and the maximum lengths of <number> and <text> fields, in the
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 92
+CPBR - Read Phonebook Entries
format:
+CPBR:(<minIndex>-<maxIndex>),<nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>
,<elength>
where:
<minIndex>- the minimum <index> number, integer type
<maxIndex>- the maximum <index> number, integer type
<nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type
<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type
<glength> group name length for example AND group, FDN group.
<slength> Secondary text length associated with the number.
<elength> <email> length
Note: the value of <nlength> could vary, depending on the availability of Extension service, in the
following situations:
1．If "SM" memory storage has been selected [see +CPBS] and the SIM
supports the Extension1 service
2．If "FD" memory storage has been selected [see +CPBS] and the SIM
supports the Extension2 service
3．If "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the SIM
supports the Extension6 service
Note
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB
commands.
Example
OK
AT+CPBS?
+CPBS: "ME",1,100
OK
AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR: (1-500),40,20,2,20,20
OK
AT+CPBR=1,"","",0,"",""
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 93
3.3.3.4.9 Find Phonebook Entries - +CPBF
+CPBF – Find Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBF=
<findtext>
Execution command returns phonebook entries (from the current phonebook memory
storage selected with +CPBS) whose alphanumeric field starts with string <findtext>.
Parameter:
<findtext> - string type, used character set should be as selected with command +CSCS.
The command returns a report in the form:
[+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[<CR><LF>
+CPBF: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[...]]]
where:
<index n> - the location number of the phonebook entry
<number> - string type phone number of format <type>
<type> - type of phone number octet in integer format
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the alphanumeric text associated to the number; used character set should be as
selected with command +CSCS.
<secondtext> - secondary text
<email> - email text
Either "MC",either "RC" or "LD" or "DC"
Note: +CPBF is not applicable if the current selected storage (see +CPBS) is
Note: if <findtext> the command returns all the phonebook records.
Note: If no PB records satisfy the search criteria then an ERROR message is returned.
AT+CPBF=?
Test command returns the supported range of values for parameters
<indexn> and the maximum lengths of <number> and <text> fields, in the format:
+CPBF:
<nlength>,<tlength>,<glength>,<slength>,<elength>
where:
<nlength> - maximum <number> field length, integer type
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 94
+CPBF – Find Phonebook Entries
<tlength> - maximum <name> field length, integer type
<glength> group name length for example AND group, FDN group.
<slength> Secondary text length associate with the number
<elength> <email> length
Note: the value of <nlength> could vary depending on the availability of Extension
service, in the following situations:
1．If "SM" memory storage has been selected [see +CPBS] and the SIM
supports the Extension1 service
2．If "FD" memory storage has been selected [see +CPBS] and the SIM
supports the Extension2 service
3．If "MB" memory storage has been selected (see +CPBS) and the SIM
supports the Extension6 service
Note
Remember to select the PB storage with +CPBS command before issuing PB commands.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 95
3.3.3.4.10 Write Phonebook Entry - +CPBW
+CPBW – Write Phonebook Entry
AT+CPBW=
[<index>]
[,<number> [,<type>
[,<text> [,<group>
[,<adnumber>
[,<adtype>
[,<secondtext>[,<
email]]]]]]]]
Execution command writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current
phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS.
Parameters:
<index> - integer type, value in the range of location numbers of the currently selected
phonebook memory storage (see +CPBS).
<number> - string type, phone number in the format <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<text> - the text associated to the number, string type; used character set should be the
one selected with command +CSCS.
<group> - group name the entry may belong to; used character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS.
<adnumber> - additional string type phone number of format <adtype>.
<adtype> - additional type number octet in integer format.
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
<secondtext> - the alphanumeric text associated with secondary text; used character set
should be the one selected with command +CSCS.
<email> - The alphanumeric text associated with email address; used character set
should be the one selected with command +CSCS.
Note: If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten.
Note: if either <number>, <type>, <text>, <group>, <adnumber>, <adtype>,
<secondtext> and <email> are omitted the phonebook entry in location
<index> is deleted.
Note: if <index> is omitted the number <number> is stored in the first free phonebook
location.
Note:if either "LD","MC" or "RC" memory storage has beed selected (see
+CPBS) it is possible just to delete the phonebook entry in location <index>.
AT+CPBW=?
Test command returns location range supported by the current storage as a compound
value, the maximum length of <number> field, supported number format of the storage
and maximum length of <text> field. The format is:
+CPBW: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,(list of supported
<type>s),<tlength>[,<PBM word size>,<tlength>,<tlength>]
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 96
3.3.3.4.11 Clock Management - +CCLK
+CCLK – Clock Management
AT+CCLK=
<time>
Set command sets the real-time clock of the ME.
Parameter:
<time> - current time as quoted string in the format: "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz"
yy - year (two digits are mandatory). range is (00..99)
MM - month (two digits are mandatory). range is (01..12)
dd - day (two digits are mandatory). available ranges are:
(01..28)
(01..29)
(01..30)
(01..31)
hh - hour (two digits are mandatory). range is (00..23)
mm - minute (two digits are mandatory). range is (00..59)
ss - Seconds (two digits are mandatory). range is (00..59)
±zz - time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarter of an hour, between the
local time and GMT; two digits are mandatory), range is - 96..+96
AT+CCLK?
Read command returns the current setting of the real-time clock, in the format
<time>.
AT+CCLK=?
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 97
3.3.3.4.12 Restricted SIM Access - +CRSM
+CRSM – Restricted SIM Access
AT+CRSM=
<command> [,<fileid>
[,<P1>,<P2>,
<P3>[,<data>]]]
Execution command transmits to the ME the SIM <command> and its required
parameters. ME handles internally all SIM-ME interface locking and file selection
routines. As a response to the command, ME sends the current SIM information
parameters and response data.
Parameters:
<command> - command passed on by the ME to the SIM 176 - READ BINARY
178 - READ RECORD
192 - GET RESPONSE
214 - UPDATE BINARY
220 - UPDATE RECORD
242 - STATUS
<Fileid> - identifier of an elementary data file on SIM. Mandatory for every
command except STATUS.
<P1>,<P2>,<P3> - parameter passed on by the ME to the SIM; they are mandatory
for every command except GET RESPONSE and STATUS 0..255
<Data> - information to be read/written to the SIM (hexadecimal character format).
The response of the command is in the format:
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>] where:
<sw1>,<sw2> - information from the SIM about the execution of the current
command both on successful or failed execution.
<response> - on a successful completion of the command previously issued it returns
the requested data (hexadecimal character format). It is not returned after a successful
UPDATE, BINARY or UPDATE RECORD command.
Note: this command requires PIN authentication. However commands READ
BINARY and READ RECORD can be issued before PIN authentication and if the
SIM is blocked (after three failed PIN authentication attempts) to access the contents
of the Elementary Files.
Note: use only decimal numbers for parameters <command>, <fileid>,
<P1>, <P2> and <P3>.
AT+CRSM=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007, 3GPP TS 11.11/51.011(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 98
3.3.3.4.13 Accumulated Call Meter - +CACM
+CACM – Accumulated Call Meter
AT+CACM=
[<pwd>]
Set command resets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter stored in
SIM (ACM): it contains the total number of home units for both the current and
preceding calls.
Parameter:
<pwd> - to access this command provide PIN2; if PIN2 has been already input once
after startup, it is required no more
AT+CACM?
Read command reports the current value of the SIM ACM in the format:
+CACM: <acm>
where:
<acm> - accumulated call meter in home units, string type: three bytes of decimal value
30)
Note: the value <acm> is in home units; price per unit and currency are defined with
command +CPUC
AT+CACM=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.4.14 Accumulated Call Meter Maximum - +CAMM
+CAMM – Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
AT+CAMM=
[<acmmax> [,<pwd>]]
Set command sets the Advice of Charge related Accumulated Call Meter Maximum
Value stored in SIM (ACMmax). This value represents the maximum number of home
units allowed to be consumed by the subscriber. When ACM reaches <acmmax> value
further calls are prohibited.
Parameter:
<acmmax> - ACM max value, integer type: it is the maximum number of home units
allowed to be consumed by the subscriber.
<pwd> - PIN2; if PIN2 has been already input once after startup, it is required no more
Note: <acmmax> = 0 value disables the feature.
AT+CAMM?
Read command reports the ACMmax value stored in SIM in the format:
+CAMM : <acmm> where:
<acmm> - ACMmax value in home units, string type: three bytes of the
decimal value 30)
AT+CAMM=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 99
3.3.3.4.15 Available AT Commands - +CLAC
+CLAC – Available AT Commands
AT+CLAC
Execution command causes the ME to return the AT commands that are available for
the user, in the following format:
<AT cmd1>[<CR><LF><AT cmd2>[…]]
where:
<AT cmdn> - defines the AT command including the prefix AT
AT+CLAC=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.4.16 Automatic Time Zone update - +CTZU
+CTZU Automatic Time Zone Update
AT+CTZU=<onoff>
This command enables and disables automatic time zone update via NITZ. Parameters:
<onoff>:
0 - Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ (default)
1 - Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ
Note: despite the name, the command AT+CTZU=1 enables automatic update of the
date and time set by AT+CCLK command (not only time zone). This happens when a
Network Identity and Time Zone (NITZ) message is sent by the network.
AT+CTZU?
Read command reports the currently selected <onoff> in the format:
+CTZU: <onoff>
AT+CTZU=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter <onoff>
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 100
3.3.3.5 Mobile Equipment Errors
3.3.3.5.1 Report Mobile Equipment Error - +CMEE
+CMEE – Report Mobile Equipment
AT+CMEE=[<n>]
Set command enables/disables the reporting of result codes:
+CME ERROR: <err>
It is an indication of an error relating to the +Cxxx commands issued.
When enabled, device related errors cause the +CME ERROR <err> result code instead
of the default ERROR result code. ERROR will still be returned normally when the
error message relates to syntax, invalid parameters, or DTE functionality.
Parameter:
<n> - enable flag
0 - disable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, use only ERROR report. (default)
1 - enable +CME ERROR:<err> reports, with <err> in numeric format
2 - enable +CME ERROR: <err> reports, with <err> in verbose format
AT+CMEE?
Read command returns the current value of subparameter <n>:
+CMEE: <n>
AT+CMEE=?
Test command returns the range of values for subparameter <n>
Note
+CMEE has no effect on the final result code +CMS
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
3.3.3.6 Voice Control
3.3.3.6.1 DTMF Tones Transmission - +VTS
+VTS – DTMF Tones Transmission
AT+VTS=
<dtmfstring>
Execution command allows the transmission of DTMF tones.
Parameters:
<dtmfstring> - string of <dtmf>s, i.e. ASCII characters in the set (0-9),
#,*,(A-D); the string can be at most 255 <dtmf>s long; it allows the user to send a
sequence of DTMF tones, each of them with a duration that was
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 101
+VTS – DTMF Tones Transmission
defined through +VTD command.
Note: This command operates in voice mode only (see +FCLASS).
AT+VTS=?
Test command provides the list of supported <dtmf>s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007 and TIA IS-101 (3GPP Only)
3.3.3.6.2 Receive DTMF in Call - +MVTR
+MVTR Receive DTMF in Call.
AT+MVTR =
<status>
This asynchronous command is only used to receive DTMF of peer pointer in call. The
receive DTMF is automatically turned on incoming or orignal call and turned off when
the call is hung up.
<status>
0 disable DTMF receive function.
1 enable DTMF receive function.
Command responses:
OK
ERROR
BUSY (Indicates that the previous command has not been completed.)
Successful results:
+ MVTR : SUCCESS
Failure results:
+ MVTR : FAIL,client init failed
+ MVTR : FAIL,enable failed
+ MVTR : FAIL,disable failed
Receive DTMF results:
+DTMF: <DTMF character > (DTMF characteres: 0123456789*#ABCD)
AT+MVTR ?
Read command returns the current status value of the parameter
AT+MVTR=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 102
Example
AT+ MVTR =?
+ MVTR : (0-1)
OK
AT+ MVTR ?
+ MVTR :0
OK
AT+ MVTR =1
ERROR
AT+ MVTR =0
ERROR
ATD<phone number>;
OK
+DTMF: 5
+DTMF: 9
+DTMF: 9
+DTMF: 7
AT+ MVTR =0
OK
AT+ MVTR =0
BUSY
AT+ MVTR ?
BUSY
+ MVTR : SUCCESS
AT+ MVTR ?
+ MVTR :0
OK
AT+ MVTR =1
OK
+ MVTR : SUCCESS
+DTMF: *
+DTMF: #
NO CARRIER
RING
ATA
OK
+DTMF: 7
NO CARRIER
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 103
3.3.3.7 Commands for Package Domain
3.3.3.7.1 GPRS Mobile Station Class - +CGCLASS
+CGCLASS – GPRS Mobile Station Class
AT+CGCLASS=
[<class>]
Set command sets the GPRS class according to <class> parameter.
Parameter:
<class>
"A"- WCDMA (factory default)
Note: the setting is saved in NVM (and available on following reboot).
the current system to CLASS A only.
AT+CGCLASS?
Read command returns the current value of the GPRS class in the format:
+CGLASS: <class>
AT+CGCLASS=?
Test command reports the range for the parameter <class>
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 104
3.3.3.7.2 GPRS Attach or Detach - +CGATT
+CGATT – GPRS Attach Or Detach
AT+CGATT=
[<state>]
Execution command used to attach the terminal to, or detach the terminal from, the
GPRS service depending on the parameter <state>.
Parameter:
<state> - state of GPRS attachment
0 - detached
1 - attached
AT+CGATT?
Read command returns the current GPRS service state.
AT+CGATT=?
Test command requests information on the supported GPRS service states.
Example
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (0,1)
OK
AT+CGATT=1
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.7.3 GPRS Event Reporting - +CGEREP
+CGEREP – GPRS Event Reporting
AT+CGEREP=
[<mode> [,<bfr>]]
Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes +CGEV: XXX
(see below) from TA to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the TA or the
network regarding GPRS events.
Parameters:
<mode> - controls the processing of URCs specified with this command.
0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, the oldest
one may be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE.
1 - Discard unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on- line data
mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE when TA-TE link
becomes available, otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 105
+CGEREP – GPRS Event Reporting
<bfr> - controls the effect on buffered codes when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered:
0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is
cleared when <mode>=1 or 2 is entered.
1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the
TE when <mode>=1 or 2 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the
codes).
Unsolicited Result Codes
The following unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined:
+CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>
A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the TA was unable to
report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and was automatically
rejected.
+CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The network has requested a context reactivation. The <cid> that was used to reactivate
the context is provided if known to TA.
+CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The network has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to activate the
context is provided if known to TA.
+CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]
The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation. The <cid> that was used to
activate the context is provided if known to TA.
+CGEV: NW DETACH
The network has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts have been
deactivated. These are not reported separately.
+CGEV: ME DETACH
The mobile equipment has forced a GPRS detach. This implies that all active contexts
have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>
The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest available class is
reported (see +CGCLASS)
AT+CGEREP?
Read command returns the current <mode> and <bfr> settings, in the format:
+CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 106
+CGEREP – GPRS Event Reporting
AT+CGEREP=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CGEREP command
parameters.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.7.4 EPS Network Registration Status - +CEREG
+CEREG EPS Network Registration Status
+CEREG=[<n>]
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CEREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's EPS network registration
status in E-UTRAN, or unsolicited result code.
+CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the
network cell in E-UTRAN. The parameters <AcT>, <tac> and <ci> are sent only if
available.
The value <n>=3 further extends the unsolicited result code with
[,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>], when available, when the value of <stat> changes. Refer
subclause 9.2 for possible <err> values. Current version cannot support <n>=3.
Note:
If the EPS MT in GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN also supports circuit mode services and/or
GPRS services, the +CREG command and +CREG: result codes and/or the
+CGREG command and +CGREG: result codes apply to the registration status and
location information for those services.
Possible response(s):
+CME ERROR: <err>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 107
+CEREG EPS Network Registration Status
+CEREG?
Defined values:
<n>: integer type
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat>
2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CEREG:
<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]
*3 - enable network registration, location information and EMM cause value information
unsolicited result code. Current version cannot support <n>=3.
+CEREG: <stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>]]
<stat>: integer type; indicates the EPS registration status
0 - not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register to. 1 - registered,
home network.
2 - not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register
to.
3 - registration denied.
4 - unknown (e.g. out of E-UTRAN coverage).
5 - registered, roaming.
6 - registered for "SMS only", home network (not applicable)
7 - registered for "SMS only", roaming (not applicable).
8 - attached for emergency bearer services only (See NOTE 2).
9 - registered for "CSFB not preferred", home network (not applicable).
10- registered for "CSFB not preferred", roaming (not applicable).
Note 2: 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] and 3GPP TS 24.301 [83] specify the condition when the MS
is considered as attached for emergency bearer services.
<tac>: string type; two byte tracking area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals
195 in decimal).
<ci>: string type; four byte E-UTRAN cell ID in hexadecimal format.
<AcT>: integer type; indicates the access technology of the serving cell.
0 - GSM (not applicable)
1 - GSM Compact (not applicable)
2 - UTRAN (not applicable)
3 - GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE 3) (not applicable)
4 - UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
5 - UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
6 - UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
7 - E-UTRAN
Note 3: 3GPP TS 44.060 [71] specifies the System Information messages which give
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 108
+CEREG EPS Network Registration Status
the information about whether the serving cell supports EGPRS.
Note 4: 3GPP TS 25.331 [74] specifies the System Information blocks which give the
information about whether the serving cell supports HSDPA or HSUPA.
<cause_type>: integer type; indicates the type of <reject_cause>.
0 - Indicates that <reject_cause> contains an EMM cause value, see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83]
Annex A.
1 - Indicates that <reject_cause> contains a manufacturer-specific cause.
<reject_cause>: integer type; contains the cause of the failed registration. The value is of
type as defined by <cause_type>.
+CEREG: <n>,<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>[,<cause_type>,<reject_cause>]]]
+CEREG=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value.
+CEREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 109
3.3.3.7.5 GPRS Network Registration Status - +CGREG
+CGREG – GPRS Network Registration
AT+CGREG= [<n>]
Set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code regarding GPRS
network registration state
+CGREG: (see format below).
Parameter:
<n> - result code presentation mode
0 - disable network registration unsolicited result code
1 - enable network registration unsolicited result code; if there is a change in the
terminal GPRS network registration statusthe unsolicited result
code is issued
2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>
where:
<stat> - registration status
0 - not registered, terminal is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1 - registered, home network
2 - not registered, but terminal is currently searching a new operator to register to
3 - registration denied
4 - unknown
5 - registered, roaming
If <n>=2 - enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code.
if there is a change of the network cell, it is issued the unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>,<Act>,<rac>] where:
<stat> - registration status (see above for values)
<lac> - location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal)
<ci> - cell ID in hexadecimal format.
<AcT>: integer type; access technology of the serving cell
0 - GSM
2 - UTRAN
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 110
+CGREG – GPRS Network Registration
3 - GSM w/EGPRS
4 - UTRAN w/HSDPA
5 - UTRAN w/HSUPA
6 - UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7 - E-UTRAN
8 - CDMA (see NOTE)
9 - HDR (see NOTE)
<rac> - string type; one byte routing area code in hexadecimal format.
NOTE: The value 8/9(CDMA/HDR) do not follow the 3gpp spec, we add this value to
distinguish CDMA/HDR
AT+CGREG?
Read command returns the status of result code presentation mode <n> and the integer
<stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the
terminal in the format:
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>
AT+CGREG=?
Test command returns supported values for parameter <n>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.7.6 Printing IP Address Format - +CGPIAF
+CGPIAF – Printing IP Address Format
AT+CGPIAF=
[<IPv6_AddressFo
rmat>
[,<IPv6_SubnetNotatio
n>
[,<IPv6_leadingZeros
> [,<IPv6_compress
Zeros>]]]]
Set command decides what the format to print IPv6 address parameter.
Parameters:
<IPv6_AddressFormat> - decides the IPv6 address format. Relevant for all AT
command parameters, that can hold an IPv6 address.
0 Use IPv4-like dot-notation. IP addresses, and subnetwork mask if applicable, are
dot-separated.
1 Use IPv6-like colon-notation. IP address, and subnetwork mask if applicable and
when given explicitly, are separated by a space.
<IPv6_SubnetNotation> - decides the subnet-notation for <remote address and subnet
mask> Setting does not apply if IPv6 address format
<IPv6_AddressFormat> = 0.
0 Both IP address and subnet mask are stated explicitly, separated by a space.
1 The printout format applies /(forward slash) subnet-prefix Classless Inter-Domain
Routing (CIDR) notation.
<IPv6_LeadingZeros> - decides whether leading zeros are omitted or not. Setting does
not apply for IPv6 address format <IPv6_AddressFormat> = 0.
0 Leading zeros are omitted.
1 Leading zeros are included.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 111
+CGPIAF – Printing IP Address Format
<IPv6_CompressZeros>: integer type, decides whether 1-n instances of 16-bit
zero-values are replaced by only '::'. This applies only once. Setting does not apply if
<IPv6_AddressFormat> = 0.
0 No zero compression.
1 Use zero compression.
AT+CGPIAF?
Read command returns the current parameter setting.
AT+CGPIAF=?
Test command returns values supported as compound parameter setting.
Example
AT+CGPIAF=0,0,0,0
OK
at+CGPIAF=1,0,0,0
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.7.7 Define PDP Context - +CGDCONT
+CGDCONT – Define PDP
AT+CGDCONT=
[<cid>
[,<PDP_type>
[,<APN>
[,<PDP_addr>
[,<d_comp>
[,<h_comp>
[,<pd1>
[,…[,pdN]]]]]]]]]
Set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context
identified by the (local)
context identification parameter <cid>.
Parameters:
<cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context
definition.
1..max - where the value of max is returned by the Test command.
<PDP_type> - (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data
protocol.
"IP" - Internet Protocol
"PPP" - Point to Point Protocol
"IPV6"
- Internet Protocol, Version 6
"
IPV4V6
"
- Virtual <PDP_type> introduced to handle dual IP stack UE
capability.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 112
+CGDCONT – Define PDP
<APN> - (Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name that
is used to select the
GGSN or the external packet data network. If
the value is null or omitted, then the subscription value will be
requested.
<PDP_addr> - a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address
space applicable to the
PDP. The allocated address may be read using the +CGPADDR command.
<d_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression.
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
2 - V.42bis
Other values are reserved
<h_comp> - numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression.
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on
2 - RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)
3 - RFC2507
4 - RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)
<pd1> <pdN> - zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific
to the <PDP_type>
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGDCONT=<cid>, causes the
values for context
number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGDCONT?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
+CGDCONT: <cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,
<h_comp>[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]][<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: <cid>,
<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp>
[,<pd1>[,…[,pdN]]][…]]
AT+CGDCONT=?
Test command returns values supported as a compound value
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 113
3.3.3.7.8 Define Secondary PDP Context - +CGDSCONT
+CGDSCONT Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGDSCONT=
[<cid>,<p_cid>
[,<d_comp>
[,<h_comp>]]]
Possible response(s): OK
ERROR
Description:
The set command specifies the PDP context parameter values for a Secondary PDP
context identified by the (local) context Identification parameter, <cid>.
The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by
the range returned by the test command.
In EPS the command is used to define traffic flows.
A special form of the set command, +CGDSCONT= <cid> causes the values for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context.
Defined values:
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP context-related
commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the test
form of the command.
<p_cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition
which has been specified by use of the +CGDCONT command. The parameter is local
to the TE-MT interface. The list of permitted values is returned by the test form of the
command.
<d_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable for
SNDCP only) (refer 3GPP TS 44.065 [61])
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 - V.42bis
3 - V.44
Other values are reserved.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 114
3.3.3.7.9 Traffic Flow Template +CGTFT
+CGTFT Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGTFT=
[<cid>,
<packet filter
identifier>,
<evaluation precedence
index>[,<source address
and subnet mask>
[,<protocol number
(ipv4) /
next header (ipv6)>
[,<destination port
range> [,<source port
range> [,<ipsec
security parameter
index (spi)> [,<type of
service (tos) (ipv4) and
mask / traffic class (ipv6)
and mask> [,<flow
Possible Response(s): OK
ERROR
This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter (PF) for a Traffic Flow
Template (TFT) that is used in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS for
routing of packets onto different QoS flows towards the TE. The concept further
described in the 3GPP TS 23.060 [47].
A TFT consists of one to 16 Packet Filters, each identified by a unique
<packet filter identifier>. A Packet Filter also has an <evaluation precedence index>
that is unique within all TFTs associated with all PDP contexts that are associated
with the same PDP address.
The set command specifies a Packet Filter that is added to the TFT stored in the MT
and used for the context identified by the (local) context identification parameter,
<cid>. The specified TFT will be stored in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet
GW in EPS only at activation or MS-initiated modification of the related context.
Since this is the same parameter that is used in the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands, the +CGTFT command is effectively an extension to these commands.
The Packet Filters consist of
+CGDSCONT Parameter Command Syntax
<h_comp>: a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (refer 3GPP TS
44.065 [61] and
3GPP TS 25.323 [62])
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
1 - on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 - RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)
3 - RFC2507
4 - RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only) Other values are reserved.
AT+CGDSCONT?
AT+CGDSCONT: <cid>, <p_cid>, <d_comp>,<h_comp>[<CR><LF>+CGDSCONT:
<cid>, <p_cid>,<d_comp>, <h_comp> [...]]
AT+CGDSCONT=?
AT+CGDSCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), (list of <cid>s for active primary
contexts),"
<PDP_type>
", (list of supported <d_comp>s), (list of supported <h_comp>s)
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 115
+CGTFT Parameter Command Syntax
label (ipv6)>]]]]]]]]]
a number of parameters, each of which may be set to a separate value.
A special form of the set command, +CGTFT= <cid> causes all of the Packet Filters
in the TFT for context number <cid> to become undefined.
At any time there may exist only one PDP context with no associated TFT amongst all
PDP contexts associated to one PDP address. At an attempt to delete a TFT, which
would violate this rule, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned. Extended
error responses are enabled by the +CMEE command.
Defined values
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
the +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]:
<packet filter identifier>: a numeric parameter, value range from 1 to 16.
<evaluation precedence index>: a numeric parameter. The value range is from 0 to
255.
<source address and subnet mask>: string type. The string is given as dot- separated
numeric (0-255)parameters on the form: "a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4", for IPv4 or
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.
m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m14.m15.m16", for IPv6.
<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>: a numeric parameter, value range
from 0 to 255.
<destination port range>: string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric
(0-65535) parameters in the form "f.t".
<source port range>:string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric
(0-65535) parameters in the form "f.t".
<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>: numeric value in hexadecimal format. The
value range is from 00000000 to FFFFFFFF.
<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>: string type.
The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 116
+CGTFT Parameter Command Syntax
in the form "t.m".
<flow label (ipv6)>: numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from
00000 to FFFFF. Valid for IPv6 only.
Some of the above listed attributes may coexist in a Packet Filter while others
mutually exclude each other, the possible combinations are shown in 3GPP TS 23.060
[47].
AT+CGTFT?
The read command returns the current settings for all Packet Filters for eac h defined
context.
AT+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence index>,
<source address and subnet
mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>, <destination port range>,
<source port range>, <ipsec
security parameter index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask /traffic class
(ipv6) and mask>, <flow
label (ipv6)> [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>,
<evaluation precedence
index>, <source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header
(ipv6)>, <destination port
range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>, <type of service
(tos) (ipv4) and mask /
traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow label (ipv6)> […]]
AT+CGTFT=?
The test command returns values supported as a compound value. If the MT supports
several PDP types, the parameter value ranges for each PDP type r eturned on a
separate line. TFTs shall be used for PDP-type IP and PPP only. For PDP-type PPP a
TFT is applicable only when IP traffic is carried over PP
P. If PPP carries header-compressed IP packets, then a TFT cannot be used.
AT+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of
supported <evaluation precedence index>s), (list of supported <source address and
subnet mask>s), (list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s),
(list of supported <destination port range>s), (list of
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 117
+CGTFT Parameter Command Syntax
supported <source port range>s), (list of supported <ipsec security parameter index
(spi)>s), (list of supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class(ipv6)
and mask>s), (list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s)) [<CR><LF>
AT+CGTFT: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <packet filter identifier>s), (list of
supported <evaluation precedence index>s), (list of supported <source address and
subnet mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s),
(list of supported <destination port range>s), (list of supported <source port range>s),
(list of supported <ipsec security parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type
of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s), (list of supported
<flow label(ipv6)>s)]
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.7.10 Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) - +CGQMIN
+CGQMIN – Quality Of Service Profile (minimum Acceptable)
AT+CGQMIN=
[<cid> [,<precedence>
[,<delay> [,<reliability>
[,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]]]
Set command allows to specify a minimum acceptable profile, checked by the
terminal against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept
message.
Parameters:
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
<precedence> - precedence class
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked. Note: a special
form of the Set command, +CGQMIN=<cid> causes the requested profile for context
number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGQMIN?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format:
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean>[<CR><LF>
+CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,
<peak>,<mean>[…]]
If no PDP context is defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 118
3.3.3.7.11 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) - +CGEQMIN
+CEGQMIN 3G Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
AT+CGEQMIN=
[<cid>
[,<Traffic class>
[,<Maximum bitrate UL>
[,<Maximum bitrate DL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate
UL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate
DL>
[,<Delivery order>
[,<Maximum SDU size>
Set command allows specify a 3G quality of service profile for the context
identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid> that is checked by
the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate/Modify PDP Context
Accept Message.
Parameters:
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
<Traffic class> - Traffic class
0 - conversational
1 - streaming
2 - interactive
3 - background
4 - subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> - Maximum bitrate Up Link (kbits/s)
+CGQMIN – Quality Of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable )
AT+CGQMIN=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and
the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported
<peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: only the "IP" PDP_Type currently supported.
Example
AT+CGQMIN=1,0,0,3,0,0 OK
AT+CGQMIN?
+CGQMIN: 1,0,0,5,0,0
OK AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQMIN: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQMIN: "IPV6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007; 3GPP TS 03.60/23.060(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 119
[,<SDU error ratio>
[,<Residual bit error
ratio> [,<Delivery of
erroneous SDUs>
[,<Transfer delay>
[,<Traffic handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]]
0 - subscribed value
1…11520
<Maximum bitrate DL> - Maximum bitrate down link (kbits/s)
0 – subscribed value 1…42200
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> - the guaranteed bitrate up link(kbits/s)
0 - subscribed value 11520
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> - the guaranteed bitrate down link(kbits/s)
0 - subscribed value 42200
<Delivery order> SDU Delivery oreder
0 - no
1 - yes
2 - subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size> Maximum SDU size in octets
0 - subscribed value 1…1520
<SDU error ratio> SDU error ratio
- mEe mean m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean 1*10-2
"0E0"
"1E1"
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
<Residual bit error ratio> Residual bit error ratio
- mEe mean m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean 1*10-2
"0E0"
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 120
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> Delivery of erroneous SDUs
0 -
no
1
- yes
2
- no detect
3
- subscribed value
<Transfer delay > Transfer delay (milliseconds)
0 - subscribed value
<Traffic handling priority > Traffic handling priority
0 0
-
subscribed value 1…3
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGEQMIN=<cid> causes the
requested profile
for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGEQMIN?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
[+CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate
DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU
size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error
ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer
delay>,<Traffic
handling><CR><LF>]
[+CGEQMIN:…]
If no PDP context defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.
AT+CGEQMIN=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and
the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGEQMIN: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate
DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s),(list of
supported<Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported<SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported<Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous
SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported
<Signalling indication>s)
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 121
3.3.3.7.12 Quality of Service Profile (Requested) - +CGQREQ
+CGQREQ – Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
AT+CGQREQ=
[<cid>[,
<precedence>
[,<delay>[
,<reliability>[,<p eak>
[,<mean>]]]]]]
Set command allows to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the
terminal sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
It specifies a profile for the context identified by the (local) context identification
parameter, <cid>.
Parameters:
<cid> - PDP context identification (see +CGDCONT command).
<precedence> - precedence class
<delay> - delay class
<reliability> - reliability class
<peak> - peak throughput class
<mean> - mean throughput class
If a value is omitted for a particular class then this class is not checked.
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested
profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGQREQ?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the format:
+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,
<mean>[<CR><LF>+CGQREQ: <cid>,<precedence>,
<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean>[…]]
If no PDP context defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.
AT+CGQREQ=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP context and
the supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),(list of supported <reliability>s),(list of supported
<peak>s),(list of supported <mean>s)
Note: is supported.
Example
AT+CGQREQ?
+CGQREQ: 1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=1,0,0,3,0,0
OK
AT+CGQREQ=?
+CGQREQ: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQREQ: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
+CGQREQ: "IPV6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007; 3GPP TS 03.60/23.060(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 122
3.3.3.7.13 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) - +CGEQREQ
+CGEQREQ 3G Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
AT+CGEQREQ=
[<cid>[,<Traffic class>
[,<Maximum bitrate
UL>
Set command allows to specify a 3G quality of service profile for the context
identified by the(local) context identification parameter <cid> which is used when the
MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
Parameters:
[,<Maximum
bitrate
DL>
[,<Guaranteed
bitrate UL>
[,<Guaranteed
bitrate
DL>
[,<Delivery
order>
[,<Maximum
SDU size>
[,<SDU
error
ratio>
[,<Residual bit error
ratio>
[,<Delivery of
erroneous
SDUs>
[,<Transfer
delay>
[,<Traffic
handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]
]
<cid> - PDP context identification(see +CGDCONT command).
<Traffic class> - Traffic class
0 - conversational
1
- streaming
2
- interactive
3
- background
4
- subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> - Maximum bitrate Up Link (kbits/s)
0 -
subscribed value 1…11520
<Maximum bitrate DL> - Maximum bitrate down link (kbits/s)
0 0
-
subscribed value
1…42200
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> - the guaranteed bitrate up link(kbits/s)
0 - subscribed value 1…11520
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> - the guaranteed bitrate down link(kbits/s)
0 0 -
subscribed value 1…42200
<Delivery order> SDU Delivery oreder
0 - no
1
- yes
2
- subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size> Maximum SDU size in ctets
0 -
subscribed value
<SDU error ratio> SDU error ratio- mEe mean m*10-e ,
for example 1E2 mean 1*10-2
"0E0"
"1E1"
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
<Residual bit error ratio> Residual bit error ratio
- mEe mean m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean 1*10-2
"0E0"
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 123
+CGEQREQ 3G Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
- mEe mean m*10-e , for example 1E2 mean 1*10-2
"0E0"
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> Delivery of erroneous SDUs 0 - no
- yes
- no detect
- subscribed value
<Transfer delay > Transfer delay (milliseconds)
0 - subscribed value 100…4000
<Traffic handling priority > Traffic handling priority 0
1 – subscribed value 1…3
<Source Statistics Descriptor>
A numeric parameter that specifies characteristics of the source of the submitted SDUs for a
PDP context. This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as
conversational or streaming (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 - Characteristics of SDUs unknown (default value)
1 - Characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a speech source
<Signalling Indication>
A numeric parameter used to indicate signalling content of submitted SDUs for a PDP context.
This parameter should be provided if the Traffic class is specified as interactive (refer 3GPP TS
24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5).
0 - PDP context is not optimized for signalling (default value)
1 - PDP context is optimized for signalling
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 124
+CGEQREQ 3G Quality Of Service Profile (Requested)
Note: a special form of the Set command, +CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the
requested profile for
context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGEQREQ?
Read command returns the current settings for each defined context in the
format:
[+CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Maximum bitrate
DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum
SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>,<Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous
SDUs>,<Transfer delay>,<Traffic handling>,<Source Statistics Descriptor> ,<Signalling
Indication><CR><LF>]
[…]
If no PDP context defined, it has no effect and OK result code returned.
AT+CGEQREQ=?
Test command returns as a compound value the type of the current PDP
context and the
supported values for the subparameters in the format:
+CGQREQ: <PDP_Type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate
DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),(list of supported
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Delivery order>s),(list of
supported<Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported<SDU error ratio>s),(list of
supported<Residual bit error ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous
SDUs>s),(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling
priority>s ,(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s) ,(list of supported <Signalling
indication>s)
E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQREQ: "IPV6",(0-4),(0-5760),(0-42200),(0-5760),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5
E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
+CGEQREQ: "IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-5760),(0-42200),(0-5760),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-
1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5
E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,100-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007; 3GPP TS 03.60/23.060; 3GPP TS 24.008(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 125
3.3.3.7.14 PDP Context Activate or Deactivate - +CGACT
+CGACT – PDP Context Activate Or Deactivate
AT+CGACT=
<state>[,<cid>[,<cid
>[,…]]]
Execution command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context(s)
Parameters:
<state> - indicates the state of PDP context activation
0 - deactivated
1 - activated
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command)
Note: if no <cid> are specified the activation form of the command, activated will
activatess all defined contexts, deactivated will keep one cid activated
AT+CGACT?
Read command returns the current activation state for all the defined PDP contexts in the
format:
+CGACT: <cid>, <state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:<cid>,<state>[…]]
AT+CGACT=?
Test command reports information on the supported PDP context activation states
parameters in the format:
+CGACT: (0,1)
Example
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGACT?
+CGACT: 1,1
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 126
3.3.3.7.15 PDP Context Modify - +CGCMOD
+CGCMOD Action Command Syntax
AT+CGCMOD=
[<cid> [,<cid>
[,…]]]
Possible Response(s): OK
ERROR
The execution command used to modify the specified PDP context (s) with repect to QoS
profiles and TFTs.
After the command has completed, the MT returns to V.250 online data state. If the
requested modification for any specified context cannot be achieved, an ERROR or
+CME ERROR response is returned. Extended error responses are enabled by the
+CMEE command.
For EPS, the modification request for an EPS bearer resource will be answered by the
network by an EPS bearer modification request.A request must be accepted by the MT,
before the PDP context is effectively changed.
If no <cid> is specified an activation form of the command modifies all active contexts.
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts. Defined
Values
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see the
+CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT commands).
AT+CGCMOD=?
+CGCMOD: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.7.16 Show PDP Address - +CGPADDR
+CGPADDR – Show PDP Address
AT+CGPADDR=
[<cid>[,<cid>
[,...]]]
Execution command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context
identifiers in the format:
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[<CR><LF>+CGPADDR: <cid>,
<PDP_addr>[...]]
Parameters:
<cid> - a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined
contexts are returned.
<PDP_addr> - a string that identifies the terminal in an address space applicable to
the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one
set by the +CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic
address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used
the context definition referred to by <cid>;<PDP_addr> is omitted if none is
available
AT+CGPADDR=?
Test command returns a list of defined <cid>s.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 127
3.3.3.7.17 Set Mode of Operator for EPS - +CEMODE
+CEMODE Set Mode Of Operation For EPS
AT+CEMODE=<mode>
Set command configures the mode of operation for EPS
Parameter:
<mode>: a numeric parameter which indicates the mode of operation
0 - PS mode 2 of operation
1 - CS/PS mode 1 of operation
2 - CS/PS mode 2 of operation
3 - PS mode 1 of operation
Note: the definition for UE modes of operation can be found in 3GPP TS 24.301
[83]
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the set
command.
AT+CEMODE?
Read command returns the currently configured values, in the format:
+CEMODE: < mode >
Note: The read command will return correct values after the set command. But
effectively the mode of operation changes after each power cycle.
AT+CEMODE =?
Test command returns the supported range of values of parameters < mode>
+CEMODE: (0-3)
Note
Command supported in multimode or LTE-enabled targets.
CS/PS mode is supported only when CSFB feature is present;
only query and test command supported
Example
AT+CEMODE=1 OK AT+CEMODE?
+CEMODE: 1 OK
Reference
3GPP Only
+CGPADDR – Show PDP Address
Example
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,0.0.0.0,0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0.0
OK
AT+CGPADDR=?
+CGPADDR: (1)
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 128
3.3.3.7.18 Enter Data State - +CGDATA
+CGDATA – Enter Data State
AT+CGDATA=
[<L2P>,[<cid>
Execution command causes to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a
communication with the network using one or more GPRS PDP types.
Parameters:
<L2P> - string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used "PPP" - PPP
Point-to-point protocol
<cid> - numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command).
Note: if parameter <L2P> is omitted, the layer 2 protocol is unspecified
AT+CGDATA=?
Test command reports information on the supported layer 2 protocols.
Example
AT+CGDATA=?
+CGDATA:["PPP"]
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.3.7.19 PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGCONTRDP
+CGCONTRDP Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGCONTRDP=
[<p_cid>]
Possible response(s):
+CGCONTRDP: <p_cid>,<bearer_id>,<apn>[,<ip_addr>,
<subnet_mask>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_prim_addr>[,<DNS_sec_addr>
[,<P-CSCF_prim_addr>[,<P-CSCF_sec_addr>]]]]]][<CR><LF>
+CGCONTRDP: <p_cid>,<bearer_id>,<apn>[,<ip_addr>,
<subnet_mask>[,<gw_addr>[,<DNS_prim_addr>[,<DNS_sec_addr>
[,<PCSCF_prim_addr>[,<PCS
Description:
The execution command returns the relevant information:
<bearer_id>, <apn>, <ip_addr>, <subnet_mask>,<gw_addr>, <DNS_prim_addr>,
<DNS_sec_addr>, <P-CSCF_prim_addr> and <P-CSCF_sec_addr> for a non-
secondary PDP Context established by the network with the primary context identifier
<p_cid>. If the context can t be found an ERROR response is returned. If the parameter
<p_cid> omitted, the relevant information for all established PDP contexts returned.
NOTE: The dynamic part of the PDP context will only exist if established by the
network.
The test command returns a list of <p_cid>s associated with active contexts.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 129
+CGCONTRDP Parameter Command Syntax
Defined values:
<p_cid> - a numeric parameter specifies a particular non secondary PDP context
definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and used in other PDP
context-related commands.
<bearer_id> - a numeric parameter identifies the bearer, EPS Bearer in EPS and NSAPI
in UMTS/GPRS.
<APN> - a string parameter which is a logical name that was used to select the GGSN
or the external packet data network.
<ip_addr> - a string parameter shows the IP Address of the MT. The string is given as
dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters in the form: "a1.a2.a3.a4" for IPv4 or
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8" for IPv6.
If the MT has dual stack capabilities the string shows first the dot separated IPv4
Address followed by the dot separated IPv6 Global Prefix Address. The IPv4 address
and the IPv6 address parameters are separated by one space: "a1.a2.a3.a4
a1:a2:a3:a4:a5:a6:a7:a8"
<subnet_mask> - a string parameter shows the subnet mask for the IP Address of the
MT. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters.
If the MT has dual stack capabilities the string shows the dot separated IPV4 subnet
mask followed by the dot separated IPV6 subnet mask. The subnet masks are separates
by space.
<gw_addr> - a string parameter shows the Gateway Address of the MT. The string is
given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters.
If the MT has dual stack capabilities the parameter shows first the dot separated IPV4
Gateway address followed by the dot separated IPV6 Gateway Address. The gateway
addresses are separated by one space.
<DNS_prim_addr> - a string parameter which shows the IP Address of the primary
DNS Server. If the MT has dual stack capabilities the parameter shows first the dot
separated IPV4 Address, followed by the dot separated IPV6 Address of DNS Server.
<DNS_sec_addr> - a string parameter which shows the IP address of the secondary
DNS Server. If the MT has
dual stack capabilities the parameter shows first the dot separated IPV4 Address,
followed by the dot separated IPV6 Address of DNS Server.
<P_CSCF_prim_addr> - a string parameter which shows the IP Address of the primary
P-CSCF Server. If the MT has dual stack capabilities the parameter shows first the dot
separated IPV4 Address, followed by the dot separated IPV6
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 130
+CGCONTRDP Parameter Command Syntax
primary Address of P-CSCF Server.
<P_CSCF_sec_addr> - a string parameter which shows the IP Address of the secondary
P-CSCF Server. If the MT has dual stack capabilities the parameter shows first the dot
separated IPV4 Address, followed by the dot separated IPV6 Address of P-CSCF
Server.
+CGCONTRDP=?
+CGCONTRDP: (list of <p_cid>s associated with active contexts)
Reference
3GPP Only
3.3.3.7.20 Secondary PDP Context Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGSCONTRDP
+CGSCONTRDP - Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGSCONTRDP
=
[<cid>]
Possible response(s):
+CGSCONTRDP:<cid>,<p_cid>,<bearer_id>[<CR><LF>
+CGSCONTRDP: <cid>, <p_cid>,<bearer_id>[...]]
The execution command returns <p_cid> and <bearer_id> for a given <cid>. If the
context cannot be found an ERROR response returned.If the parameter
<cid> is omitted, the <cid>, <p_cid> and <bearer_id> are returned for all established
PDP contexts.
In EPS, the Traffic Flow parameters are returned.
NOTE: Parameters for network initiated PDP contexts are returned as well. The
dynamic part of the PDP context will only exist if established by the network.
Defined values:
<cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context or Traffic Flows
definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands.
<p_cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition or
default EPS context Identifier which has been specified by use of the +CGDCONT
command. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface.
<bearer_id> a numeric parameter which identifies the bearer, EPS Bearer in EPS and
NSAPI in UMTS/GPRS.
+CGSCONTRDP=?
+CGSCONTRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts) The test command
returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 131
3.3.3.7.21 Traffic Flow Template Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGTFTRDP
+CGTFTRDP - Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGTFTRDP=
Possible Response(s):
+CGTFTRDP: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence
index>,<source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next
header(ipv6)>,<destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter
index (spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>,
<flow label ipv6)>, <direction>, <NW packet filter Identifier>[<CR><LF>
+CGTFTRDP: <cid>, <packet filter identifier>, <evaluation precedence
index>,<source address and subnet mask>, <protocol number (ipv4) / next header
(ipv6)>, <destination port range>, <source port range>, <ipsec security parameter index
(spi)>, <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>, <flow
label (ipv6)>, <direction>,<NW packet filter Identifier>
[…]]
The execution command returns the relevant information about Traffic Flow.Template
of <cid> together with the additional network assigned values when established by the
network. If the context can t be found, an ERROR response is returned.
If the parameter <cid> omitted, the Traffic Flow Templates for all established PDP
contexts returned.
Parameters of both network and MT/TA initiated PDP contexts returned.
<cid>: a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition or Traffic Flows definition (see +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT
commands).
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.060 [47].
<packet filter identifier>: a numeric parameter. The value range is from 1 to 16.
<evaluation precedence index>: a numeric parameter. The value range is from 0 to 255.
<source address and subnet mask>: string type. The string is given as dot- separated
numeric (0-255) parameters on the form:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4" for IPv4 or
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.m1.m2.m3.m4.m5.m
6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m14.m15.m16" for IPv6.
<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>: a numeric parameter, value
range from 0 to 255.
<destination port range>: string type. The string is given as dot-separated
numeric (0-65535) parameters in the form "f.t".
[<cid>]
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 132
+CGTFTRDP - Parameter Command Syntax
<source port range>:string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)
parameters on the form "f.t".
<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>: numeric value in hexadecimal format. The
value range is from 00000000 to FFFFFFFF.
<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>: string type. The
string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255) parameters in the form "t.m".
<flow label (ipv6)>: numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from
00000 to FFFFF. Valid for IPv6 only.
<direction> a numeric parameter which specifies the transmission direction in which
the Packet Filter shall be applied.
0- Pre Release 7 TFT Filter (see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], table 10.5.162)
1- Uplink
2- Downlink
3- Bidirectional (Used for Uplink and Downlink)
<NW packet filter Identifier> a numeric parameter. The value range is from 1 to 16. In
EPS the value is assigned by the network when established
NOTE: Some of the above listed attributes can coexist in a Packet Filter while others
mutually exclude each other. The possible combinations listed on 3GPP TS 23.060
[47].
AT+ CGTFTRDP =?
+CGTFTRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts) The test command
returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 133
3.3.3.7.22 Define EPS Quality of Service +CGEQOS
+CGEQOS – Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGEQOS=
[<cid> [,<QCI>
[,<DL_GBR>,
<UL_GBR>
[,<DL_MBR>,<UL_
MBR]]]]
Possible Response(s):
+CME ERROR: <err>
The set command allows the TE to specify the EPS Quality of Service parameters
<cid>, <QCI>, [<DL_GBR> and
<UL_GBR>] and [<DL_MBR> and <UL_MBR>] for a PDP context or Traffic Flows.
When in UMTS/GPRS the MT applies a mapping function to UTMS/GPRS Quality of
Service. Refer subclause 9.2 for <err> values.
A special form of the set command, +CGEQOS= <cid> causes the values for context
number <cid> to become undefined.
<cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular EPS Traffic Flows definition in
EPS and a PDP Context definition in UMTS/GPRS.
<QCI> a numeric parameter specifies a class of EPS QoS. (see 3GPP TS 23.203 [85])
0 - QCI is selected by network
[1 4] - value range for guranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[5 9] - value range for non-guarenteed bit rate Traffic Flows
<DL_GBR> a numeric parameter that indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The
value is in kbit/s. This parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301
[83])
<UL_GBR> a numeric parameter that indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The
value is in kbit/s. This parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301
[83])
<DL_MBR> a numeric parameter, indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value
is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])
<UL_MBR> a numeric parameter, indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The value
is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS 24.301 [83])
AT+CGEQOS?
The read command returns the current settings for each defined QoS.
+CGEQOS:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MBR>][<C
R>
>LF>+CGEQOS:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>], [<DL_MBR>,
<UL_MBR>][...]]
AT+CGEQOS=?
The test command returns the ranges of the supported parameters.
+CGEQOS: (range of supported <cid>s) ,(list of supported <QCI>s) ,(list of supported
<DL_GBR>s),
(list of supported <UL_GBR>s), (list of supported <DL_MBR>s) ,(list of supported
<UL_MBR>s)
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 134
3.3.3.7.23 EPS Quality of Service Read Dynamic Parameters - +CGEQOSRDP
+CGEQOSRDP – Parameter Command Syntax
AT+CGEQOSRDP=
[<cid>]
Possible Response(s):
+CGEQOSRDP:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MB
R>][<CR>>LF>
+CGEQOSRDP:<cid>,<QCI>,[<DL_GBR>,<UL_GBR>],[<DL_MBR>,<UL_MB
R>][...]]
Description:
The execution command returns the Quality of Service parameters
<QCI>,[<DL_GBR> and <UL_GBR>] and [<DL_MBR> and <UL_MBR>] of the
established PDP Context associated to the provided context identifier
<cid>. If the context cannot be founded an ERROR response is returned.
If the parameter <cid> is omitted, the Quality of Service parameters for all
established PDP contexts are returned.
Defined values:
<cid> a numeric parameter which specifies a particular Traffic Flows definition in
EPS and a PDP Context definition in UMTS/GPRS.
<QCI> a numeric parameter that specifies a class of EPS QoS. (see 3GPP TS
23.203 [85])
0 - QCI is selected by network
[1 4] - value range for guranteed bit rate Traffic Flows
[5 9] - value range for non-guarenteed bit rate Traffic Flows.
<DL_GBR>:a numeric parameter, which indicates DL GBR in case of GBR QCI.
The value is in kbit/s. This parameter is omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS
24.301 [83])
<UL_GBR> a numeric parameter indicates UL GBR in case of GBR QCI. The
value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS
24.301 [83])
<DL_MBR> a numeric parameter indicates DL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The
value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS
24.301 [83])
<UL_MBR>: a numeric parameter indicates UL MBR in case of GBR QCI. The
value is in kbit/s. This parameter omitted for a non-GBR QCI. (see 3GPP TS
24.301 [83])
AT+CGEQOSRDP=?
+CGEQOSRDP: (list of <cid>s associated with active contexts)
The test command returns a list of <cid>s associated with active contexts.
Parameters of both network and MT/TA initiated PDP contexts returned.
Reference
3GPP Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 135
3.3.3.7.24 Sets PDP authentication parameters. - $QCPDPP
$QCPDPP –This command sets PDP authentication parameters.
AT $QCPDPP=
<cid>,<type>[,<password
>,<username>]
Parameters:
<cid> - (PDP Context Identifier) numeric parameter which specifies a
particular PDP context
definition.
The range is (1-24,100-179).
<type>:(0-3)
0 -- No authentication
1 -- PAP authentication.
2 -- CHAP authentication
3 -- PAP/CHAP authentication
<password>:No quotes strings, length of not more than 132
<username>: No quotes strings, length of not more than 132
Note: If the type is set to 0, username and password cannot be set.If the type is set
to other values,username and password must be set.
AT$QCPDPP ?
list of <cid>s associated with PDP authentication parameter.
Responses:
$QCPDPP: <cid>,<type>[,< username >]
AT$QCPDPP =?
$QCPDPP: (1-24,100-179),(0-3),,
OK
3.3.3.7.25 Sets Duplicate PDP activation. - +MDUPPDP
+MDUPPDP–This command is used to enable or disable duplicate PDPs activation with the same APN.
AT+MDUPPDP=<state>
Parameters:
<state>:(0-1)
a numeric parameter which sets whether enable duplicate PDPs activation
with the same APN.
0 - disable
1 - enable
AT+MDUPPDP?
+MDUPPDP:0
OK
+MDUPPDP:1
OK
AT+MDUPPDP =?
+MDUPPDP: (0,1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 136
3.3.3.8 Commands for Battery Charger
3.3.3.8.1 Battery Charge - +CBC
+CBC – Battery Charge
AT+CBC
Execution command returns the current Battery Charge status in the format:
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl> where:
<bcs> - battery status
0 - ME is powered by the battery
1 - ME has a battery connected, and charger pin is being powered
2 - ME does not have a battery connected
3 - Recognized power fault, calls inhibited
<bcl> - battery charge level
0 - battery is exhausted, or ME does not have a battery connected
25 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 25%
50 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 50%
75 - battery charge remained is estimated to be 75% 100 - battery is fully charged.
Note: <bcs>=1 indicates that the battery charger supply is inserted and the battery is
being recharged if necessary with it. Supply for ME operations is taken anyway from
VBATT pins.
Note: without battery/power connected on VBATT pins or during a power
fault the unit is not working, therefore values <bcs>=2 and <bcs>=3 will never appear.
AT+CBC=?
Test command returns parameter values supported as a compound value.
+CBC: (0-3),(0-100)
Note: although +CBC is an execution command, 3gpp TS 27.007 requires the Test
command to be defined.
Example
AT+CBC
+CBC: 0,75
OK
Note
The ME does not make differences between being powered by a battery or by a power
supply on the VBATT pins, so it is not possible to distinguish between these two cases.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 137
3.3.4 3GPP TS 27.005 AT Commands for SMS and CBS
3.3.4.1 General Configuration
3.3.4.1.1 Select Message Service - +CSMS
+CSMS – Select Message Service
AT+CSMS=
<service>
Set command selects messaging service <service>. It returns the types of messages
supported by the ME:
Parameter:
<service>
0 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2
version 4.7.0 (factory default)
1 - The syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2+
version.
Set command returns the types of messages supported by the ME:
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> where:
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<mo> - mobile originated messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
<bm> - broadcast type messages support
0 - type not supported
1 - type supported
AT+CSMS?
Read command reports current service setting along with supported
message types in the format:
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> where:
<service> - messaging service (see above)
<mt> - mobile terminated messages support (see above)
<mo> - mobile originated messages support (see above)
<bm> - broadcast type messages support (see above)
AT+CSMS=?
Example
Test command reports the supported value of the parameter <service>.
AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
OK
AT+CSMS?
+CSMS: 1,1,1,1
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005; 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040; 3GPP TS 03.41/23.041(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 138
3.3.4.1.2 Preferred Message Storage - +CPMS
+CPMS – Preferred Message Storage
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,
<mem2>[,<mem3>]]
Set command selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be used for
reading, writing, sending and storing SMs.
Parameters:
<mem1> - memory from which messages are read and deleted SMS memory storage in
Flash
"ME" - SMS memory storage in Flash(CDMA default)
"MT" - SMS memory storage in Flash
"SM" - SMS memory storage (UTMS default)
"SR" - Status Report message storage (in SIM EF-SMSR file exists otherwise in the
RAM volatile memory)
Note: "SR" non volatile memory is cleared when another SIM card is inserted. It is
kept, even after a reset, when the same SIM card is inserted.
<mem2> - memory to which writing and sending operations are made
"ME" - SMS memory storage in Flash(CDMA default)
"MT" - SMS memory storage in Flash
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage (UTMS default)
"SR" - Status Report message storage (in SIM EF-SMSR file exists otherwise in the
RAM volatile memory)
<mem3> - memory to which received SMs are preferred to be stored
"ME" - SMS memory storage in Flash(CDMA default)
"SM" - SIM SMS memory storage (UTMS default)
The command returns the memory storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <usedr>,<totalr>,<usedw>,<totalw>,<useds>,<totals>
<usedr> - number of SMs stored into <mem1>
<totalr> - max number of SMs that <mem1> can contain
<usedw> - number of SMs stored into <mem2>
<totalw> max number of SMs that <mem2> can contain
<totals> - max number of SMS that <mem3> can contain
<useds> - number of SMs stored into <mem3>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 139
AT+CPMS?
Read command reports the message storage status in the format:
+CPMS: <mem1>,<usedr>,<totalr>,<mem2>,<usedw>,<totalw>,
<mem3>,<useds>,<totals>
Where: <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> are the selected storage memories for
reading, writing and storing respectively.
AT+CPMS=?
Test command reports the supported values for parameters <mem1>,
<mem2> and <mem3>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3gpp2
3.3.4.1.3 Message Format - +CMGF
+CMGF – Message Format
AT+CMGF=
[<mode>]
Set command selects the format of messages used with send, list, read and write
commands.
Parameter:
<mode>
0 - PDU mode, as defined in 3GPP TS 3.40/23.040 and 3GPP TS 3.41/23.041 (factory
default)
1 - text mode
AT+CMGF?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <mode>.
AT+CMGF=?
Test command reports the supported value of <mode> parameter.
Example
AT+CMGF=1
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 140
3.3.4.2 Message Configuration
3.3.4.2.1 Service Center Address - +CSCA
+CSCA – Service Center Address
AT+CSCA=
<number> [,<type>]
Set command sets the Service Center Address to be used for mobile originated SMS
transmissions.
Parameter:
<number> - SC phone number in the format defined by <type>
<type> - the type of number
129 - national numbering scheme
145 - international numbering scheme (contains the character "+")
Note: to use the SM service, it is mandatory to set a Service Center Address to which
service requests are directed.
Note: in Text mode the settings are used by send & write commands; in PDU mode,
setting is used by the same commands, but only when the length of the SMSC address
coded into the <pdu> parameter equals zero.
Note: the current settings are stored through +CSAS
AT+CSCA?
Read command reports the current value of the SCA in the format:
+CSCA: <number>,<type>
Note: If SCA is not present, the device reports an error message.
AT+CSCA=?
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 141
3.3.4.2.2 Select service for MO SMS services - +CGSMS
+CGSMS Select Service For MO SMS Services
AT+CGSMS=
[<service>]
The set command used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will us e to
send MO SMS messages.
Parameters:
<service> -a numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used.
0 - Packet Domain
1 - Circuit switched
2 - Packet Domain preferred (use circuit switched if GRPS is not available) (factory default)
3 - Circuit switched preferred (use Packet Domain if circuit switched not available)
Note: If SMS transfer via Packet Domain fails, <service> parameter automatically res et to
Circuit switched.
AT+CGSMS?
Read command reports the currently selected service or service preference :
+CGSMS: <service>
AT+CGSMS=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<service>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007(3GPP Only)
3.3.4.2.3 Set Text Mode Parameters - +CSMP
+CSMP – Set Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSMP=
[<fo> [,<vp> [,<pid>
[,<dcs>]]]]
Set command is used to select values for additional parameters for storing and
sending SMs when the text mode is used (AT+CMGF=1)
Parameters:
<fo> - depending on the command or result code:
first octet of 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT
(omit 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (omit 2) in integer format.
<vp> - depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting:
3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (omit 167) or in
quoted time-string format.
<pid> - 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format.
<dcs> - depending on the command or result code:
3GPP TS 03.38/23.038 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data
Coding Scheme.
Note: the current settings are stored through +CSAS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 142
+CSMP – Set Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSMP?
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSMP: < fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
AT+CSMP=?
Test command returns the OK result code.
Example
Set the parameters for an outgoing message with 24 hours of validity period and
default properties:
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005; 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040; 3GPP TS 03.38/23.038(3GPP Only)
3.3.4.2.4 Show Text Mode Parameters - +CSDH
+CSDH – Show Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSDH=
[<show>]
Set command controls whether detailed header information is shown in text mode
(AT+CMGF=1) result codes.
Parameter:
<show>
0 - do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>,
<tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or
<tooa> in +CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and
SMS-SUBMITs in text mode. For SMS-COMMANDs in +CMGR result code do not
show <pid>, <mn>, <da>, <toda>, <length> or <cdata>
1 - show the values in result codes
AT+CSDH?
Read command reports the current setting in the format:
+CSDH: <show>
AT+CSDH=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for parameter
<show>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 143
3.3.4.2.5 Select Cell Broadcast Message Types - +CSCB
+CSCB – Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
AT+CSCB=
[<mode> [,<mids>
[,<dcss>]]]
Set command selects which types of Cell Broadcast Messages received by the
device.
Parameters:
<mode>
0 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are accepted (factory default)
1 - the message types defined by <mids> and <dcss> are rejected
<mids> - Message Identifiers, string type: all different possible combinations of the
CBM message identifiers; default is empty string ("")
<dcss> - Data Coding Schemes, string type: all different possible combinations of
CBM data coding schemes; default is empty string
("")
Note: the current settings are stored through +CSAS
AT+CSCB?
Read command reports the current value of parameters <mode>, <mids> and
<dcss>.
AT+CSCB=?
Test command returns the range of values for parameter <mode>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005, 3GPP TS 03.41/23.041, 3GPP TS 03.38/23.038.(3GPP Only)
3.3.4.2.6 Save Settings - +CSAS
+CSAS – Save Settings
AT+CSAS[=
<profile>]
Execution command saves settings which have been made by the +CSCA,
+CSMP and +CSCB commands in local non volatile memory.
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - settings saved to NVM (factory default).
*1..n - SIM profile number; the value of n depends on the SIM
Note: certain settings may not be supported by the SIM. Therefore, the settings are
always saved to the NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
Note: If parameter is omitted the settings are parameter is 0
AT+CSAS=?
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 144
3.3.4.2.7 Restore Settings - +CRES
+CRES – Restore Settings
AT+CRES[=
<profile>]
Execution command restores message service settings saved by +CSAS command
from either NVM or SIM.
Parameter:
<profile>
0 - message service settings are restored from NVM.
1..n - message service settings are restored from SIM. The value of n depends on the
SIM (L506 allows to store up to 5).
Note: certain settings may not be support by the SIM and therefore they are always
restored from NVM, regardless the value of <profile>.
Note: If parameter is omitted the command restores message service settings from
NVM.
AT+CRES=?
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter
<profile>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 145
3.3.4.3 Message Receiving and Reading
3.3.4.3.1 New Message Indications to Terminal Equipment - +CNMI
+CNMI – New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
AT+CNMI=
[<mode>
[,<mt>[,<bm> [,<ds>
[,<bfr>]]]]]
Set command selects the behaviour of the device on how the receiving of new
messages from the network is indicated to the DTE.
Parameter:
<mode> - unsolicited result codes buffering option
0 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications
may be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and
replaced with the new received indications.
1 - Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when
TA-TE link is reserved, otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 - Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA in case the DTE is busy and flush them to
the TE after reservation. Otherwise, forward them directly to the TE.
3 - if <mt> is set to 1 an indication by means of a 100 ms break is issued when an SMS
is received while the module is in GPRS online mode. It enables the hardware ring line
for 1 s. too.
Note: In <mode>field,"3" not supported.
<mt> - result code indication reporting for SMS-DELIVER
0 - No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE and message is stored.
1 - If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is
routed to the TE using the following unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <memr>,<index> where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is Stored: "SM" , "ME"
<index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored.
*2 - SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting
indication group) are routed directly to the TE using the following unsolicited result
code:
(PDU Mode)
+CMT: <alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 146
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
where:
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of originator/destination number corresponding
to the entry found in MT phonebook. Used character set should be the one selected
with command +CSCS.
<length> - PDU length
<pdu> - PDU message
(TEXT Mode)
+CMT:<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> (the information written in italics will be
present depending on +CSDH last setting)
where:
<oa> - originating address, string type converted in the currently selected character set
(see +CSCS)
<alpha> - alphanumeric representation of <oa>, used character set should be the one
selected with command +CSCS.
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<tooa>, <tosca> - type of number <oa> or <sca>:
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format(contains the "+")
<fo> - first octet of 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<sca> - Service Centre address, string type, converted in the currently selected
character set (see +CSCS)
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates
that GSM03.40/23.040 TP-User-Data-Header- Indication is not set (bit 6 of <fo> is 0),
each character of GSM/WCDMA alphabet will be converted into current TE character
set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or
<fo> indicates that GSM03.40/23.040 TP-User-Data-Header- Indication is set (bit 6 of
<fo> is 1), each 8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal
number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)
Class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group (stored
message) result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 147
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
Acknowledge for the received SMS-DELIVER SM is sent to network immediately
when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set to '1'.
Acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during predefine time- out, an error is sent
to network in case timeout expire, Next +CMT response depends on acknowledge of
current received +CMT response in case +CSMS
<service> parameter set to '1'.
*3 - Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes
defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1.
<bm> - broadcast reporting option
0 - Cell Broadcast Messages are not sent to the DTE
2 - New Cell Broadcast Messages are sent to the DTE with the unsolicited result code:
(PDU Mode)
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CBM:<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<pag>,<pags><CR><LF><data> where:
<sn> - message serial number
<mid> - message ID
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<pag> - page number
<pags> - total number of pages of the message
<data> - CBM Content of Message
If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is used , each character of
GSM/WCDMA alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet will
be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A will be
converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)
<ds> - SMS-STATUS-REPORTs reporting option
0 - status report receiving is not reported to the DTE and messages are stored
1 - the status report is sent to the DTE with the following unsolicited result
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 148
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
+CNMI - New Message Indications To Terminal Equipment
code:
(PDU Mode)
+CDS: <length><CR><LF><PDU>
where:
<length> - PDU length
<PDU> - message PDU
(TEXT Mode)
+CDS: <fo>,<mr>,<ra>,<tora>,<scts>,<dt>,<st> where:
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message Reference number
<ra> - recipient address, string type, represented in the currently selected character set
(see +CSCS)
<tora> - type of number <ra>
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Acknowledge for the received SMS-STATUS-REPORT SM is sent to network
immediately when +CSMS <service> is set to '0' or when +CSMS <service> is set to
'1'. Acknowledge is sent via +CNMA command during pre-defined timeout, an error is
sent to network in case timeout expire, next +CDS response depends on acknowledge
of current received +CDS response in case
+CSMS <service> parameter set to '1'.
*2 - if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent:
+CDSI: <memr>,<index>
where:
<memr> - memory storage where the new message is stored "SR"
<index> - location on the memory where SMS is stored
<bfr> - buffered result codes handling method:
0 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the
TE when <mode>=1..3 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the
codes)
1 - TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when
<mode>=1..3 is entered.
AT+CNMI?
Read command returns the current parameter settings for +CNMI command
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 149
in the form:
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
AT+CNMI=?
Test command reports the supported range of values for the +CNMI command
parameters.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
Note
DTR signal is ignored, hence the indication is sent even if the DTE is inactive (DTR
signal is Low). In this case the unsolicited result code may be lost so if MODULE
remains active while DTE is not, at DTE startup it is suggested to check whether new
messages have reached the device meanwhile with command AT+CMGL=0 that lists
the new messages received.
3.3.4.3.2 List Messages - +CMGL
+CMGL - List Messages
AT+CMGL
[=<stat>]
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value
<stat> stored into <memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read
and deleted SMS as last settings of command +CPMS).
The parameter type and the command output depend on the last settings of command
+CMGF (message format to be used)
(PDU Mode)
Parameter:
<stat>
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
4 - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format:
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 150
+CMGL - List Messages
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu>
where:
<index> - message position in the memory storage list.
<stat> - status of the message
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to
an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to 3GPP TS 3.40/23.040
(Text Mode) Parameter:
<stat>
"REC UNREAD" - new message
"REC READ" - read message
"STO UNSENT" - stored message not yet sent
"STO SENT" - stored message already sent
"ALL" - all messages.
Each message to be listed is represented in the format (the information written in
italics will be present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa/toda>,
<length>]<CR><LF> <data>
Where:
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<oa/da> - originator/destination address, string type, represented in the currently
selected character set (see +CSCS)
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to
an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format
<tooa/toda> - type of number <oa/da>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User-Data
If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is used , each character of
GSM/WCDMA alphabet will be converted into current TE
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 151
+CMGL – List Messages
character set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, each 8-bit octet
will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet 0x2A
will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)
if network is CDMA and <dcs> indicate that (see ^HSMSSS) Unicode data coding
scheme is used,the output text is hexadecimal numbers which will be converted into
current TE caracter.
Each message delivery confirm is represented in the format:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st> Where:
<index> - message position in the storage
<stat> - message status
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message Reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
Note: If parameter is omitted the command returns the list of SMS with REC
UNREAD status.
AT+CMGL=?
Test command returns a list of supported <stat>s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 152
3.3.4.3.3 Read Message - +CMGR
+CMGR - Read Message
AT+CMGR=
<index>
Execution command reports the message with location value <index> from
<memr> message storage (<memr> is the message storage for read and delete SMS
as last settings of command +CPMS).
Parameter:
<index> - message index.
The output depends on the last settings of command +CMGF (message format to be
used)
(PDU Mode)
The output has the following format:
+CMGR: <stat>,<alpha>,<length><CR><LF><pdu> Where:
<stat> - status of the message
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent
3 - stored message already sent
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to
an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<length> - length of the PDU in bytes.
<pdu> - message in PDU format according to 3GPP TS 3.40/23.040.
The status of the message and entire message data unit <pdu> returned.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 153
+CMGR - Read Message
(Text Mode)
Output format for received messages (the information written in italics will be
present depending on +CSDH last setting):
+CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,<alpha>,<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,
<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for sent messages:
+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,<alpha>[,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,,
<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
Output format for message delivery confirm:
+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,,,<scts>,<dt>,<st>
where:
<stat> - status of the message
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
<fo> - first octet of the message PDU
<mr> - message Reference number
<scts> - arrival time of the message to the SC
<dt> - sending time of the message
<st> - message status as coded in the PDU
<pid> - Protocol Identifier
<dcs> - Data Coding Scheme
<oa> - Originator address, string type represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS)
<da> - Destination address, string type represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS)
<alpha> - string type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa>, corresponding to
an entry found in the phonebook; used character set is the one selected with
command +CSCS.
<sca> - Service Centre number
<tooa>,<toda >,<tosca> - type of number <oa>,<da>,<sca>
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<length> - text length
<data> - TP-User_data
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 154
+CMGR - Read Message
If <dcs> indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is used , each character of
GSM/WCDMA alphabet will be converted into current TE character set (see +CSCS)
If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or L506 data coding scheme is used, each
8-bit octet will be converted into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g.
octet 0x2A will be converted as two characters 0x32 0x41)
if network is CDMA and <dcs> indicate that (see ^HSMSSS) Unicode data coding
scheme is used,the output text is hexadecimal numbers which will be converted into
current TE caracter.
Note: in both cases if status of the message is 'received unread', status in the storage
changes to 'received read'.
AT+CMGR=?
Test command returns the OK result code
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
3.3.4.3.4 New Message Acknowledgement to ME/TA - +CNMA
+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement
(PDU Mode)
AT+CNMA[=<n>
[,<length> [<CR>PDU
is
given<ctrl-Z/ESC]]]
Execution command confirms correct reception of a new message (SMS- DELIVER
or SMS-STATUS-REPORT) which is routed directly to the TE.
Acknowledge with +CNMA is possible only if the +CSMS parameter is set to
1(+CSMS=1) when a +CMT or +CDS indication is show.
If no acknowledgement is given within the network timeout, an RP-ERROR is sent to
the network, the <mt> and <ds> parameters of the +CNMI command are then reset to
zero (do not show new message indication).
Either positive (RP-ACK) or negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement to the
network is possible.
Parameter:
<n> - Type of acknowledgement in PDU mode
0 - send RP-ACK without PDU (same as TEXT mode)
1 - send RP-ACK with optional PDU message.
2 - send RP-ERROR with optional PDU message.
<length> : Length of the PDU message.
Note: Refer to 3GPP TS 23.040 Recommendation for other PDU negative
acknowledgement codes.
(Text Mode)
AT+CNMA
Only positive acknowledgement to network (RP-ACK) is possible.
(PDU Mode)
AT+CNMA=?
Test command returns the possible range of values for the parameter <n>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 155
3.3.4.3.5 List Messages - +CMGLEX
+CMGLEX - List Messages
AT+CMGLEX =
<index>
Execution command reports the list of all the messages with status value.
Similar to +CMGL
Note: If network is CDMA, the message is transformed by unicode which output text
is ascii.
AT+CMGLEX =?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
3.3.4.3.6 Read Message - +CMGREX
+CMGREX - Read a sms message
AT+CMGREX =
<index>
read a sms message.
Similar to +CMGR
Note: If network is CDMA, the message is transformed by unicode which output text
is ascii.
AT+CMGREX =?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 156
3.3.4.4 Message Sending and Writing
3.3.4.4.1 Send Message - +CMGS
+CMGS - Send Message
(PDU Mode)
AT+CMGS=
<length>
(PDU Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message.
Parameter:
<length> - length of the PDU to be sent in bytes (excluding the SMSC address octets)
7..164
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds sending a four
character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32) and waits for the specified
number of bytes.
Note: the DCD signal shall be in ON state while PDU is given.
Note: the echoing of received characters back to the TA is controlled by echo
command E
Note: the PDU shall be hexadecimal format (each octet of the PDU is given as two
IRA character long hexadecimal number) and given in one line.
when the octet length of the SMSC address (given in the PDU) equals zero, the
SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used. In this case, the SMSC
Type-of-Address octet shall not be present in the PDU.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format:
Note: Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports)
<scts> is returned:
+CMGS: <mr>[, <scts>]
Where:
<mr> - message Reference number.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code reported. Note: care
must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several
seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 157
+CMGS - Send Message
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGS=
<da> [,<toda>]
(Text Mode)
Execution command sends to the network a message. Parameters:
<da> - destination address,string type represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS) if the network mode is UMTS,string type is always ASCII when
network mode is CDMA.
<toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format(contains the "+")
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds sending a four
character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)
After this prompt text can be entered; the entered text should be formatted as follows:
if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is
used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set, then ME/TA converts the entered text into
GSM/WCDMA alphabet, according to 3GPP TS 27.005, Annex A; backspace can be
used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used.
if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or
UCS2 data coding scheme is used or current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP
TS 03.40/23.040 TP-User-
Data-Header-Indication is set, the entered text should consist of two IRA character
long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet (e.g. the will be
entered as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and this will be converted to an octet with integer
value 0x2A)
If current network mode is CDMA and <dcs> (see ^HSMSSS) indicates that Unicode
data coding scheme is used. the entered text should be hexadecimal numbers which
ME/TA converts into 16-bit Unicode without seperator.
Note: the DCD signal shall be in ON state while text entered.
Note: the echoing of entered characters back from the TA is controlled by echo
command E
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).If <dcs> indicates that Unicode
data coding scheme is used,ME/TA should send 0x00 0x1a to issue the message
sending.
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).if <dcs> indicates
that Unicode data coding scheme is used, ME/TA should send 0x00 0x1a to issue the
message exiting.
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format:
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 158
+CMGS - Send Message
Note : Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports)
<scts> is returned:
+CMGS: <mr>[, <scts>]
Where:
<mr> - message Reference number.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code reported. Note: care
must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several
seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.
Note: it is possible to send a concatenation of at most 10 SMs; the maximum number
of chars depends on the <dcs>: 1530 chars if 3GPP TS 03.38/23.038 default alphabet
is used, 1340 chars if 8-bit is used, 670 chars if UCS2 is used
AT+CMGS=?
Test command resturns the OK result code.
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR:
<err> response before issuing further commands.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 159
3.3.4.4.2 Send Message from Storage - +CMSS
+CMSS - Send Message From Storage
AT+CMSS=
<index>[,<da>
[,<toda>]]
Execution command sends to the network a message which is already stored in the
<memw> storage (see +CPMS) at the location <index>. Parameters:
<index> - location value in the message storage <memw> of the message to send
<da> - destination address - string type represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS). if it is given it shall be used instead of the one stored with the
message.
<toda> - type of destination address 129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
If message is successfully sent to the network then the result is sent in the format:
+CMSS: <mr>[, <scts>]
(Note: Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports)
<scts> is returned)
where:
<mr> - message Reference number.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format.
If message sending fails for some reason, an error code is reported:
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Note: to store a message in the <memw> storage see command +CMGW. Note: care
must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may take several
seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.
AT+CMSS=?
Test command resturns the OK result code.
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMSS: <mr> or +CMS ERROR:
<err> response before issuing further commands.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 160
3.3.4.4.3 Write Message to Memory - +CMGW
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
(PDU Mode)
AT+CMGW=
<length> [,<stat>]
(PDU Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new message.
Parameter:
<length> - length in bytes of the PDU to be written. 7..164
<stat> - message status.
0 - new message
1 - read message
2 - stored message not yet sent (default)
3 - stored message already sent
The device responds to the command with the prompt '>' and waits for the specified
number of bytes.
To write the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without writing the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in the format:
+CMGW: <index> where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason an error code is reported.
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other SIM
interacting commands are issued .
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 161
+CMGW - Write Message To Memory
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGW[=<da>
[,<toda> [,<stat>]]]
(Text Mode)
Execution command writes in the <memw> memory storage a new message.
Parameters:
<da> - destination address, string type represented in the currently selected character
set (see +CSCS) if the network mode is UMTS,string type is always ASCII when
network mode is CDMA.
<toda> - type of destination address.
129 - number in national format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
<stat> - message status.
"REC UNREAD" - new received message unread
"REC READ" - received message read
"STO UNSENT" - message stored not yet sent (default)
"STO SENT" - message stored already sent
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds by sending a four
character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32)
After this prompt, text can be entered; the entered text should be formatted as
follows:
if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that GSM03.38/23.038 default alphabet is
used and current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set, then ME/TA converts the entered text into
GSM/WCDMA alphabet, according to 3GPP TS 27.005, Annex A; backspace can be
used to delete last character and carriage returns can be used.
if current <dcs> (see +CSMP) indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is
used or current <fo> (see +CSMP) indicates that 3GPP TS 03.40/23.040
TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set, the entered text should consist of two IRA
character long hexadecimal numbers which ME/TA converts into 8-bit octet (e.g. the
"asterisk" will be entered as 2A (IRA50 and IRA65) and this will be converted to an
octet with integer value 0x2A)
If current network mode is CDMA and <dcs> (see ^HSMSSS) indicates that Unicode
data coding scheme is used. the entered text should be hexadecimal numbers which
ME/TA converts into 16-bit Unicode without seperator.
Note: the DCD signal shall be in ON state while text entered.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 162
+CMGW – Write Message To Memory
Note: the echoing of entered characters back from the TA is controlled by echo
command E
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).If <dcs> indicates that Unicode
data coding scheme is used,ME/TA should send 0x00 0x1a to issue the message
sending.
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).if <dcs> indicates
that Unicode data coding scheme is used, ME/TA should send 0x00 0x1a to issue the
message exiting.
If message is successfully written in the memory, then the result is sent in the format:
+CMGW: <index> where:
<index> - message location index in the memory <memw>.
If message storing fails for some reason, an error code is reported.
Note: care must taken to ensure that during the command execution, no other SIM
interacting commands are issued.
Note: it is possible to save a concatenation of at most 10 SMS; the maximum number
of chars depends on the <dcs>: 1530 chars if 3GPP TS 03.38/23.038 default alphabet
is used, 1340 chars if 8-bit is used, 670 chars if UCS2 is used
AT+CMGW=?
Test command returns the OK result code.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005 and 3GPP2
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGW: <index> or
+CMS ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 163
3.3.4.4.4 Delete Message - +CMGD
+CMGD - Delete Message
AT+CMGD=
<index> [,<delflag>]
Execution command deletes from memory <memr> the message(s).
Parameter:
<index> - message index in the selected storage <memr>
<delflag> - an integer indicating multiple message deletion request. 0 (or omitted) -
delete message specified in <index>
1 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, leaving unread messages and
stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched
2 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage and sent mobile originated
messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched
3 - delete all read messages from <memr> storage, sent and unsent mobile originated
messages, leaving unread messages untouched
4 - Delete all messages from <memr> storage.
Note: if <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then <index> is ignored and ME shall
follow the rules for <delflag> shown above.
if the location to be deleted is empty, still return OK.
AT+CMGD=?
Test command shows the valid memory locations and optionally the supported values
of <delflag>.
+CMGD: (supported <index>s list)[,(supported <delflag>s list)]
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
3.3.4.4.5 More Message to Send - +CMMS
+CMMS More Message to Send
AT+CMMS=[<n>]
Set command controls the continuity of SMS relay protocol link.
Multiple messages
can be sent much faster when the link is kept open.
Parameter:
<n>
0 Disable (factory default)
1
- Keep link opened while messages are sent. If the delay between two
messages
exceeds 3 seconds, the link is closed and the parameter
<n> is automatically reset to 0: the feature is disabled.
2
- Keep link opened while messages are sent. If the delay between two
messages
exceeds 3 seconds, the link is closed but the parameter
<n> remains set to 2 - the feature is still enabled.
AT+CMMS?
Read command reports the current value of the parameter <n>.
AT+CMMS=?
Test command reports the supported value of <n> parameter.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 164
3.3.4.4.6 Message to Send - +CMGC
+CMGC - Send SMS command
(PDU Mode)
AT+CMGC=
<length><CR>
PDU is given
<Ctrl-Z/ESC>
(PDU Mode)
Execution command sends command message from a TE to the network
(SMS-COMMAND).
Parameter:
<length> - Length of the actual TP data unit in octets. (excluding the SMSC address
octets).
<PDU> - Message header and contents in PDU mode format. See description in
Table:
Reference
Description
Length
<SCA>
Service Center address:
1 BYTE: length (number of followed
1, 3-12
BYTES
+
CMGC
octets). Mandatory 1 BYTE: <tosca> - value
between 128-255
(When length is 1,
length
BYTE = 0)
<FO>
First Octet.
1 BYTE
Bit/s
Reference
Description
0-1
Message-Type
- Indicator
Parameter describing
the message type.
1 0 SMS-COMMAND (in
the direction MS to SC)
5
TP-Status-Rep
ort- Request
Parameter indicating if a status report is
requested by the MS
0 A status report is not requested
1 A status report is requested
6
TP-User-Data-
Header-Indicat
or
Parameter indicating whether the
beginning of the User Data field contains
a Header in addition to the short message
or contains only the short message
0 The TP-UD field contains only the
short message
1 The beginning of the TP-UD field
contains a Header in addition to the short
message
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 165
+CMGC - Send SMS command
<TP-MR>
Message Reference. An integer representation of a
reference number of the SM submitted to the SC by the
MS. Values between 0-255.
1 BYTE
<TP-PID>
Protocol-Identifier. Values between 0- 255.
1 BYTE
<TP-CT>
Command Type
1 BYTE
<TP-MN>
Message Number
1 BYTE
<TP-DA>
Destination address formatted according to the
formatting rules of address fields.
2-12 BYTES
<TP-CDL>
Command data length
1 BYTE
<TP-CD>
Command data
0-156 BYTES
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds sending a
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 166
+CMGC - Send SMS command
four character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32) and waits for the specified
number of bytes.
Note: the DCD signal shall be in ON state while PDU is given.
Note: echoing given characters back from the TA is controlled by echo command E
Note: the PDU shall be hexadecimal format (each octet of the PDU is given as two
IRA character long hexadecimal number) and given in one line.
Note: when the length octet of the SMSC address (given in the PDU) equals zero, the
SMSC address set with command +CSCA is used; in this case the SMSC
Type-of-Address octet shall not be present in the PDU.
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
Note : Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports it)
<scts> is returned:
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format:
+CMGC: <mr>[, <ackpdu>] Where:
<mr> - TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<ackpdu> - RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU (When +CSMS <service> value
is 1 and network supports).
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code reported.
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may
take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.
(Text Mode)
AT+CMGC=
<fo>,<ct>[,
<pid>[,<mn>[,
<da>[,<toda>]]]]><C
R>Text can be
(Text Mode) Execution command sends to the network a message.
Parameters:
<fo> - First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040 SMS-COMMAND in integer format.
<ct> - TP-Command-Type in integer format specified in 3GPP TS 23.040.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 167
entered<ctrl- Z/ESC>
Default value is 0.
<pid> - TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format. Range 0-255. Default value is 0.
<mn> - TP-Message-Number in integer format.
<da> - TP-Destination-Address-Value field in string format represented in the
currently selected character set (see +CSCS).
<toda> - TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet: 129 - number in national
format
145 - number in international format (contains the "+")
After command line is terminated with <CR>, the device responds sending a four
character sequence prompt:
<CR><LF><greater_than><space> (IRA 13, 10, 62, 32) Note: the DCD signal shall
be in ON state while text entered.
Note: echoing entered characters back from the TA is controlled by echo command E
To send the message issue Ctrl-Z char (0x1A hex).
To exit without sending the message issue ESC char (0x1B hex).
Note: Optionally (when +CSMS <service> value is 1 and network supports it)
<scts> is returned:
If message is successfully sent to the network, then the result is sent in the format:
+CMGC: <mr>[, <scts>] Where:
<mr> - TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<scts> - TP-Service Centre Time Stamp in Time String Format.
Note: if message sending fails for some reason, an error code reported.
Note: care must be taken to ensure that during the command execution, which may
take several seconds, no other SIM interacting commands are issued.
AT+CMGC=?
Test command returns the OK result code.
Note
To avoid malfunctions is suggested to wait for the +CMGC: <mr> or +CMS
ERROR: <err> response before issuing further commands.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005(3GPP Only)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 168
3.3.5 Mobiletek extended AT Commands
3.3.5.1 General
3.3.5.1.1 System Config - ^SYSCONFIG
^SYSCONFIG - System configuration command
AT^SYSCONFIG
=<mode>,
<acqorder>,
<roam>,
<srvdomain>
This command set system configuration.
ce:
– Automatically select
– GSM ONLY
– WCDMA only
– TD-SCDMA only
– No change
18 – LTE only
– network accessing order reference
– Automatically
– GSM first, UTRAN second
– UTRAN first, GSM second
– No change
– roaming support
– Not support
– Can roam
– No change
– Domain configuration
– CS_ONLY
– PS_ONLY
– CS_PS
– ANY
– No change
AT^SYSCONFIG?
Read the system config.
:
– Automatically select
– GSM ONLY
– WCDMA only
– TD-SCDMA only
– No change
17 – Mode unknown
18 – LTE only
– network accessing order reference
– Automatically
– GSM first, UTRAN second
– UTRAN first, GSM second
– No change
4 – Order unknown
– roaming support
– Not support
– Can roam
– No change
3 – Roam unknown
– Domain configuration
– CS_ONLY
– PS_ONLY
– CS_PS
– ANY
– No change
5 – Domain unknown
AT^SYSCONFIG =?
Test command returns supported values of <reporting> parameter.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 169
3.3.5.1.2 Setup RmNet Call - $QCRMCALL
AT$QCRMCALL
AT$QCRMCAL
L =<Action>,
<Instance> [,<IP
Type> [,<Tech
Pref > [,<umts
profile number>
[,<cdma profile
number >
[,<APN> ]]]]]
Command triggers an RmNet call based on <Action> parameter which is typically a start of
an RmNet Call or stop of a RmNet call.
< Action >
– Stop
– Start
<Instance>
1 to 8
<IP Type>
– Ipv4
– Ipv6
– Ipv4v6
<Tech Pref>
– 3GPP2
– 3GPP
<umts_profile> 1 to 24
*<cdma profile> 100 to 179
<APN >
String type，maximum length is 100
AT$QCRMCAL
L?
Read the current RmNet type.
Example
AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,1,2,1,,
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 170
3.3.5.1.3 Inquires The Current System Message - ^SYSINFO
AT^SYSINFO
AT^SYSINFO
The command inquires the current system message. Such as
system service status, domain, roam, system mode, UIM card status, etc.
<srv_status> system service status, values as follows:
0 no service
1 limited service
2 service available
3 limited area service
4 power saving and dormancy status.
<srv_domain> system service, values as follows:
0 no service
1 only CS service
2 only PS service
3 PS+CS service
4 CS and PS don't register and are in the status of serching.
255 CDMA doesn't support.
<roam_status> roaming status, values as follows:
0 non-roaming status.
1 roaming status.
<sys_mode> system mode, values as follows:
0 no service
1 AMPS mode (not use provisionally)
2 CDMA mode
3 GSM/GPRS mode
4 HDR mode
5 WCDMA mode
6 GPS mode
7 GSM/WCDMA
8 CDMA/HDR HYBRID
9 LTE mode
10 GSM, WCDMA, and LTE mode
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 171
AT^SYSINFO
<sim_stat> UIM card status, values as follows:
1 UIM card status available
240 ROMSIM version
255 UIM card doesn't exist
Execution command responses:
^SYSINFO:< srv_status>, <srv_domain>,<roam_status>,<sys_mode>,<sim_state>
Example
AT^SYSINFO
^SYSINFO: 2,1,0,3,1
OK
Reference
Vendor
3.3.5.1.4 SIM Card HotSwap Control - +ESIMS
+ESIMS - SIM Card HotSwap Control command
AT+ESIMS=<Action>
This command is used to control SIM card hotswap effective or not.
Parameter:
Action = 0 --> SIM card hotswap is not effective.
Action = 1 --> SIM card hotswap is effective.
Note:
After execute this command, must reboot device, then SIM card hotswap take effect.
AT+ESIMS?
Read command is used to query SIM card hotswap status.
AT+ESIMS=?
Query command is used to query SIM card hotswap range.
Example
AT+ESIMS?
+ESIMS:0
OK
AT+ESIMS=1
OK
AT+ESIMS?
+ESIMS:1
OK
AT+ESIMS=?
+ESIMS:(0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 172
3.3.5.1.5 Time zone Control - +MTZ
+MTZ - Time zone Control command
AT+MTZ=<mode>[,<city>]
This command is used to set time zone.
<mode> time zone mode, default value is 1. values as follows:
0 use UTC time.
1 use local time zone.
2 use the time zone of city.
<city> this value is valid when mode is 2. The length of value is no
more than 40. values as follows：
Africa/Abidjan
Africa/Accra
Africa/Addis_Ababa
Africa/Algiers
Africa/Asmara
Africa/Asmera
Africa/Bamako
Africa/Bangui
Africa/Banjul
Africa/Bissau
Africa/Blantyre
Africa/Brazzaville
Africa/Bujumbura
Africa/Cairo
Africa/Casablanca
Africa/Ceuta
Africa/Conakry
Africa/Dakar
Africa/Dar_es_Salaam
Africa/Djibouti
Africa/Douala
Africa/El_Aaiun
Africa/Freetown
Africa/Gaborone
Africa/Harare
Africa/Johannesburg
Africa/Juba
Africa/Kampala
Africa/Khartoum
Africa/Kigali
Africa/Kinshasa
Africa/Lagos
Africa/Libreville
Africa/Lome
Africa/Luanda
Africa/Lubumbashi
Africa/Lusaka
Africa/Malabo
Africa/Maputo
Africa/Maseru
Africa/Mbabane
Africa/Mogadishu
Africa/Monrovia
Africa/Nairobi
Africa/Ndjamena
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 173
Africa/Niamey
Africa/Nouakchott
Africa/Ouagadougou
Africa/Porto-Novo
Africa/Sao_Tome
Africa/Timbuktu
Africa/Tripoli
Africa/Tunis
Africa/Windhoek
America/Adak
America/Anchorage
America/Anguilla
America/Antigua
America/Araguaina
America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires
America/Argentina/Catamarca
America/Argentina/ComodRivadavia
America/Argentina/Cordoba
America/Argentina/Jujuy
America/Argentina/La_Rioja
America/Argentina/Mendoza
America/Argentina/Rio_Gallegos
America/Argentina/Salta
America/Argentina/San_Juan
America/Argentina/San_Luis
America/Argentina/Tucuman
America/Argentina/Ushuaia
America/Aruba
America/Asuncion
America/Atikokan
America/Atka
America/Bahia
America/Bahia_Banderas
America/Barbados
America/Belem
America/Belize
America/Blanc-Sablon
America/Boa_Vista
America/Bogota
America/Boise
America/Buenos_Aires
America/Cambridge_Bay
America/Campo_Grande
America/Cancun
America/Caracas
America/Catamarca
America/Cayenne
America/Cayman
America/Chicago
America/Chihuahua
America/Coral_Harbour
America/Cordoba
America/Costa_Rica
America/Creston
America/Cuiaba
America/Curacao
America/Danmarkshavn
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 174
America/Dawson
America/Dawson_Creek
America/Denver
America/Detroit
America/Dominica
America/Edmonton
America/Eirunepe
America/El_Salvador
America/Ensenada
America/Fortaleza
America/Fort_Nelson
America/Fort_Wayne
America/Glace_Bay
America/Godthab
America/Goose_Bay
America/Grand_Turk
America/Grenada
America/Guadeloupe
America/Guatemala
America/Guayaquil
America/Guyana
America/Halifax
America/Havana
America/Hermosillo
America/Indiana/Indianapolis
America/Indiana/Knox
America/Indiana/Marengo
America/Indiana/Petersburg
America/Indiana/Tell_City
America/Indiana/Vevay
America/Indiana/Vincennes
America/Indiana/Winamac
America/Indianapolis
America/Inuvik
America/Iqaluit
America/Jamaica
America/Jujuy
America/Juneau
America/Kentucky/Louisville
America/Kentucky/Monticello
America/Knox_IN
America/Kralendijk
America/La_Paz
America/Lima
America/Los_Angeles
America/Louisville
America/Lower_Princes
America/Maceio
America/Managua
America/Manaus
America/Marigot
America/Martinique
America/Matamoros
America/Mazatlan
America/Mendoza
America/Menominee
America/Merida
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 175
America/Metlakatla
America/Mexico_City
America/Miquelon
America/Moncton
America/Monterrey
America/Montevideo
America/Montreal
America/Montserrat
America/Nassau
America/New_York
America/Nipigon
America/Nome
America/Noronha
America/North_Dakota/Beulah
America/North_Dakota/Center
America/North_Dakota/New_Salem
America/Ojinaga
America/Panama
America/Pangnirtung
America/Paramaribo
America/Phoenix
America/Port-au-Prince
America/Porto_Acre
America/Port_of_Spain
America/Porto_Velho
America/Puerto_Rico
America/Rainy_River
America/Rankin_Inlet
America/Recife
America/Regina
America/Resolute
America/Rio_Branco
America/Rosario
America/Santa_Isabel
America/Santarem
America/Santiago
America/Santo_Domingo
America/Sao_Paulo
America/Scoresbysund
America/Shiprock
America/Sitka
America/St_Barthelemy
America/St_Johns
America/St_Kitts
America/St_Lucia
America/St_Thomas
America/St_Vincent
America/Swift_Current
America/Tegucigalpa
America/Thule
America/Thunder_Bay
America/Tijuana
America/Toronto
America/Tortola
America/Vancouver
America/Virgin
America/Whitehorse
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 176
America/Winnipeg
America/Yakutat
America/Yellowknife
Antarctica/Casey
Antarctica/Davis
Antarctica/DumontDUrville
Antarctica/Macquarie
Antarctica/Mawson
Antarctica/McMurdo
Antarctica/Palmer
Antarctica/Rothera
Antarctica/South_Pole
Antarctica/Syowa
Antarctica/Troll
Antarctica/Vostok
Arctic/Longyearbyen
Asia/Aden
Asia/Almaty
Asia/Amman
Asia/Anadyr
Asia/Aqtau
Asia/Aqtobe
Asia/Ashgabat
Asia/Ashkhabad
Asia/Baghdad
Asia/Bahrain
Asia/Baku
Asia/Bangkok
Asia/Beirut
Asia/Bishkek
Asia/Brunei
Asia/Calcutta
Asia/Chita
Asia/Choibalsan
Asia/Chongqing
Asia/Chungking
Asia/Colombo
Asia/Dacca
Asia/Damascus
Asia/Dhaka
Asia/Dili
Asia/Dubai
Asia/Dushanbe
Asia/Gaza
Asia/Harbin
Asia/Hebron
Asia/Ho_Chi_Minh
Asia/Hong_Kong
Asia/Hovd
Asia/Irkutsk
Asia/Istanbul
Asia/Jakarta
Asia/Jayapura
Asia/Jerusalem
Asia/Kabul
Asia/Kamchatka
Asia/Karachi
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 177
Asia/Kashgar
Asia/Kathmandu
Asia/Katmandu
Asia/Khandyga
Asia/Kolkata
Asia/Krasnoyarsk
Asia/Kuala_Lumpur
Asia/Kuching
Asia/Kuwait
Asia/Macao
Asia/Macau
Asia/Magadan
Asia/Makassar
Asia/Manila
Asia/Muscat
Asia/Nicosia
Asia/Novokuznetsk
Asia/Novosibirsk
Asia/Omsk
Asia/Oral
Asia/Phnom_Penh
Asia/Pontianak
Asia/Pyongyang
Asia/Qatar
Asia/Qyzylorda
Asia/Rangoon
Asia/Riyadh
Asia/Saigon
Asia/Sakhalin
Asia/Samarkand
Asia/Seoul
Asia/Shanghai
Asia/Singapore
Asia/Srednekolymsk
Asia/Taipei
Asia/Tashkent
Asia/Tbilisi
Asia/Tehran
Asia/Tel_Aviv
Asia/Thimbu
Asia/Thimphu
Asia/Tokyo
Asia/Ujung_Pandang
Asia/Ulaanbaatar
Asia/Ulan_Bator
Asia/Urumqi
Asia/Ust-Nera
Asia/Vientiane
Asia/Vladivostok
Asia/Yakutsk
Asia/Yekaterinburg
Asia/Yerevan
Atlantic/Azores
Atlantic/Bermuda
Atlantic/Canary
Atlantic/Cape_Verde
Atlantic/Faeroe
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 178
Atlantic/Faroe
Atlantic/Jan_Mayen
Atlantic/Madeira
Atlantic/Reykjavik
Atlantic/South_Georgia
Atlantic/Stanley
Atlantic/St_Helena
Australia/ACT
Australia/Adelaide
Australia/Brisbane
Australia/Broken_Hill
Australia/Canberra
Australia/Currie
Australia/Darwin
Australia/Eucla
Australia/Hobart
Australia/LHI
Australia/Lindeman
Australia/Lord_Howe
Australia/Melbourne
Australia/North
Australia/NSW
Australia/Perth
Australia/Queensland
Australia/South
Australia/Sydney
Australia/Tasmania
Australia/Victoria
Australia/West
Australia/Yancowinna
Brazil/Acre
Brazil/DeNoronha
Brazil/East
Brazil/West
Canada/Atlantic
Canada/Central
Canada/Eastern
Canada/East-Saskatchewan
Canada/Mountain
Canada/Newfoundland
Canada/Pacific
Canada/Saskatchewan
Canada/Yukon
Chile/Continental
Chile/EasterIsland
Europe/Amsterdam
Europe/Andorra
Europe/Athens
Europe/Belfast
Europe/Belgrade
Europe/Berlin
Europe/Bratislava
Europe/Brussels
Europe/Bucharest
Europe/Budapest
Europe/Busingen
Europe/Chisinau
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 179
Europe/Copenhagen
Europe/Dublin
Europe/Gibraltar
Europe/Guernsey
Europe/Helsinki
Europe/Isle_of_Man
Europe/Istanbul
Europe/Jersey
Europe/Kaliningrad
Europe/Kiev
Europe/Lisbon
Europe/Ljubljana
Europe/London
Europe/Luxembourg
Europe/Madrid
Europe/Malta
Europe/Mariehamn
Europe/Minsk
Europe/Monaco
Europe/Moscow
Europe/Nicosia
Europe/Oslo
Europe/Paris
Europe/Podgorica
Europe/Prague
Europe/Riga
Europe/Rome
Europe/Samara
Europe/San_Marino
Europe/Sarajevo
Europe/Simferopol
Europe/Skopje
Europe/Sofia
Europe/Stockholm
Europe/Tallinn
Europe/Tirane
Europe/Tiraspol
Europe/Uzhgorod
Europe/Vaduz
Europe/Vatican
Europe/Vienna
Europe/Vilnius
Europe/Volgograd
Europe/Warsaw
Europe/Zagreb
Europe/Zaporozhye
Europe/Zurich
Indian/Antananarivo
Indian/Chagos
Indian/Christmas
Indian/Cocos
Indian/Comoro
Indian/Kerguelen
Indian/Mahe
Indian/Maldives
Indian/Mauritius
Indian/Mayotte
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 180
Indian/Reunion
Mexico/BajaNorte
Mexico/BajaSur
Mexico/General
Pacific/Apia
Pacific/Auckland
Pacific/Bougainville
Pacific/Chatham
Pacific/Chuuk
Pacific/Easter
Pacific/Efate
Pacific/Enderbury
Pacific/Fakaofo
Pacific/Fiji
Pacific/Funafuti
Pacific/Galapagos
Pacific/Gambier
Pacific/Guadalcanal
Pacific/Guam
Pacific/Honolulu
Pacific/Johnston
Pacific/Kiritimati
Pacific/Kosrae
Pacific/Kwajalein
Pacific/Majuro
Pacific/Marquesas
Pacific/Midway
Pacific/Nauru
Pacific/Niue
Pacific/Norfolk
Pacific/Noumea
Pacific/Pago_Pago
Pacific/Palau
Pacific/Pitcairn
Pacific/Pohnpei
Pacific/Ponape
Pacific/Port_Moresby
Pacific/Rarotonga
Pacific/Saipan
Pacific/Samoa
Pacific/Tahiti
Pacific/Tarawa
Pacific/Tongatapu
Pacific/Truk
Pacific/Wake
Pacific/Wallis
Pacific/Yap
US/Alaska
US/Aleutian
US/Arizona
US/Central
US/Eastern
US/East-Indiana
US/Hawaii
US/Indiana-Starke
US/Michigan
US/Mountain
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 181
US/Pacific
US/Pacific-New
US/Samoa
AT+MTZ?
Read command is used to get current mode and city.
Return:
+MTZ:<mode>,<city>
AT+MTZ=?
Query command is used to query mode range.
Example
AT+MTZ?
+MTZ=1,""
OK
AT+CCLK?
+ CCLK:"17/02/15,17:17:13+32"
OK
AT+MTZ=2,"America/New_York"
OK
AT+CCLK?
+ CCLK:"17/02/15,04:17:16-20"
OK
Note:
Using "+MTZ" command to set time zone. And using "+CCLK" command to show current
time of this time zone.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 182
3.3.5.2 HTTP AT Commands
3.3.5.2.1 Open HTTP Service - $HTTPOPEN
AT$HTTPOPEN Open HTTP Service
AT$HTTPOPEN
The command is used to open HTTP service. To use HTTP, you must execute the
command in the first.In the last, execute $HTTPCLOSE to close HTTP service.
AT$HTTPOPEN?
Response:
$HTTPOPEN:<opened_or_not>
OK
Return HTTP service is opened or not.
1: HTTP service is opened.
0: HTTP service is not opened.
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPOPEN
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 183
3.3.5.2.2 Close HTTP Service - $HTTPCLOSE
AT$HTTPCLOSE Close HTTP Service
AT$HTTPCLOSE
The command is used to close HTTP service. After executing this command,HTTP will
be unavailable.
AT$HTTPCLOSE?
Response:
$HTTPCLOSE:<closed_or_not>
OK
Return HTTP service is closed or not.
1: HTTP service is closed.
0: HTTP service is not closed.
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPCLOSE
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 184
3.3.5.2.3 Set HTTP Header Fields - $HTTPRQH
AT$HTTPRQH Set HTTP header fields
AT$HTTPRQH=<Para
mKey>,<ParamValue>
The command is used to set HTTP request header fields and entity header fields.
Parameter:
<ParamKey>: HTTP request or entity header field's Key. If there are special characters,
please add quotes.The max length is 50.
<ParamValue>: HTTP request or entity header field's Value. If there are special
characters, please add quotes. The max length is 160.
The common request header:
"Host" : The server's host.Must be matched with URL,If not set,will get from URL.
"Content-Length" : The content length which will be send.This only for POST.
Refer to : " IETP-RFC 2616 "
AT$HTTPRQH=?
$HTTPRQH="",""
OK
AT$HTTPRQH?
Return current HTTP request header fields and entity header fields.
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPRQH=Host,182.150.28.206
OK
AT$HTTPRQH=Connection,keep-alive
OK
Example 2:
AT$HTTPRQH?
Host:182.150.28.206
Connection :keep-alive
OK
Example 3:
AT$HTTPRQH=User-Agent,"Mozilla/5.0 (X11;Ubuntu; Linux x86_64; rv:38.0)
Gecko/20100101 Firefox/38.0"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 185
3.3.5.2.4 Set HTTP Request URL And Port- $HTTPPARA
AT$HTTPPARA Set HTTP Request URL And Port
AT$HTTPPARA=<url
>,[port]
The command is used to set HTTP request url and port.
Parameter:
<url>:The HTTP request's url, such as "http://182.150.28.206:8182/ httpdemo/http".
[port]:The HTTP request's port.The default port is 80.
AT$HTTPPARA=?
$HTTPPARA="",(0-65535)
OK
AT$HTTPPARA?
Return current HTTP request's host,uri,and port,such as:
AT$HTTPPARA?
Host : "182.150.28.206"
URI : "/httpdemo/http"
Port : 8182
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPPARA=http://182.150.28.206:8182/httpdemo/http,8182
OK
Example 2:
AT$HTTPPARA=www.baidu.com,80
OK
Example 3:
AT$HTTPPARA=www.baidu.com,
OK
Example 4:
AT$HTTPPARA=http://182.150.28.206:8182/httpdemo/http?name=mobiletek&pass
=123456,8182
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 186
3.3.5.2.5 Clear HTTP Related Parameters - $HTTPCLEAR
AT$HTTPCLEAR Clear HTTP Related parameters
AT$HTTPCLEAR
The command is used to clear HTTP parameters. Such as HTTP header fields ,URL and
port.
AT$HTTPCLEAR?
Response:
$HTTPCLEAR:<cleared_or_not>
OK
Return HTTP parameters is cleared or not.
1: HTTP parameters is cleared.
0: HTTP parameters is not cleared.
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPCLEAR
OK
Example 2:
AT$HTTPCLEAR
$HTTPERROR:<errno>
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 187
3.3.5.2.6 Send HTTP Request - $HTTPACTION
AT$HTTPACTION Send HTTP Request
AT$HTTPACTION=<
request>
The command is used to send HTTP Request. Support request include GET, POST and
GET.
Parameter:
<request>:HTTP request type ,available data include 0,1,2.
0: GET request
1: POST request
2: HEAD request
3: POST request (Content length must be less than 500)
Return:
$HTTPRECV:DATA,<len>
......
$HTTPRECV:DATA,2
<\r><\n>
$HTTPRECV:DATA,<len>
......
$HTTPRECV:DATA,<len>
......
This command will return HTTP response header fields and file path which storage
HTML text or download file if request success. If request fail ,this command just return
response header fields. Specially, the HEAD request only return response header fields.
For POST,must set Conten-Length header item and POST's content data.
AT$HTTPACTION=?
$HTTPACTION:(0-3)
OK
Example
Example 1:
AT$HTTPACTION=0
$HTTPRECV:DATA,153
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: Apache-Coyote/1.1
Content-Type: text/html;charset=ISO-8859-1
Transfer-Encoding: chunked
Date: Tue, 20 Sep 2016 05:27:29 GMT
$HTTPRECV:DATA,2
$HTTPRECV:DATA,178
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 188
AT$HTTPACTION Send HTTP Request
<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>A Servlet</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY>
GET:Name or pass is wrong.
</BODY>
</HTML>
$HTTPRECV:DATA,5
OK
Example 2:
AT$HTTPACTION=1
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=13
>> name=mobilete
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=13
>> k&pass=123456
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=0
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
$HTTPRECV:DATA,153
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: Apache-Coyote/1.1
Content-Type: text/html;charset=ISO-8859-1
Transfer-Encoding: chunked
Date: Tue, 20 Sep 2016 05:37:48 GMT
$HTTPRECV:DATA,2
$HTTPRECV:DATA,195
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 189
AT$HTTPACTION Send HTTP Request
<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>A Servlet</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY>
POST: Name is mobiletek,pass is 123456
</BODY>
</HTML>
OK
Example 3:
AT$HTTPACTION=2
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: Apache-Coyote/1.1
Content-Type: text/html
Content-Length: 172
Date: Tue, 20 Sep 2016 05:29:33 GMT
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 190
3.3.5.2.7 Set HTTP Post Request's Data - $HTTPDATA
AT$HTTPDATA Set HTTP Post Request's Data
AT$HTTPDATA=<dat
a_len>
The command is used to set HTTP post request's content. This command is effective
only to POST.
Parameter:
<data_len>:The post request's content length.The length is between 0 and 1024.
0 mean data write end. The data end with Ctrl+Z or auto exit when data length
reach <data_len>. After this,must use $HTTPSEND to send data every time.
AT$HTTPDATA?
Response :
$HTTPDATA:<data_len>
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=?
Response :
$HTTPDATA:(0-1024)
OK
3.3.5.2.8 Set HTTP Post Request's Data - $HTTPDATAEX
AT$HTTPDATAEX Set HTTP Post Request's Data, The data length must be less than 500.
AT$HTTPDATAEX=<
data_len>,<data>
The command is used to set HTTP post request's content. This command is effective
only to POST.
Parameter:
<data_len> The post request's content length.The length is between 0 and 500.
Before this must be set "Content-Length" request head,and must be the same as the
value.
<data> The post request's content.The length must be same as the <data_len>.
AT$HTTPDATAEX?
Response :
$HTTPDATAEX:<data_len>
OK
AT$HTTPDATAEX=?
Response :
$HTTPDATAEX:(0-500)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 191
Example
AT$HTTPOPEN
OK
AT$HTTPPARA=http://182.150.28.206:8182/httpdemo/http,8182
OK
AT$HTTPRQH=Content-Length,26
OK
AT$HTTPDATAEX=26,"name=mobiletek&pass=123456"
OK
AT$HTTPACTION=3
$HTTPRECV:DATA,153
.....................................
$HTTPRECV:DATA,2
$HTTPRECV:DATA,195
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD><TITLE>A Servlet</TITLE></HEAD>
<BODY>
POST: Name is mobiletek,pass is 123456
</BODY>
</HTML>
OK
AT$HTTPCLEAR
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 192
3.3.5.2.9 Send HTTP Post Content Data - $HTTPSEND
AT$HTTPSEND Send HTTP Post Content Data
AT$HTTPSEND
The command is used to send HTTP post request's content. This command effective
only to POST.After data send complete,will receive response.
Example
AT$HTTPOPEN
OK
AT$HTTPPARA=http://182.150.28.206:8182/httpdemo/http,8182
OK
AT$HTTPRQH=Content-Length,26
OK
AT$HTTPACTION=1
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=13
>> name=mobilete
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=13
>> k&pass=123456
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
OK
AT$HTTPDATA=0
OK
AT$HTTPSEND
$HTTPRECV:DATA,153
.....................................
$HTTPRECV:DATA,2
$HTTPRECV:DATA,195
......
POST: Name is mobiletek,pass is 123456
</BODY>
</HTML>
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 193
3.3.5.2.10 HTTP Error Code
Numeric Format Verbose Format General errors:
200 Subsystem established and available
201 Subsystem establishment in progress.
202 Network subsystem unavailable.
203 PPP is closing.
204 Existing net subsystem resources.
205 Physlink going dormant.
300 HTTP service is not opened.
301 HTTP service has opened.
302 AT parameter error.
303 DNS error.
304 Action error.
305 Request timeout.
306 Downloading file.
307 URL not set.
308 Header fields's number exceeds the limit..
309 Header fields error,such as not set "Content-Length" for POST request.
310 Header response error(Exception).
311 Is sending post data.
312 Post request not started,only for $HTTPACTION=1.
313 The value of "Content-Length" not same as the content's length.
350 Unknown HTTP error
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 194
3.3.5.3 HTTPS AT Commands
3.3.5.3.1 Acquire HTTPS Protocol Stack - +CHTTPSSTART
AT+CHTTPSSTART This command is used to acquire HTTPS protocol stack.
AT+CHTTPSSTART
This command is used to acquire HTTPS protocol stack.
Response:
OK
ERROR
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSSTART
OK
Example 2:
AT+CHTTPSSTART
ERROR
3.3.5.3.2 Stop HTTPS Protocol Stack - +CHTTPSSTOP
AT+CHTTPSSTOP This command is used to stop HTTPS protocol stack.
AT+CHTTPSSTOP
This command is used to stop HTTPS protocol stack.
Response:
OK
ERROR
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSSTOP
OK
Example 2:
AT+CHTTPSSTOP
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 195
3.3.5.3.3 Open HTTPS Session - +CHTTPSOPSE
AT+CHTTPSOPSE Open HTTPS session.
AT+CHTTPSOPSE=
<host>,<port>,<server
_type>
This command is used to open a new HTTPS session.Every time, AT+CHTTPSSTART
command must be executed before executing AT+CHTTPSOPSE command.
Parameter:
<host> :
The host address.
<port> :
The host listening port for SSL. For HTTPS,the default is 443; For HTTP,the
default is 80.
<server_type> :
The type of server:
1 : HTTP server.
2 : HTTPS server with SSL3.0/TLS1.0 supported.
Response:
OK
ERROR
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSOPSE=www.baidu.com,443,2
OK
Example 2:
AT+CHTTPSOPSE=www.baidu.com,0,1
OK
Example 3:
AT+CHTTPSOPSE= www.baidu.com,80,2
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 196
3.3.5.3.4 Close HTTPS Session - +CHTTPSCLSE
AT+CHTTPSCLSE This command is used to close the opened HTTPS session.
AT+CHTTPSCLSE
This command is used to close the opened HTTPS session.
Response:
OK
ERROR
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSCLSE
OK
Example 2:
AT+ CHTTPSCLSE
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 197
3.3.5.3.5 Send HTTPS Request - +CHTTPSSEND
AT+CHTTPSSEND Send HTTPS request.
AT+CHTTPSSEND=<
len>
This command is used to send HTTPS request. The AT+CHTTPSSEND=<len> is used
to download the data to be sent. The AT+CHTTPSSEND is used to wait the result of
sending.
Parameter:
<len> :
The length of the data to send.
Response :
>>
OK
ERROR
The data end with Ctrl+Z or auto exit when data length reach < len>.
AT+CHTTPSSEND?
Response :
+CHTTPSSEND: <unsent_len>
OK
Parameter:
<unsent_len> :
The length of the data in the sending buffer which is waiting to be sent.
AT+CHTTPSSEND
=?
Response :
+CHTTPSSEND: (1-1024)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 198
AT+CHTTPSSEND
Response :
+CHTTPSSEND: <result>
OK
ERROR
Parameter:
<result> :
The final result of the sending.
0 : Success
1 : Unknown error
2 : Network error
3 : DNS query error
4 : Socket connection error
5 : SSL error
6 : Response header error
7 : Network is down
8 : HTTP response authentication mismatch
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSSEND=37
>> GET / HTTP/1.1
Host: www.baidu.com
OK
AT+CHTTPSSEND?
+CHTTPSSEND: 37
OK
AT+CHTTPSSEND
+CHTTPSSEND: 0
OK
3.3.5.3.6 Receive HTTPS Response - +CHTTPSRECV
AT+CHTTPSRECV This command is used to receive HTTPS response after sending HTTPS request.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 199
AT+CHTTPSRECV=<
max_recv_len>
This command is used to receive HTTPS response after sending HTTPS request.
Response:
+CHTTPSRECV: DATA,<len>
…
+CHTTPSRECV:<result>
OK
ERROR
Parameter:
<max_recv_len>:
Maximum bytes of data to receive in the current AT+CHTTPSRECV calling.
Minimum is 1.
<len>:
The length of the data received.
<result>:
The final result of the receiving.
0 : Success
1 : Unknown error
2 : Network error
3 : DNS query error
4 : Socket connection error
5 : SSL error
6 : Response header error
7 : Network is down
8 : HTTP response authentication mismatch
AT+CHTTPSRECV?
Response:
+CHTTPSRECV: LEN, <cache_len>
OK
ERROR
Parameter:
<cache_len>: The cache length.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 200
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSRECV?
+CHTTPSRECV: LEN, 903
OK
AT+CHTTPSRECV=2000
+CHTTPSRECV: DATA,903
HTTP/1.1 200
......
/https/temp
+CHTTPSRECV: 0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 201
3.3.5.3.7 Get The State of HTTPS Request - +CHTTPSSTATE
AT+CHTTPSSTATE This command is used to get the state of HTTPS request.
AT+CHTTPSSTATE
This command is used to get the state of HTTPS request.
Response:
+CHTTPSSTATE: <state>
OK
ERROR
Parameter:
<state>: The state of HTTPS request.
0 : OK
1 : AT command error.
2 : HTTPS stack has started.
3 : HTTPS stack has stopped.
4 : Session has closed.
5 : Request type error.
6 : Open session error.
7 : Request data error.
8 : Request header error.
Example
Example 1:
AT+CHTTPSSTATE
+CHTTPSSTATE:0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 202
3.3.5.4 EMAIL AT Command
3.3.5.4.1 Set SMTP Server Address And Port Number - +SMTPSRV
AT+SMTPSRV - Set SMTP server address and port number
AT+SMTPSRV=<s_
addr>,<n_port>,[n_t
ype]
This synchronous command is used to set SMTP server address and port number and
server type. If the process of sending an Email is ongoing, the command will return FAIL
directly.SMTP server address and port number will not be cleared until execute
AT+SMTPSRV command with empty parameter.
Parameters:
<s_addr>- Mandatory parameter. SMTP server address, non empty string, ASCII text
string up to 128 characters.
<n_port>- Mandatory parameter. Port number of SMTP server in decimal format, from 1
to 65535, and default port is 25 for SMTP.
<n_type>- Optional parameter. SMTP connect type, and default type is 1.
SMTP server: n_type=1
SMTP server with SSL/TLS: n_type=2
SMTP server with STARTTLS: n_type=3
AT+SMTPSRV?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPSRV=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPSRV
Execute command will set SMTP server address and port number to default value.
Example
AT+SMTPSRV=?
+SMTPSRV:"",(1-65535),(1-3)
OK
AT+SMTPSRV="smtp.126.com",25,1
OK
AT+SMTPSRV?
+SMTPSRV:"smtp.126.com",25,1
OK
AT+SMTPSRV
OK
AT+SMTPSRV="smtp.126.com"
+SMTPSRV:FAIL,INVALID PARAM
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 203
3.3.5.4.2 SMTP Server Authentication - +SMTPAUTH
AT+SMTPAUTH - SMTP server authentication
AT+SMTPAUTH=<
n_type>,<s_name>,<
s_pass>
This synchronous command is used to control SMTP authentication during connection
with SMTP server. If the process of sending an Email is ongoing, the command will
return FAIL directly. Authentication type, username, password will not be cleared until
execute AT+SMTPAUTH command with empty parameter.
Parameters:
<n_type>- Mandatory parameter. SMTP server authentication type, currently support
below authentication types:
AUTH LOGIN: n_type=0
AUTH PLAIN: n_type=1
AUTH NTLM: n_type=2
AUTH CRAM_MD5: n_type=3
<s_name>- Mandatory parameter. Username to be used for SMTP authentication, non
empty string and up to 128 characters.
<s_pass>- Mandatory parameter. Password to be used for SMTP authentication,non
empty string and up to 128 characters.
Note: If you want to change another type to authenticate with SMTP server, need to do
the following:
1. AT+SMTPSTOP
2. AT+SMTPSRV=<s_addr>[,<n_port>]
3. AT+SMTPAUTH=<n_type>,<s_name>,<s_pass>
AT+SMTPAUTH?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPAUTH=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPAUTH
Execute command will set SMTP server address and port number to default value.
Example
AT+SMTPAUTH=?
+SMTPAUTH:(0-3),"",""
OK
AT+SMTPAUTH=0,"user name","user password"
OK
AT+SMTPAUTH?
+SMTPAUTH:0,"user name "," user password "
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 204
3.3.5.4.3 Set Sender Address And Name - +SMTPFROM
AT+SMTPFROM - Set sender address and name
AT+SMTPFROM=<
s_addr>[,<s_name>]
This synchronous command is used to set sender’s address and name, which are used to
construct e-mail header. If the process of sending an Email is ongoing, the command will
return FAIL directly. Sender address and name will not be cleared until execute
AT+SMTPFROM command with empty parameter.
Parameters:
<s_addr>- Mandatory parameter. Email sender address, non empty string, ASCII text up
to 128 characters.eg:address@xx.com.
<s_name>- Optional parameter. E-mail sender name, non empty string and alphanumeric
ASCII text up to 64 characters.
AT+SMTPFROM?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPFROM=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPFROM
Execute command will set sender address and sender name to default value.
Example
AT+SMTPFROM=?
+SMTPFROM:"",""
OK
AT+SMTPFROM="email_test@126.com","test name"
OK
AT+SMTPFROM?
+SMTPFROM:" email_test @126.com"," test name"
OK
AT+SMTPFROM="email address","test name"
+SMTPFROM:FAIL,INVALID PARAM
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 205
3.3.5.4.4 Set Recipient Type(TO/CC/BCC), Address And Name - +SMTPRCPT
AT+SMTPRCPT - Set recipient type(TO/CC/BCC), address and name.
AT+SMTPRCPT=<n
_type>,<s_addr>[,<s
_name>]
This synchronous command is used to set recipient address/name/type (TO/CC/BCC)
and up to 5 for each type. If the process of sending an Email is ongoing, the command
will return FAIL directly. After an Email is sent, all recipient list will be cleared, or
execute AT+SMTPRCPT with empty parameter can clear all recipient list.
Parameters:
<n_type>- Mandatory parameter. Recipient type:
TO: n_type=0
CC: n_type=1
BCC: n_type=2
<s_addr>- Mandatory parameter. Recipient address, non empty string, ASCII text up to
128 characters.
<s_name>- Optional parameter. Recipient name, non empty string and alphanumeric
ASCII text up to 64 characters.
AT+SMTPRCPT?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPRCPT=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPRCPT
Execute command will clear all recipient list.
Example
AT+SMTPRCPT=?
+SMTPRCPT:(0-2),"",""
OK
AT+SMTPRCPT=0,"ToAddrees@qq.com","tester_to"
OK
AT+SMTPRCPT=1,"CcAddrees@qq.com","tester_cc"
OK
AT+SMTPRCPT=2,"BccAddrees@qq.com","tester1_bcc"
OK
AT+SMTPRCPT?
+SMTPRCPT:0,"ToAddrees@qq.com","tester_to"
+SMTPRCPT:1,"CcAddrees@qq.com","tester_cc"
+SMTPRCPT:2,"BccAddrees@qq.com","tester1_bcc"
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 206
3.3.5.4.5 Set Email Subject -+SMTPSUB
AT+SMTPSUB - Set Email subject.
AT+SMTPSUB=<s_
subject>
This synchronous command is used to set the subject of e-mail, which is used to
construct e-mail header. If the process of sending an Email is ongoing, the command will
return FAIL directly. After an Email is sent, Email subject will be cleared, or execute
AT+SMTPSUB with empty parameter can clear Email subject.
Parameters:
<s_subject>- Mandatory parameter. Email subject, non empty string and ASCII text up to
512 characters. Currently, it only support ASCII code characters.
AT+SMTPSUB?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPSUB=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPSUB
Execute command will clear Email subject.
Example
AT+SMTPSUB=?
+SMTPSUB:""
OK
AT+SMTPSUB="smtp email test 0412"
OK
AT+SMTPSUB?
+SMTPSUB:"smtp email test 0412"
OK
AT+SMTPSUB="=?gb2312?B?08q8/rHqzOKy4srUDQo=?="
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 207
3.3.5.4.6 Set Email Body - +SMTPBODY
AT+SMTPBODY - Set Email body.
AT+SMTPBODY=<
s_body>
This synchronous command is used to set the body of e-mail, If the process of sending an
Email is ongoing, the command will return FAIL directly. After an Email is sent, Email
body will be cleared, or execute AT+SMTPBODY with empty parameter can clear Email
body.
Parameters:
<s_body>- Mandatory parameter. E-mail body, non empty string ASCII text up to 2048
characters,more than 2048 input data will be intercepted. Currently, it only support
ASCII code characters.
AT+SMTPBODY?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPBODY=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPBODY
Execute command can input non-ASCII character string,and CTRL-Z (ESC) is used to
finish (cancel) the input operation. More than 2048 input data will be intercepted.
Example
AT+SMTPBODY=?
+SMTPBODY:""
OK
AT+SMTPBODY="this is an email test body"
OK
AT+SMTPBODY?
+SMTPBODY:"this is an email test body"
OK
AT+SMTPBODY
>> content of body
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 208
3.3.5.4.7 Set Email Body Character set - +SMTPBCH
AT+SMTPBCH - Set Email body character set.
AT+SMTPBCH=<s_
bch>
This synchronous command is used to set the body character set of e-mail. If the process
of sending an Email is ongoing, the command will return FAIL directly.
Parameters:
<s_bch>- Mandatory parameter. Email body character set, non empty string with double
quotes. By default, it is "utf-8". The maximum length is 32 bytes.
AT+SMTPBCH?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPBCH=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPBCH
Execute command will set Email body character set to default
Example
AT+SMTPBCH=?
+SMTPBCH:"CHARSET"
OK
AT+SMTPBCH?
+SMTPBCH:"utf-8"
OK
AT+SMTPBCH="gb2312"
OK
AT+SMTPBCH?
+SMTPBCH:"GB2312"
OK
AT+SMTPBCH="error"
+SMTPBCH:FAIL,CHARSET NOT SUPPORT
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 209
3.3.5.4.8 Add Email Attachment File - +SMTPFILE
AT+SMTPFILE - Add Email attachment file.
AT+SMTPFILE=<n_
index>,<s_filename>
This synchronous command is used to add Email attachment files. If the process of
sending an Email is ongoing, the command will return FAIL directly. After an Email is
sent, all attachment files will be cleared, or clear all attachment file list by execute
AT+SMTPFILE with empty parameter.
Parameters:
<n_index>- Mandatory parameter. Index for attachment files, from 1 to 10.
<s_filename>- Mandatory parameter, the name of a file which is under current directory.
SMTP client doesn’t allow two attachments with the same file name. The total size of all
attachments can’t exceed 10MB.
AT+SMTPFILE?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+SMTPFILE=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+SMTPFILE
Execute command will clear all attachment file list.
Example
AT+SMTPFILE=?
+SMTPFILE:(1-10),""
OK
AT+SMTPFILE=1,"/email/parsed/Email20170115055323001.html"
+SMTPFILE:FAIL,FILE NOT FOUND
OK
AT+SMTPFILE=1,"/email/parsed/Email20160412030509000.txt"
OK
AT+SMTPFILE?
+SMTPFILE:"/email/parsed/Email20160412030509000.txt"
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 210
3.3.5.4.9 Send an Email - +SMTPSEND
AT+SMTPSEND - Send an Email.
AT+SMTPSEND
This asynchronous command is used to initiate TCP session with SMTP server and send
an Email after all mandatory parameters have been set correctly. If the process of sending
an Email is ongoing, the command will return FAIL directly.
Parameters:
NONE
Example
AT+SMTPSEND
OK
+SMTPSEND:SUCCESS
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
3.3.5.4.10 Close SMTP Connection - SMTPSTOP
AT+SMTPSTOP - Close SMTP connection.
AT+SMTPSTOP
The synchronous command is used to force to stop sending Email and close the TCP
session while sending an Email is ongoing.
Parameters:
NONE
Example
AT+SMTPSTOP
OK
Reference
RFC821 SIMPLE MAIL TRANSFER PROTOCOL
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 211
3.3.5.4.11 Set POP3 Server Address, Username, Password, Port - +POP3SRV
AT+POP3SRV - Set POP3 server address, username, password, port.
AT+POP3SRV=<s_s
erver>,<s_usename>,
<s_password>[,<n_p
ort>]
The synchronous command is used to set POP3 server address, username, password, port
number. All parameters will not be cleared until execute AT+POP3SRV command with
empty parameter.
Parameters:
<s_server>- Mandatory parameter. POP3 server address, non empty string ,ASCII text
string up to 128 characters.
<s_username>- Mandatory parameter. Username to log in POP3 server, non empty
string , and up to 128 characters.
<s_password>- Mandatory parameter. Password to log in POP3 server, non empty string
and up to 128 characters.
<n_port>- Optional parameter. Port number of POP3 server in decimal format, from 1 to
65535, and default port is 110 for POP3.
AT+POP3SRV?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+POP3SRV=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+POP3SRV
Execute command will set POP3 server address, username, password, port number to
default value.
Example
AT+POP3SRV=?
+POP3SRV:"","","",(1-65535)
OK
AT+POP3SRV="pop3.126.com","user name","user password",110
OK
AT+POP3SRV?
+POP3SRV:"pop3.126.com","user name","user password",110
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 212
3.3.5.4.12 Login POP3 Server - +POP3IN
AT+POP3IN - Login POP3 server.
AT+POP3IN
This synchronous command is used to login POP3 server and establish a session after
POP3 server and account information are set rightly. If the other POP3 operation is
ongoing,will return FAIL directly. If no POP3 operation for a long time after the session
is ready, POP3 server may release the session.
Parameters: NONE
Example
AT+POP3IN
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
3.3.5.4.13 Get Email Number And Total Size - +POP3NUM
AT+POP3NUM - Get Email number and total size.
AT+POP3NUM
This synchronous command is used to get e-mail number and total size on the specified
POP3 server after the POP3 client logs in POP3 server successfully and no other POP3
operation is ongoing.
Parameters: NONE
Example
AT+POP3NUM
4,63368
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 213
3.3.5.4.14 List Email ID And Size - +POP3LIST
AT+POP3LIST - List Email ID and size.
AT+POP3LIST=[<n
_msgID>]
This synchronous command is used to get e-mail number and size on the specified POP3
server after the POP3 client logs in POP3 server successfully and no other POP3
operation is ongoing.
Parameters:
<n_msgID>- Optional parameter. The Email ID.
AT+POP3LIST
Execute command will list all Email ID and size.
Example
AT+POP3LIST=?
+POP3LIST: (1-65535)
OK
AT+POP3LIST
1,3526
2,45579
3,10826
4,3437
OK
AT+POP3LIST=3
3,10826
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 214
3.3.5.4.15 Get an Email Header - +POP3HDR
AT+POP3HDR - Get an Email header.
AT+POP3HDR=<n_
msgID>
This synchronous command is used to retrieve Email’s sender address, date and subject,
which are present in the mail’s header. If the other POP3 operation is ongoing,will return
FAIL directly.
Parameters:
<n_msgID>- Mandatory parameter. The Email ID.
AT+POP3HDR=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
Example
AT+POP3HDR=?
+POP3HDR: (1-65535)
OK
AT+POP3HDR=1
date: Wed, 21 Dec 2016 10:31:08 +0800
from: "xxxx@yyy.com" < xxxx@yyy.com >
subject: =?GB2312?B?16q3ojogMTExMQ==?=
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 215
3.3.5.4.16 Get an Email - +POP3GET
AT+POP3GET - Get an Email.
AT+POP3GET=<n_
msgID>[,<n_gettype
>][,<subpackage>]
This asynchronous command is used to retrieve an Email from server and save it to local
file system or print the Email to TE. If the other POP3 operation is ongoing,will return
FAIL directly.
Parameters:
<n_msgID>- Mandatory parameter. The Email ID.
<n_gettype>- Optional parameter. The type to save when getting message from POP3
server:
-Save parsed body file and attachments: n_gettype=1
-Save the whole message as a ".eml" file: n_gettype=2
<subpackage>- Optional parameter. This parameter is used to determine whether to save
the file or terminal display.
- subpackage=0: Print the Email to TE,but the <n_gettype> parameter is no effect.
- subpackage=1: Save the Email to local file system with <n_gettype> value.
AT+POP3GET=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+POP3GET?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
Example
AT+POP3GET=?
+POP3GET: (1-65535),(1-2),(0-1)
OK
AT+POP3GET?
+POP3GET: 1,1,0
OK
AT+POP3GET=1,1,1
OK
+POP3GET:SUCCESS
/email/received/Email20170119084633.txt
/email/parsed/Email20170119084633000.txt
/email/parsed/Email20170119084633001.html
AT+POP3GET=1,1,0
OK
+POP3GET:SUCCESS
+OK 3526 octets
Received: from m97139.mail.qiye.163.com (unknown [220.181.97.139])
by mx23 (Coremail) with SMTP id KcmowAAXDu9s6VlY76rqBg--.65532S2;
..............
.
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 216
3.3.5.4.17 Mark an Email to Delete from POP3 Server - +POP3DEL
AT+POP3DEL - Mark an e-mail to delete from POP3 server.
AT+POP3DEL=<n_
msgID>
This synchronous command is used to mark an e-mail to delete from POP3 server. The
operation only marks an e-mail on the server to delete it, and after POP3 client logs out
POP3 server and closes the session normally, the marked e-mail is deleted on the server.
If the other POP3 operation is ongoing,will return FAIL directly.
Parameters:
<n_msgID>- Mandatory parameter. The Email ID.
AT+POP3DEL=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
Example
AT+POP3DEL=?
+POP3DEL: (1-65535)
OK
AT+POP3DEL=5
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
3.3.5.4.18 Logout POP3 Server - +POP3OUT
AT+POP3OUT - Logout POP3 server.
AT+POP3OUT
This synchronous command is used to log out the POP3 server and close the session, and
if there are some Emails which are marked to delete, it also informs POP3 server to
delete the marked Emails. If the other POP3 operation is ongoing,will return FAIL
directly.
Parameters: NONE
Example
AT+POP3OUT
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 217
3.3.5.4.19 Force to Stop POP3 Session - +POP3STOP
AT+POP3STOP - Force to stop POP3 session.
AT+POP3STOP
This synchronous command is used to force to close the session.
Parameters: NONE
Example
AT+POP3STOP
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 218
3.3.5.4.20 Read an Email from File System - +POP3READ
AT+POP3READ - Read an email from file system.
AT+POP3READ=<n
_location>,<s_filena
me>[,<n_startpos>,<
n_size>]
This synchronous command is used to read an e-mail from file system. If the process of
receiving Email is ongoing, the command can’t read an Email.
Parameters:
<n_location>- Mandatory parameter. The location from which TE reads an e-mail.
Currently, only support Local system.
-Local system: n_location=0
-SD card:n_location=1,NOT Support.
<s_filename>- Mandatory parameter. The Email file name, non empty string type with
double quotes and including a directory name and a text file name separated by the list
separator "/".
<n_startpos>- Optional parameter. The start position of the file to read.
<n_size>- Optional parameter. The num of bytes to read from file.
AT+POP3READ?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+POP3READ=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+POP3READ
Execute command will set the parameters to default value.
Example
AT+POP3READ=?
+POP3READ:(0-1),"",(0-65535),(0-65535)
OK
AT+POP3READ=0,"/email/received/Email20160412015207.txt",0,256
+OK 4204 octets
Received: from m97135.qiye.163.com (unknown [220.181.97.135])
by mx6 (Coremail) with SMTP id JMmowABnXha4XAtXt3GaAA--.1945S2;
Mon, 11 Apr 2016 16:13:44 +0800 (CST)
Received: from Windows-Build3 (unknown [182.150.28.206])
by smtp1 (C
OK
AT+POP3READ?
+POP3READ:"0","/email/received/Email20160412015207.txt",0,256
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 219
3.3.5.4.21 Translate Input String to Base64 Character - +EMAILENC
AT+ EMAILENC - translate input string to base64 character.
AT+EMAILENC=<s
_charset>
This synchronous command is used to translate input string(specially non-ASCII
character string,and the input string will not be echoed) to BASE64 character string.
Parameters:
<s_charset >- Mandatory parameter. Input string charset.
Example
AT+EMAILENC="GB2312"
>>
=?GB2312?B?1tDOxLLiytTTyrz+?= //中文测试邮件
OK
Reference
RFC1939 Post Office Protocol - Version 3
3.3.5.4.22 Delete Email file from File System - +POP3REMOVE
AT+POP3REMOVE - Delete an email file from file system.
AT+POP3REMOVE
=<s_path >
This asynchronous command is used to delete the file from file system. If the process of
receiving Email is ongoing, the command can’t delete Email file.
Parameters:
<s_path>- Mandatory parameter.The Email file path, non empty string type and
including a directory name and a text file name separated by the list separator "/", the
path up to 256 characters.
AT+POP3REMOVE
?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT+POP3REMOVE
Execute command will delete all the email files from file system.
Example
AT+POP3REMOVE="/email/received/Email20170310051311.txt"
OK
+POP3REMOVE:SUCCESS
AT+POP3REMOVE?
+POP3REMOVE: "/email/received/Email20170310051311.txt"
OK
AT+POP3REMOVE
OK
+POP3REMOVE:SUCCESS
Reference
None
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 220
3.3.5.4.23 EMAIL AT Command Response Error Definition
SUCCESS - Email operation succeeded.
ONGOING - System busy.
INVALID PARAM - Mandatory parameter isn’t set or set error.
PDP NOT ACTIVED - PDP is not actived.
DNS ERROR - DNS parsing error.
NETWORK ERROR - Network is bad for server.
SERVER ERROR - Server released the session.
Server rejects the operation with wrong response.
Server doesn’t give client a response in time.
ALREADY CONNECTED - Server already connected.
SEND FAILED - Email send failed.
AUTH ERROR - Server rejects the session because of bad user name and password combination.
DUPLICATE RECIPIENTS - Recipient repeats.
DUPLICATE FILE - Attachment duplicate file.
TIME OUT - Email operation time out.
EFS ERROR - EFS operation error.
FILE NOT FOUND - File not found.
OVER SIZE - Email over size.
MEMORY ERROR - Memory error.
CHARSET NOT SUPPORT - The charset is not support.
LIFETIME STATE ERROR - POP3 server lifetime is incorrect.
USER CANCEL - User called AT+SMTPSTOP or AT+POP3STOP
UNKNOWN ERROR - Unknown error.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 221
3.3.5.5 Network AT Command
3.3.5.5.1 Preferred Mode Selection - +CNMP
AT+CNMP - Preferred mode selection
AT+CNMP=<mode>
This command is used to select or set the state of the mode preference,The read
command return the current preferred mode that may differ from the setting because of
other network operations.
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter. The defined value refer this table end
Write command responses:
OK
If <mode> not supported by module, this command will return ERROR:
ERROR
AT+CNMP?
Read command responses:
+CNMP: <mode>
OK
AT+CNMP=?
Test command responses:
+CNMP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+CNMP=62
OK
AT+CNMP?
+CNMP:62
OK
AT+COPS=1,2,"46000",2
OK
AT+CNMP?
+CNMP:70
OK
AT+CNMP=?
+CNMP: (2,9-10,13-14,17,19-20,22,38-43,46-48,51-63,65-70,73-77,82,87)
OK
Reference
Vendor
AT+CNMP=<mode> Defined mode values:
2 – Automatic
9 – CDMA only
10 – EVDO only
13 – GSM Only
14 – WCDMA Only
17 – Any modes but HDR
19 – GSM+WCDMA Only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 222
AT+CNMP=<mode> Defined mode values:
20 –Acquire digital, non-HDR mode, systems only (CDMA, GSM, or WCDMA)
22 – CDMA+EVDO Only
38 – LTE Only
39 – GSM, WCDMA or LTE
40 – HDR or LTE only
41 – CDMA, HDR or LTE only
42 – CDMA, HDR, GSM or WCDMA
43 – CDMA, GSM or WCDMA
46 – CDMA and LTE
47 – Except HDR and LTE
48 – Any modes but LTE
51 – GSM and LTE only
52 – CDMA, GSM and LTE only
53 – HDR, GSM and LTE only
54 – WCDMA and LTE only
55 – CDMA, WCDMA and LTE only
56 – HDR, WCDMA and LTE only
57 – CDMA, HDR and GSM
58 – CDMA and GSM
59 – TDS-CDMA Only
60 – GSM+TDSCDMA Only
61 – TD-SCDMA, GSM or LTE Only
62 – TD-SCDMA, GSM, WCDMA or LTE only
63 – GSM+WCDMA+TDSCDMA Only
65 – TD-SCDMA and LTE
66 – CDMA,GSM,WCDMA&TD-SCDMA
67 – CDMA+EVDO+GSM+WCDMA+TDSCDMA Only
68 – CDMA, HDR, GSM, WCDMA and LTE
69 – CDMA, GSM, WCDMA and LTE
70 – TD-SCDMA and WCDMA
73 – TD-SCDMA,WCDMA and LTE
74 – Except TD-SCDMA
75 – Except HDR and TDS(TD-SCDMA)
76 – Except LTE and TDS
77 – Except HDR, LTE and TDS
82 – CDMA, GSM, TDS, HDR, LTE
87 – Except for CDMA and HDR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 223
3.3.5.5.2 Preferred Band Selection - +CNBP
AT+CNBP - This command is used to select or set the state of the band preference.
AT+CNBP=<mode>[
,<lte_mode>][,<tds_
mode>]
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter.
64bit number, the value is "1" << "<pos>"(see Defined < pos > values for details),
then or by bit. Some special mode value declared below:
0x40000000 BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE
<lte_mode>- Optional parameter.
64bit number, the value is "1" << "<lte_pos>" (see Defined < lte_pos > values for
details), then or by bit.
<tds_mode>- Optional parameter.
64bit number, the value is "1" << "<tds_pos>" (see Defined < tds_pos > values for
details), then or by bit.
Write command responses:
OK
Other:
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CNBP?
Read command responses:
+CNBP: <mode>[,<lte_mode>][,<tds_mode>]
OK
Example
AT+CNBP?
+CNBP:0x0002000000400180,0x000007ff5bdf3fff,0x000000000000003f
OK
AT+CNBP=0xFFFFFFFF7FFFFFFF
OK
AT+CNBP=0x380
+CME ERROR: operation not allowed
Reference
Vendor
Defined < pos > values:
0xFFFFFFFF7FFFFFFF Any (any value)
7 GSM_DCS_1800
8 GSM_EGSM_900
9 GSM_PGSM_900
16 GSM_450
17 GSM_480
18 GSM_750
19 GSM_850
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 224
20 GSM_RGSM_900
21 GSM_PCS_1900
22 WCDMA_IMT_2000
23 WCDMA_PCS_1900
Defined < pos > values:
24 WCDMA_III_1700
25 WCDMA_IV_1700
26 WCDMA_850
27 WCDMA_800
48 WCDMA_VII_2600
49 WCDMA_VIII_900
50 WCDMA_IX_1700
Defined < lte_pos > values:
0x000007FF3FDF3FFF Any (any value)
0 EUTRAN_BAND1(UL:1920-1980; DL:2110-2170)
1 EUTRAN_BAND2(UL:1850-1910; DL:1930-1990)
2 EUTRAN_BAND3(UL:1710-1785; DL:1805-1880)
3 EUTRAN_BAND4(UL:1710-1755; DL:2110-2155)
4 EUTRAN_BAND5(UL: 824-849; DL: 869-894)
5 EUTRAN_BAND6(UL: 830-840; DL: 875-885)
6 EUTRAN_BAND7(UL:2500-2570; DL:2620-2690)
7 EUTRAN_BAND8(UL: 880-915; DL: 925-960)
8 EUTRAN_BAND9(UL:1749.9-1784.9; DL:1844.9-1879.9)
9 EUTRAN_BAND10(UL:1710-1770; DL:2110-2170)
10 EUTRAN_BAND11(UL:1427.9-1452.9; DL:1475.9-1500.9)
11 EUTRAN_BAND12(UL:698-716; DL:728-746)
12 EUTRAN_BAND13(UL: 777-787; DL: 746-756)
13 EUTRAN_BAND14(UL: 788-798; DL: 758-768)
16 EUTRAN_BAND17(UL: 704-716; DL: 734-746)
17 EUTRAN_BAND18(UL: 815-830; DL: 860-875)
18 EUTRAN_BAND19(UL: 830-845; DL: 875-890)
19 EUTRAN_BAND20(UL: 832-862; DL: 791-821)
20 EUTRAN_BAND21(UL: 1447.9-1462.9; DL: 1495.9-1510.9)
22 EUTRAN_BAND23(UL: 2000-2020; DL: 2180-2200)
23 EUTRAN_BAND24(UL: 1626.5-1660.5; DL: 1525 -1559)
24 EUTRAN_BAND25(UL: 1850-1915; DL: 1930 -1995)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 225
Defined < tds_pos > values:
0x000000000000003F Any (any value)
0 TDS Band A (1900-1920 MHz, 2010-2020 MHz)
1 TDS Band B (1850-1910 MHz, 1930-1990 MHz)
2 TDS Band C (1910-1930 MHz)
3 TDS Band D (2570-2620 MHz)
4 TDS Band E (2300-2400 MHz)
5 TDS Band F (1880-1920 MHz)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 226
3.3.5.5.3 Acquisition Order Preference - +CNAOP
AT+CNAOP - This command is used to reset the state of acquisitions order preference.
AT+CNAOP=<mode
>[,<sys_mode1>[,<s
ys_mode2>[...[,<sys
_mode7>]]]]
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter.
Defined mode values:
0 – Automatic
1 – GSM,WCDMA
2 – WCDMA,GSM
7 – Acquistion by priority order list <sys_moden>s.
<sys_moden>- Optional parameter,n belongs to 1 ~ 7
Defined sys_mode values:
2 – CDMA
3 – GSM
4 – HDR
5 – WCDMA
9 – LTE
10 – GWL(GSM, WCDMA, and LTE)
11 – TDSCDMA
Write command responses:
OK
Other:
ERROR
AT+CNAOP?
Read command responses:
+CNAOP:<mode>[,<sys_mode1>[,<sys_mode2>[...[,<sys_mode7>]]]]
OK
AT+CNAOP=?
Test command responses:
+CNAOP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 227
Example
AT+CNAOP=?
+CNAOP: (0-2,7),(2-5,9-11),(2-5,9-11),(2-5,9-11),(2-5,9-11),(2-5,9-11),
(2-5,9-11),(2-5,9-11)
OK
AT+CNAOP=7,9,5,11,3
OK
AT+CNAOP?
+CNAOP:7,9,5,11,3,2,4
OK
AT+CNAOP=2
OK
AT+CNAOP?
+CNAOP:2
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 228
3.3.5.5.4 Preferred Service Domain Selection - +CNSDP
AT+CNSDP - This command is used to reset the state of the service domain preference.
AT+CNSDP=<mode
>
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter.
Defined mode values:
0 – CS Only
1 – PS Only
2 – CS + PS
Write command responses:
OK
Other:
ERROR
AT+CNSDP?
Read command responses:
+CNSDP:<mode>
OK
AT+CNSDP=?
Test command responses:
+CNSDP: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+CNSDP=?
+CNSDP: (0-2)
OK
AT+CNSDP?
+CNSDP:2
OK
AT+CNSDP=2
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 229
3.3.5.5.5 Inquiring UE System Information - +CPSI
AT+CPSI - This command is used to return the UE system information.
AT+CPSI=<time>
Parameters:
<time>- Mandatory parameter.
The range is 0-255, unit is second, after set <time> will report the system information
every the seconds.
Write command responses:
OK
Other:
ERROR
AT+CPSI=?
Test command responses:
+CPSI:(scope of <time>)
OK
AT+CPSI?
Read command responses:
If camping on a GSM cell:
+CPSI:<System Mode>,<Operation Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,
<Cell ID>,<Absolute RF Ch Num>,<RxLev>,<Track LO Adjust >,<C1
-C2>
OK
If camping on a WCDMA cell:
+CPSI:<System Mode>,<Operation Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,
<CellID>,<FrequencyBand>,<PSC>,<Freq>,<SSC>,<EC/IO>,<RSCP>,<Qual>,<RxLev
>,<TXPWR>
OK
If camping on a TDS-CDMA cell:
+CPSI:<System Mode>,<Operation Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,
<Cell ID>,<Frequency Band>,<Uarfcn>,<Cpid>,<RSCP>,<Pathloss>,
<TimingAdvance>
OK
If camping on a LTE cell:
+CPSI:<System Mode>,<Operation ode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<TAC>,
<SCellID>,<PCellID>,<Frequency Band>,<earfcn>,<dlbw>,<ulbw>,
<RSRQ>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSSNR>,<SINR>
OK
If camping on a cdma/evdo cell:
If no service:
+CPSI: NO SERVICE, Online
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 230
If camping on a cdma cell:
+CPSI: CDMA,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<CDMA ch num>,
<CDMA pilot PN>,<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>,<CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC>,
<CDMA TX AGC>,<SID>,<NID>,<CDMA EC/IO>]
OK
If camping on a evdo cell:
+CPSI: EVDO,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<EVDO ch num>,
<EVDO RX Chain 0 AGC>,<EVDO RX Chain 1 AGC>,< EVDO TX AGC>,
<EVDO Serving PN>,<EVDO Rel0 SCI>,<EVDO RelA SCI>,<EVDO EC/IO>]
OK
Example
AT+CPSI=?
+CPSI: (0-255)
OK
AT+CPSI=5
OK
AT+CPSI?
+CPSI:LTE,Online,460-01,0x811b,117812513,54,EUTRAN-BAND3,1650,5,5,-84,-108
6,-816,13,166
OK
Reference
Vendor
AT+CPSI? Defined values:
<System Mode>
System mode, values: "NO SERVICE", "GSM", "WCDMA", "LTE", "TDS"…
<Operation Mode>
UE operation mode, values: "Online","Offline","Factory Test Mode","Reset", "Low Power Mode".
<MCC>
Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
<MNC>
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code)
<LAC>
Location Area Code (hexadecimal digits)
<Cell ID>
Service-cell ID.
<Absolute RF Ch Num>
AFRCN for service-cell.
<Track LO Adjust>
Track LO Adjust
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 231
<C1>
Coefficient for base station selection
<C2>
Coefficient for Cell re-selection
<Frequency Band>
Frequency Band of active set
<PSC>
Primary synchronization code of active set.
<Freq>
Downlink frequency of active set.
<SSC>
Secondary synchronization code of active set
<EC/IO>
Ec/Io value
<RSCP>
Received Signal Code Power
<Qual>
Quality value for base station selection
<RxLev>
RX level value for base station selection
<TXPWR>
UE TX power in dBm. If no TX, the value is 500.
<Cpid>
Cell Parameter ID
<Pathloss>
Path loss
<TimingAdvance>
Timing advance
<TAC>
Tracing Area Code
<PCellID>
Physical Cell ID
<earfcn>
E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel number for searching LTE cells
<dlbw>
Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the downlink
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 232
<ulbw>
Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the uplink
<RSRP>
Current reference signal received power in -1/10 dBm. Available for LTE
<RSRQ>
Current reference signal receive quality as measured by L1.
<RSSNR>
Average reference signal signal-to-noise ratio of the serving cell
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 233
3.3.5.5.6 Show Network System Mode - +CNSMOD
AT+CNSMOD - This command is used to return the current network system mode.
AT+CNSMOD=<n>
Parameters:
<n>- Mandatory parameter.
0 – disable auto report the network system mode information
1 – auto report the network system mode information,
command: +CNSMOD:<stat>
Write command responses:
OK
Other:
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
AT+CNSMOD=?
Test command responses:
+CNSMOD:(list of supported <n>s)
OK
AT+ CNSMOD?
Read command responses:
+CNSMOD: <n>,<stat>
OK
Other:
ERROR
or
+CME ERROR: <err>
Example
AT+CNSMOD=?
+CNSMOD: (0-1)
OK
AT+CNSMOD?
+CNSMOD: 0,8
OK
AT+CNSMOD=1
OK
Reference
Vendor
AT+ CNSMOD? Defined < stat > values
0 – No service
1 – GSM
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 234
2 – GPRS
3 – EGPRS (EDGE)
4 – WCDMA
5 – HSDPA only(WCDMA)
6 – HSUPA only(WCDMA)
7 – HSPA (HSDPA and HSUPA, WCDMA)
8 – LTE
9 – TDS-CDMA
10 – TDS-HSDPA only
11 – TDS-HSUP only
12 – TDS-HSPA(HSDPA and HSUPA)
13 – CDMA
14 – EVDO
15 – HYBRID(CDMA and EVDO)
16 – 1XLTE(CDMA and LTE)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 235
3.3.5.5.7 Show Cell System Information - +CCINFO
AT+CCINFO - This command is used to inquire serving cell and neighbors cell system information for GSM.
AT+CCINFO=?
Test command responses:
OK
Other:
ERROR
AT+ CCINFO
Execution command responses:
When ME in idle mode for GSM:
+CCINFO: [<SCELL>],ARFCN: <arfcn>,MCC: <mcc>,MNC: <mnc>,LAC: <lac>,
ID: <id>,BSIC: <bsic>,RXLev: <rxlev>,C1: <c1>,C2: <c2>,TA: <TA>,
TXPWR: <TXPWR>
[+CCINFO: [<NCELLn>],ARFCN: <arfcn>,MCC: <mcc>,MNC:<mnc>,LAC: <lac>,
ID:<d>,BSIC: <bsic>,RXLev: <rxlev>,C1: <c1>,C2: <c2> […]]
OK
When ME in dedicated mode for GSM:
+CCINFO: [<SCELL>],ARFCN: <arfcn>,MCC: <mcc>,MNC: <mnc>,LAC: <lac>,
ID: <id>,BSIC: <bsic>,RXLev: <rxlev>,C1: <c1>,C2: <c2>,TA: <TA>,
TXPWR: <TXPWR>
+CCINFO: [<NCELLn>],ARFCN: <arfcn>,BSIC: <bsic>,RXLev: <rxlev> […]
OK
When ME in CDMA/HDR mode for modem:
+CCINFO: [<SCELL>], MCC: <mcc>,MNC: <mnc>,SID:<sid>,NID:<nid>,BID:<bid>,
SCYC:<scyc>,PREV:<prev>,BC:<band class>,CH:<CDMA ch num>,
PN:<CDMA pilot PN>, ECIO:<CDMA EC/IO>,
RXAGC:<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>dbm,<CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC>dbm,
TXAGC:<CDMA TX AGC>dbm<CR><LF>
[<CR><LF>
+CCINFO:[<NCelln>]BC:<band class>,CH:<CDMA ch num>,PN:<CDMA pilot PN>
<CR><LF>[…]]
OK
When not in GSM or CDMA/HDR for modem:
+CCINFO: NOT IN GSM or CDMA
OK
Other:
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 236
Example
AT+CCINFO=?
OK
AT+CCINFO
+CCINFO: NOT IN GSM or CDMA
OK
AT+CCINFO
+CCINFO: [SCELL],ARFCN: 53,MCC: 460,MNC: 00,LAC: 8109,
ID: 183,BSIC: 0,RXLev: -67dBm,C1: 30,C2: 140,TA: 4294967295,
TXPWR: 33
+CCINFO: [NCELL1],ARFCN: 49,MCC: 000,MNC: 000,LAC: 0,ID:
4294967295,BSIC: 0,RXLev: -73dBm,C1: 0,C2: 0
+CCINFO: [NCELL2],ARFCN: 47,MCC: 000,MNC: 000,LAC: 0,ID:
4294967295,BSIC: 50,RXLev: -88dBm,C1: 0,C2: 0
+CCINFO: [NCELL3],ARFCN: 44,MCC: 000,MNC: 000,LAC: 0,ID:
4294967295,BSIC: 30,RXLev: -103dBm,C1: 0,C2: 0
+CCINFO: [NCELL4],ARFCN: 46,MCC: 000,MNC: 000,LAC: 0,ID:
4294967295,BSIC: 8,RXLev: -105dBm,C1: 0,C2: 0
OK
Reference
Vendor
AT+ CCINFO Defined values
<SCELL>
indicate serving cell
<NCELLn>
available neighbour cell index
<arfcn>
assigned radio channel
<mcc>
mobile country code
<mnc>
mobile network code
<lac>
localization area code
<id>
cell identifier
<bsic>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 237
base station identification code
<rxlev>
received signal strength in dBm
<TA>
timing advance
<c1>
Coefficient for base station selection
<c2>
Coefficient for Cell re-selection
<TXPWR>
UE TX power in dBm. If no TX, the value is 0.
<sid>
Current system ID
<nid>
Current network ID
<bid>
Current base ID
<scyc>
Slot cycle index.
<prev>
Protocol revision number of the mobile station.
<band class>
CDMA band class
<CDMA ch num>
CDMA channel number
<CDMA pilot PN>
CDMA pilot PN offset
<CDMA EC/IO>
CDMA EC/IO in dB
<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>
CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC dBm
<CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC>
CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC dBm
<CDMA TX AGC>
CDMA TX AGC dBm
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 238
3.3.5.5.8 Inquiring Mobile Phone System Information - +CMGSI
AT+CMGSI - This command is used to inquire mobile phone system information.
AT+CMGSI=?
Test command responses:
+CMGSI: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
AT+CMGSI=<mode
>
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter.
2 – GSM
3 – WCDMA
4 – LTE
5 – TDS
Write command responses:
If <mode>=2, get GSM signal info:
+CMGSI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<band>, <channel>
+CMGSI:RX_Power,0x<rx_div_ind>,RX_Chain0,<is_radio_tuned>,
<rx_pwr>,RX_Chain1,<is_radio_tuned>,<rx_pwr>
+CMGSI: TX_Power,Not Supported
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,<cellid_valid>,<cellid>
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,<sinr_valid>,<sinr>
OK
If <mode>=3, get WCDMA signal info:
+CMGSI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<band>, <channel>
+CMGSI:RX_Power,0x<rx_div_ind>,RX_Chain0,<is_radio_tuned>,
<rx_pwr>,<ecio>,<rscp>,RX_Chain1,<is_radio_tuned>,<rx_pwr>,
<ecio>,<rscp>
+CMGSI: TX_Power,<is_in_traffic>,<tx_pwr>,<pa_gain_state>
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,<cellid_valid>,<cellid>
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,<sinr_valid>,<sinr>
OK
If <mode>=4, get LTE signal info:
+CMGSI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<band>, <channel>
+CMGSI:RX_Power,0x<rx_div_ind>,RX_Chain0,<is_radio_tuned>,
<rx_pwr>,<ecio>,<rsrp>,<phase>,RX_Chain1,<is_radio_tuned>,
<rx_pwr>,<ecio>,<rsrp>,<phase>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 239
+CMGSI: TX_Power,<is_in_traffic>,<tx_pwr>,<pa_gain_state>
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,<cellid_valid>,<cellid>
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,<sinr_valid>,<sinr>
OK
If <mode>=5, get TDS-CDMA signal info:
+CMGSI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<band>, <channel>
+CMGSI:RX_Power,0x<rx_div_ind>,RX_Chain0,<is_radio_tuned>,
<rx_pwr>,<ecio>,<rscp>,RX_Chain1,<is_radio_tuned>,<rx_pwr>,
<ecio>,<rscp>
+CMGSI: TX_Power,<is_in_traffic>,<tx_pwr>,<pa_gain_state>
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,<cellid_valid>,<cellid>
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,<sinr_valid>,<sinr>
+CMGSI:Freq_DwPTSRssi,<pri_freq>,<scell_pri_freq_rssi_ch0>,
< scell_pri_freq_rssi_ch1>
+CMGSI:TX_Pwr_Info,<ul_tx_pwr0>,<ul_tx_pwr1>,<ul_tx_pwr2>,
<ul_tx_pwr3>,<ul_tx_pwr4>,<ul_tx_pwr5>
OK
Oher:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: no network service
+CME ERROR: unknown
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 240
Example
AT+CMGSI=?
+CMGSI: (2-5)
OK
AT+CMGSI=2
+CMGSI: Main_Info,2,1,0,53
+CMGSI: RX_Power,0x081,RX_Chain0,1,-659
+CMGSI: TX_Power,Not Supported
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,0,65535
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,0,-1
OK
AT+CMGSI=4
+CMGSI: Main_Info,4,1,40,38950
+CMGSI:RX_Power,0x083,RX_Chain0,1,-481,-32,-712,0,RX_Chain1,1,-826,-75,-1100,
0
+CMGSI: TX_Power,0,-32768,1
+CMGSI: Phy_Cellid,1,305
+CMGSI: Log_Sinr10xdb,1,250
OK
Reference
Vendor
AT+CMGSI Defined values
<service_available>
0 – service not available
1 – service is available
<band>
Active band of the current system
<channel>
Active channel of the current system.
<rx_div_ind>
Diversity bitmask to show which Rx chain has valid signal information.
0x00000000 – NO Rx chain available
0x00000001 – Rx chain 0 available
0x00000002 – Rx chain 1 available
0x00000003 – Rx chain 0 and Rx chain 1 available
< is_radio_tuned >
Indicates whether the Rx is tuned to a channel
0 – radio is not tuned, delayed or invalid values are set depending on each technology
1 – radio is tuned, instantaneous values are set for the signal information fields
< rx_pwr >
Rx power value in 1/10 dBm resolution
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 241
< ecio >
Ec/Io in -1/10 dBm
< is_in_traffic >
Indicates whether the device is in traffic
< tx_pwr >
Tx power value in 1/10 dBm. only meaningful when the device is in traffic. When there is no traffic, tx_pwr
is invalid
< pa_gain_state >
Power amplifier gain state
< cellid_valid >
Serving cell physical ID is valid
0 – cell ID is invalid
1 – cell ID is valid
< cellid >
Serving cell physical ID
< sinr_valid >
Serving cell SINR information measured in decibels
0 – SINR is invalid
1 – SINR is valid
< sinr >
Serving cell SINR information
< rscp >
Received signal code power in -1/10 dBm. Available for WCDMA
< rsrp >
Current reference signal received power in -1/10 dBm. Available for LTE
< phase >
Current phase in 1/100 degrees. Range: 0.00 to 360.00. Available for LTE only
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 242
3.3.5.5.9 Gets the Neighbor Measurement Information - +CMGRMI
AT+CMGRMI - This command is used to select or set the state of the mode preference.
AT+ CMGRMI =?
Test command responses:
+CMGRMI: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
AT+CMGRMI=<mo
de>,[<info_type>]
Parameters:
<mode>- Mandatory parameter.
3 – WCDMA
4 – LTE
5 – TDS
<info_type>- Optional parameter.
32bit number, the value is "1" << "<pos>"(see subclause 1.9.1
for details),then or by bit. If <mode> is TDS, returned into will
be as WCDMA.
Write command responses:
If <mode>=4, get LTE signal info:
[+CMGRMI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<valid>,
<idle>,<ra_rnti>,<c_rnti>,<cqi_wb>,<enb_num_tx_antenna>]
[+CMGRMI:Serving_Cell,<earfcn>,<mcc>,<mnc>,<tac>,
<num_mnc_digits>,<serving_cell_id>,<freq_band_ind>,
<dl_bandwidth>,<ul_bandwidth>,<serv_rssnr>,<cell_pci>,
<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>]
[+CMGRMI:LTE_Intra,<sib3_received>,<earfcn>,<serving_cell_id>,
<num_lte_cells>
[+CMGRMI:LTE_Intra_Cell1,<cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[+CMGRMI:LTE_Intra_Cell2,<cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[…
[+CMGRMI:LTE_Intra_Cell8,<cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
]]]]]
[+CMGRMI:LTE_Inter,<num_freqs>,Freq1,<earfcn>,<num_lte_cells>,
<idle_threshX_low>,<idle_threshX_high>,<idle_cell_resel
_priority>,Freq2,<earfcn>,<num_lte_cells>,<idle_threshX_low>,
<idle_threshX_high>,<idle_cell_resel_priority>
[+CMGRMI:LTE_InterFreq1_Cell1,<cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[+CMGRMI:LTE_InterFreq1_Cell2,<cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[…
[+CMGRMI:LTE_InterFreq1_Cell8, <cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 243
[…
[+CMGRMI:LTE_InterFreq2_Cell8, <cell_pci>,<cell_rsrq>,<cell_rsrp>,
<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
]]]]]
[+CMGRMI: GSM_Info, <num_freq_groups>,Freq_Group1,
<nu m_gsm_arfcn>,<idle_cell_resel_priority>,
<idle_thresh_gsm_high>,<idle_thresh_gsm_low>,
<idle_ncc_permitted>,Freq_Group2, <num_gsm_arfcn>,
<idle_cell_resel_priority>,<idle_thresh_gsm_high>,
<idle_thresh_gsm_low>,<idle_ncc_permitted>
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell1,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell2,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
[…
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell8,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
]]]]
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq2_Cell1,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq2_Cell2,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
[…
[+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq2_Cell8,<cell_arfcn>,<cell_band_1900>,
<cell_id_valid>,<cell_bsic_id>,<cell_rssi>,<cell_idle_srxlev >
]]]]]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Info,<num_wcdma_freqs>,Freq1,<uarfcn>,
<num_wcdma_cells>,<idle_cell_resel_priority>,
<idle_thresh_Xhigh>,<idle_thresh_Xlow>,Freq2,<uarfcn>,
<num_wcdma_cells>,<idle_cell_resel_priority>,
<idle_thresh_Xhigh>,<idle_thresh_Xlow>
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq1_Cell1,<cell_psc>,<cell_cpich_rscp>,
<cell_cpich_ecno>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq1_Cell2,<cell_psc>,<cell_cpich_rscp>,
<cell_cpich_ecno>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[…
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq1_Cell8,<cell_psc>,<cell_cpich_rscp>,
<cell_cpich_ecno>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
]]]]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq2_Cell1,<cell_psc>,<cell_cpich_rscp>,
<cell_cpich_ecno>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq2_Cell2,<cell_psc>,<cell_cpich_rscp>,
<cell_cpich_ecno>,<cell_idle_srxlev>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 244
[…
[+CMGRMI: CDMA1x_InfoFreq1_Cell8,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
]]]]
[+CMGRMI: CDMA1x_InfoFreq2_Cell1,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[+CMGRMI: CDMA1x_InfoFreq2_Cell2,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[…
[+CMGRMI: CDMA1x_InfoFreq2_Cell8,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
]]]]]
[+CMGRMI:CDMAprpd_Info,<num_cdma_freqs>,Freq1,
<channel_num>,<band_class>,<num_cdma_cells>,Freq2,
<channel_num>,<band_class>,<num_cdma_cells>
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq1_Cell1,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq1_Cell2,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[…
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq1_Cell8,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
]]]]
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq2_Cell1,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq2_Cell2,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
[…
[+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq2_Cell8,<pilot_pn_offset>,
<pilot_pn_phase>,<pilot_strength>
]]]]]
[+CMGRMI: CDrx_Cfg,<drx_enable>,<on_duration_timer>,
<inactivity_timer>,<retx_timer>,<long_drx_cycle>,
<long_drx_cycle_offset>,<short_drx_cycle_enable>,
<short_drx_cycle>,<short_drx_cycle_timer>]
[+CMGRMI: Cqi_Cfg,<cqi_enable>,
<cqi_reporting_mode_aperiodic_enable>,
<cqi_reporting_mode_aperiodic>,<nom_pdsch_rs_epre_offset>,
<cqi_reporting_periodic_present>,<cqi_periodic_enable>,
<cqi_periodic_pucch_resource_index>,
<cqi_periodic_cqi_pmi_cfg_index>,
<cqi_periodic_format_indicator>,
<cqi_periodic_subband_cqi_k>,
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 245
If <mode>=3 or 5, get WCDMA signal info:
[+CMGRMI:Main_Info,<mode>,<service_available>,<valid>,
<s_intra_search >,<s_inter_search >,< s_search_RAT>]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra,< freq>,<rxagc>,<num_nbr_cells>,
<num_serv_cells >]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_Nbr1,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>]
[…
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_Nbr8,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>]
]]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_Serv1,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>]
[…
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_ Serv6,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>]
]]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Inter, Freq1,< freq >,< rxagc >,< num_cells >,
Freq2,< freq >,< rxagc >,< num_cells >]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InterFreq1_Cell1,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
[...
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InterFreq1_Cell8,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
]]
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InterFreq2_Cell1,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
[...
[+CMGRMI: WCDMA_InterFreq2_Cell8,<cell_psc>,<cell_ecio>,
< cell_rscp>,<cell_set>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
]]
[+CMGRMI: GSM_Info,< num_cells >]
[+CMGRMI: GSM_Info_Cell1,< cell_arfcn>,<cell_ bsic_id>,
< cell_ rssi>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
[...
[+CMGRMI: GSM_Info_Cell8,< cell_arfcn>,<cell_ bsic_id>,
< cell_ rssi>,< cell_rank>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
]]
[+CMGRMI: LTE_Info,<num_earfcn>,Freq1,< earfcn>,< num_cells >,
<priority>,Freq2,< earfcn>,< num_cells >,<priority]
[+CMGRMI: LTE_InfoFreq1_Cell1,< cell_id>,<cell_rsrp>,
< cell_rsrq>,< cell_s_rxlev>]
[...
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 246
Example
AT+CMGRMI=?
+CMGRMI: (3-5),
OK
AT+CMGRMI=4
+CMGRMI: Main_Info,4,1,1,1,3,25978,15,1
+CMGRMI:Serving_Cell,38950,1120,15,33033,2,136335367,40,5,5,27,305,-47,-715,-46
8,56
+CMGRMI: LTE_Intra,1,38950,305,1
+CMGRMI: LTE_Intra_Cell1: LTE_Intra,305,-47,-715,-468,56
+CMGRMI: LTE_Inter,2,Freq1,37900,0,0,22,6,Freq2,38098,0,0,22,6
+CMGRMI: GSM_Info,1,Freq_Group1,8,1,14,26,255
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell1: 1,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell2: 598,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell3: 595,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell4: 592,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell5: 589,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell6: 586,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell7: 580,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell8: 576,0,0,0,-1920,0
+CMGRMI: WCDMA_Info,0
+CMGRMI: CDMA1x_Info,0
+CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_Info,0
+CMGRMI: CDrx_Cfg,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
+CMGRMI: Cqi_Cfg,1,1,3,0,1,1,0,138,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
+CMGRMI: Ant_Cfg,1,0x0000000000000000,0,0
+CMGRMI: Idle_Drx_Cfg,1280,2,340
OK
Oher:
ERROR
+CME ERROR: no network service
+CME ERROR: unknown
Reference
Vendor
AT+CMGRMI Defined values
<pos>
Value:
0xFFFFFFFF Any (any value)
0 Main info for WCDMA/LTE, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: Main_Info, ..."
1 WCDMA intra info for WCDMA mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_Nbr1, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_Intra_Serv1, ..."
2 WCDMA inter info for WCDMA mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_Inter, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_InterFreq1_Cell1, ..."
3 GSM info for WCDMA mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: GSM_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: GSM_Info_Cell1, ..."
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 247
4 LTE info for WCDMA mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_InfoFreq1_Cell1, ..."
5 Serving cell info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: Serving_Cell, ..."
7 LTE intra info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_Intra, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_Intra_Cell1, ..."
8 LTE inter info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_Inter, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: LTE_InterFreq1_Cell1, ..."
9 GSM info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: GSM_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: GSM_InfoFreq1_Cell1, ..."
10 WCDMA info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: WCDMA_InfoFreq1_Cell1, ..."
11 CDMA1x info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: CDMA1x_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: CDMA1x_InfoFreq1_Cell1, ..."
12 CDMA high-rate packet data cell info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_Info, ..."
"+ CMGRMI: CDMAprpd_InfoFreq1_Cell1, ..."
13 Connected DRX configuration info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: CDrx_Cfg, ..."
14 Channel quality indication configuration info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: Cqi_Cfg, ..."
15 Antenna configuration info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: Ant_Cfg, ..."
16 Idle DRX info for LTE mode, if this bit set, the related info returned as
"+ CMGRMI: Idle_Drx_Cfg, ..."
<service_available>
0 – service not available
1 – service is available
<is_data_valid >
Indicates whether the fields in the following are valid
0 – None of the fields are valid
1 – One or more of the fields is valid
<s_intra_search >
Cell selection parameter for the intrafrequency cell
<s_inter_search >
Cell selection parameter for the interfrequency cell
< s_search_RAT >
Cell selection parameter for the GSM cell
< freq >
Camped cell frequency
< rxagc >
Receiver automatic gain control on the camped frequency
< num_nbr_cells >
Number of intrafrequency neighbor cells reported
<num_serv_cells >
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 248
Number of serving cells (cells when in a soft handover) reported
< cell_psc >
Primary scrambling code
< cell_ecio >
Instantaneous cell received energy per chip and interference level
< cell_rscp >
Instantaneous cell received signal code power
< cell_set >
Intrafrequency cell type
< cell_rank >
Intrafrequency cell ranking
<num_freq >
Number of frequencies
<num_cells >
Number of cells to report per frequency
< cell_arfcn >
Absolute radio frequency channel number. Range: 0 to 1023
< cell_bsic_id >
Base station identity code. Base station color code in least significant bit (or byte). Network color code in
most significant bit (or byte)
< cell_rssi >
Received signal strength indicator. Range: 0 to -120
< cell_s_rxlev >
cell suitable receive level
< num_earfcn >
Number of LTE EARFCNs
< earfcn >
E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel number for searching LTE cells
<priority>
Priority information. Invalid priority is -1
<cell_id>
Physical cell ID of the detected cell
< cell_rsrp >
Maximum reference signal received power combined across Tx-Rx pairs. In linear scale
< cell_rsrq >
Maximum reference signal received quality value combined across Tx-Rx pairs. In linear scale
< valid >
Indicates the validity of the structure fields
0 – None of the fields are valid
1 – One or more of the fields is valid
< idle >
Indicates whether the UE is in Idle mode
0 – All Idle mode substructs are considered invalid, except for serving cell information
1 – UE is in Idle mode. All Idle mode substructs are considered valid
< ra_rnti >
Random access radio network temporary ID
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 249
< c_rnti >
Connected state, common, and UE-specific search space radio network temporary identification
< cqi_wb >
Wideband CQI information
<enb_num_tx_antenna>
Number of Tx antenna on an LTE base station
< mcc >
Mobile country code
< mnc >
Mobile network code
< tac >
Total access communication
<num_mnc_digits >
Number of digits in mobile network code
< serving_cell_id >
LTE serving cell ID. This is the cell ID of the serving cell and can be found in the cell list. Range: 0 to 503
< freq_band_ind >
Operating band of the serving cell. Range: 1 to 64
< dl_bandwidth >
Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the downlink. Range: 0 to 5
< ul_bandwidth >
Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the uplink. Range: 0 to 5
< serv_rssnr >
Average reference signal signal-to-noise ratio of the serving cell over the last measurement period in
decibels. Range: -10 to 30
<cell_pci>
Physical cell ID
<cell_idle_srxlev>
Suitable receive level
< scell_deact_timer >
SCell deactivation timer
< serving_cell_id >
LTE serving cell ID
< num_lte_cells >
Number of LTE cells
< idle_threshX_low >
To be considered for reselection, the suitable receive level value of an evaluated lower priority cell must be
greater than this value
< idle_threshX_high >
To be considered for reselection, the suitable receive level value of an evaluated higher priority cell must be
greater than this value
< idle_cell_resel_priority >
Cell reselection priority
< num_freq_groups >
Number of GSM frequency groups and the size of the frequency group array
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 250
< num_gsm_arfcn >
Number of GSM ARFCNs indicated, and the size of the GSM array
< idle_thresh_gsm_high >
Reselection threshold for high priority layers
<idle_thresh_gsm_low>
Reselection threshold for low priority layers
<idle_ncc_permitted>
Bitmask that specifies whether a neighbor with a particular network color code is to be reported. Bit n set to
1 means that a neighbor with NCC n is to be included in the report
< num_wcdma_freqs >
Number of WCDMA frequencies and the size of the freq array
< uarfcn >
WCDMA layer frequency
< num_wcdma_cells >
Number of WCDMA cells indicated and the size of the WCDMA array
< idle_thresh_Xhigh >
Cell reselection priority. Range: 0 to 7
< idle_thresh_Xlow >
Reselection threshold for high priority layers
< num_cdma_freqs >
Number of CDMA frequencies and the size of the freq array
< channel_num >
Channel number
< band_class >
Band class
< num_cdma_cells >
Number of CDMA cells indicated and the size of the CDMA array
< pilot_pn_offset >
Neighbor cell pilot PN offset. Range: 0 to 511
< pilot_pn_phase >
Neighbor cell pilot PN phase. Range: 0 to 32767
< pilot_strength >
Neighbor cell pilot Ec/Io. Range: 1 to 63
< drx_enable >
Indicates whether to enable the Dedicate mode DRX
0 – drx is not enabled
1 – drx is enabled
< on_duration_timer >
On Duration timer. The value is the number of PDCCH subframes. The psf1 value corresponds to one
PDCCH subframe, psf2 corresponds to two PDCCH subframes, etc. Default: FFS
< inactivity_timer >
DRX Inactivity timer. The value is the number of PDCCH subframes. The psf1 value corresponds to one
PDCCH subframe, psf2 corresponds to two PDCCH subframes, etc. Default: FFS
< retx_timer >
DRX Retransmission timer. The value is the number of PDCCH subframes
< long_drx_cycle >
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 251
DRX cycle
< long_drx_cycle_offset >
DRX start offset
< short_drx_cycle_enable >
Indicates whether short_drx_cycle is enabled
< short_drx_cycle >
Short DRX cycle.
< short_drx_cycle_timer >
DRX short cycle timer. The value is in multiples of short_drx_cycle. A value of 1 corresponds to one
short_drx_cycle value, 2 corresponds to two short_drx_cycle values, etc.
< cqi_enable >
Indicates whether CQI reporting is enabled
0 – cqi is not enabled
1 – cqi is enabled
< cqi_reporting_mode_aperiodic_enable >
Indicates whether the CQI aperiodic reporting mode is enabled
0 – cqi aperiodic is not enabled
1 – cqi aperiodic is enabled
< cqi_reporting_mode_aperiodic >
CQI aperiodic reporting mode
< nom_pdsch_rs_epre_offset >
Provides the nominal measurement offset in dB between the physical downlink shared channel and the
reference signal energy per resource block used by the UE when computing CQI
< cqi_reporting_periodic_present >
Indicates whether the reporting periodic information is present
<cqi_periodic_enable>
Indicates whether periodic reporting is enabled
< cqi_periodic_pucch_resource_index >
Physical uplink control channel resource index. Range: 0 to 767.
< cqi_periodic_cqi_pmi_cfg_index >
CQI/PMI periodicity and offset configuration index. Range: 0 to 511
< cqi_periodic_format_indicator >
PUCCH CQI feedback type
< cqi_periodic_subband_cqi_k >
Parameter K. Used only if the CQI format indicator is set to
CMAPI_LTE_L1_CQI_FORMAT_INDICATOR_PERIODIC_ SUBBAND. Range: 1 to 4
<cqi_periodic_ri_cfg_index_enable>
Indicates whether the rank indicator configuration index is enabled
< cqi_periodic_ri_cfg_index >
Rank indicator configuration index.
< cqi_periodic_sim_ack_nak_cqi >
Indicates whether the simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK and CQI is allowed
< cqi_rel9_param_present >
Indicates whether the CQI Release 9 parameters are present
< cqi_rel9_param_cqi_mask_enable >
Indicates whether the CQI mask is enabled
< cqi_rel9_param_pmi_ri_report_configured >
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 252
Indicates whether the Precoding Matrix Indicator and Rank Indicator report is configured
< transmission_mode >
Antenna transmission mode for the PDSCH
< codebook_subset_restriction >
Bitmask of the codebook restriction. The bitmask is placed in the lower order bits
The number of bits are:
2 – n2TxAntenna-tm3
4 – n4TxAntenna-tm3
6 – n2TxAntenna-tm4
64 – n4TxAntenna-tm4
4 – n2TxAntenna-tm5
16 – n4TxAntenna-tm5
4 – n2TxAntenna-tm6
16 – n4TxAntenna-tm6
< tx_antenna_selection_enabled >
Indicates whether the UE transmit antenna selection is enabled
< tx_antenna_selection_ctrl >
Indicates whether the UE transmit antenna selection control is closed loop or open loop
< paging_cycle >
UE paging cycle in milliseconds
< nb >
Used to derive the number of paging groups
< ue_id >
UE identity (IMSI) mod 1024
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 253
3.3.5.5.10 Show Cell System Information in GSM - +MONI
AT+MONI - This command is used to inquiring serving cell and neighbour cell
system information in GSM .
AT+MONI=?
Test command responses:
+MONI: <CellNo>, <CellSet>
OK
Other:
+MONI: Not in GSM mode
AT+MONI?
Read command responses:
When extracting data for the serving cell and the network name
is known:
+MONI:<netname>,BSIC:<bsic>,RxQual:<qual>,LAC:<lac>,Id:<id>,
ARFCN:<arfcn>,PWR:<dBm>dBm,C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
When extracting data for an adjacent cell:
+MONI:Adj Cell<n>,[LAC:<lac>,Id:<id>],ARFCN:<arfcn>,
PWR: <dBm>dBm, C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
[…]
OK
When the network name is unknown:
+MONI:Cc:<cc>,Nc<nc>,BSIC:<bsic>,RxQual:<qual>,LAC:<lac>,
Id:<id>, ARFCN:<arfcn>,PWR:<dBm>dBm,C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
When extracting data for an adjacent cell:
+MONI:Adj Cell<n>,[LAC:<lac>,Id:<id>],ARFCN:<arfcn>,
PWR: <dBm>dBm, C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
[…]
OK
When not in GSM mode
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 254
AT+MONI=<CellSet
>
Parameters:
< CellSet >- Mandatory parameter. range is 0-7
Write command responses:
When CellSet = 0:
+MONI:<netname>,BSIC:<bsic>,RxQual:<qual>,LAC:<lac>,Id:<id>,
ARFCN:<arfcn>,PWR:<dBm>dBm,C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
OK
When chosen in the range 1-6:
+MONI:Adj Cell<n>,[LAC:<lac>,Id:<id>],ARFCN:<arfcn>,
PWR: <dBm>dBm, C1: <C1>-C2: <C2>
[…]
OK
When = 7: it is a special request to obtain information from the whole set of cells, just
like AT+MONI?
When requested cell number less than actual existed:
+MONI: no cell
OK
When not in GSM mode:
OK
AT+MONI
Execution command responses is the same as read command.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 255
Example
AT+MONI=?
+MONI: Not in GSM mode
AT+MONI=?
+MONI: 4,0
OK
AT+MONI?
+MONI:CMCC,BSIC:0,RxQual:0,LAC:33033,Id:183,ARFCN:53,
PWR:-6 7dBm,C1:30-C2:140
+MONI:Adj Cell1,[LAC:33033,Id:182],ARFCN:49,PWR:-73dBm,
C1:23-C2:133
+MONI: Adj Cell2,[LAC:33033,Id:181],ARFCN:47,PWR:-90dBm,
C1:6-C2:116
+MONI: Adj Cell3,[LAC:33033,Id:40581],ARFCN:44,PWR:-102dBm,
C1:-3-C2:107
+MONI: Adj Cell4,[LAC:33033,Id:36193],ARFCN:46,PWR:-104dBm,
C1:-3-C2:107
OK
AT+MONI=0
+MONI: CMCC,BSIC:0,RxQual:0,LAC:33033,Id:183,ARFCN:53,
PWR:-65dBm,C1:32-C2:142
OK
AT+MONI=3
+MONI: Adj Cell3,[LAC:33033,Id:40581],ARFCN:44,PWR:-104dBm,
C1:-5-C2:105
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 256
AT+MONI
+MONI: CMCC,BSIC:0,RxQual:0,LAC:33033,Id:183,ARFCN:53,
PWR:-67dBm,C1:30-C2:140
+MONI: Adj Cell1,[LAC:33033,Id:182],ARFCN:49,PWR:-74dBm,
C1:22-C2:132
+MONI: Adj Cell2,[LAC:33033,Id:181],ARFCN:47,PWR:-90dBm,
C1:6-C2:116
+MONI: Adj Cell3,[LAC:33033,Id:40581],ARFCN:44,PWR:-103dBm,
C1:-4-C2:106
+MONI: Adj Cell4,[LAC:33033,Id:36193],ARFCN:46,PWR:-104dBm,
C1:-3-C2:107
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 257
AT+MONI Execution command responses:
<CellNo >
available neighbour cells number currently received
< CellSet >
the last setting done with command, range is 0-7
<netname>
name of network operator
<cc>
country code
<nc>
network operator code
<n>
progressive number of adjacent cell
<bsic>
base station identification code
<qual>
quality of reception
<lac>
localization area code
<id>
cell identifier
<arfcn>
assigned radio channel
<dBm>
received signal strength in dBm
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 258
3.3.5.5.11 System Information in LTE - +MCSQ
AT+MCSQ - System Information in LTE
AT+MCSQ
This command is used to get system information in LTE network.
responses:
+MCSQ: <RSRQ>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSSNR>,<SINR>
Parameters:
<RSRQ> - Current reference signal receive quality as measured by L1.
<RSRP> - Current reference signal received power in -1/10 dBm. Available for LTE
<RSSI> - Received signal strength indicator.
< RSSNR > - Average reference signal signal-to-noise ratio of the serving cell
<SINR> - Serving cell SINR information
AT+MCSQ?
Read command responses:
+MCSQ: <sys_mode>
OK
<sys_mode> - Current network mode
Example
AT+MCSQ?
+MCSQ: LTE
OK
AT+MCSQ
+MCSQ: -107,-1178,-873,7,138
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 259
3.3.5.6 GPS AT command
3.3.5.6.1 Start/Stop GPS Position Session - +CGPS
+CGPS – start/stop GPS position session
AT+ CGPS=
<on/off>[,<mode>]
start/stop GPS position session。
parameters：
<on/off>:
0 – stop GPS session
1 – start GPS session
<mode>：
ignore - Standalone mode
1 – standalone mode
2 – UE-based mode
3 – UE-assisted mode
attention：
UE-based and UE-assisted mode depend on URL (AT+CGPSURL) and certificate
(AT+CGPSSSL). when UE-based mode failed，will switch to Standalone mode.(if
CGPSMSB=1)
AT+ CGPS?
Get current GPS status and current mode
return：
+CGPS:<on/off>,<mode>
OK
AT+ CGPS=?
Test command return value range
+CGPS:(0,1)[,(1-3)]
Examples
AT+CGPS?
OK
AT+CGPS=1,1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 260
3.3.5.6.2 Get Current GPS Position Information - +CGPSINFO
+CGPSINFO – Get current GPS position information
AT+CGPSINFO =
<time>
Get current GPS position information。
parameters：
<time>:
Range is（0-255）seconds，report the GPS information every time seconds. When
time is 0, cancel reporting.
return：
OK
ERROR
Information report every time seconds is：
+CGPSINFO:<lat>,<N/S>,<log>,<E/W>,<date>,<UTC
time>,<alt>,<speed>,<course>,<time>
OK
Among：
<lat>
Latitude of current position.
<N/S>
N/S Indicator, N=north or S=south
<log>
Longitude of current position.
<E/W>
E/W Indicator, E=east or W=west
<date>
Date. Output format is ddmmyyyy
<UTC time>
UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.ss
<alt>
MSL Altitude. Unit is meters
<speed>
Speed Over Ground. Unit is knots
<course>
Course. Degrees
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 261
AT+CGPSINFO?
Get GPS current information report time。
return：
+CGPSINFO:<time>
OK
AT+CGPSINFO=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSINFO:(0-255)
OK
AT+CGPSINFO
Get current GPS position information directly
+CGPSINFO:[<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC
time>],[<alt>],[<speed>],[<course>],[<time>]
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSINFO?
+CGPSINFO:5
OK
AT+CGPSINFO=3
OK
3.3.5.6.3 Cold Start GPS - +CGPSCOLD
+ CGPSCOLD– cold start GPS
AT+ CGPSCOLD
cold start GPS
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+ CGPSCOLD=?
return：
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSCOLD=?
OK
AT+CGPSCOLD
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 262
3.3.5.6.4 Hot Start GPS - +CGPSHOT
+CGPSHOT– hot start GPS
AT+CGPSHOT
hot start GPS
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSHOT=?
Get command value range
return：
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSHOT=?
OK
AT+CGPSHOT
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 263
3.3.5.6.5 Set AGPS Default Server URL - +CGPSURL
+CGPSURL –This command is used to set AGPS default server URL.
AT+CGPSURL=
<URL>
This command is used to set AGPS server URL. Can not save, when reboot url will
restore to default
parameters：
<URL>:
APGS server URL. It needs double quotation marks
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSURL?
Get current AGPS URL
return：
+CGPSURL:<url >
OK
AT+CGPSURL=?
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSURL=?
OK
AT+CGPSURL= "211.151.53.216:7275"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 264
3.3.5.6.6 Select Transport Security - + CGPSSSL
+CGPSSSL –This command is used to select transport security, used certificate or not. The certificate get from
local carrier. If the AGPS server doesn’t need certificate, execute AT+CGPSSSL=0
AT+CGPSSSL=<SSL>
This command is used to select transport security, used certificate or not. The
certificate gets from local carrier. If the AGPS server doesn’t need certificate, execute
AT+CGPSSSL=0, only can be used when gps is off
parameters：
<SSL>:
0 disable SSL
1 enable SSL
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSSSL?
Get current AGPS SSL mode
return：
+CGPSSSL:<SSL>
OK
AT+CGPSSSL=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSSSL:(0,1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSSSL=0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 265
3.3.5.6.7 Auto Start GPS When Module Powers On - +CGPSAUTO
+CGPSAUTO –This command is used to start GPS automaticly when module power on, default value is
disable. It will take effect only after restarting
AT+CGPSAUTO=<auto>
This command is used to start GPS automaticly when module power on。
parameters：
< auto >:
0 disable
1 enable
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSAUTO?
Get current GPS default autoboot value
return：
+CGPSAUTO:<auto>
OK
AT+CGPSAUTO=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSAUTO:(0-1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSAUTO=0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 266
3.3.5.6.8 Configure NMEA Output Sentences - +CGPSNMEA
+CGPSNMEA – This command is to configure NMEA output sentences which are generated by the gpsOne
engine when position data is available.
AT+CGPSNMEA =
<nmea>
This command is to configure NMEA output sentences which are generated by the
gpsOne engine when position data is available.
parameters：
< nmea >:
Each bit enables an NMEA sentence output as follows:
Bit 0 – GPGGA (global positioning system fix data)
Bit 1 – GPRMC (recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data)
Bit 2 – GPGSV (GPS satellites in view)
Bit 3 – GPGSA (GPS DOP and active satellites)
Bit 4 – GPVTG (track made good and ground speed)
Bit 5 –PQXFI (Global Positioning System Extended Fix Data.)
Bit 6 –GLGSV (GLONASS satellites in view GLONASS fixes only)
Bit 7 – GNGSA (DOP and GLONASS satellites; GPS+GLONASS or GLONASS-only
fixes. Contains DOP information for all active satellites, but other information is
GLONASS-only)
Bit 8 –GNGNS (fix data for GNSS receivers; output for GPS-only, GLONASS-only,
hybrid
GLONASS+GPS fixes, or even AFLT fixes)
Bit 9 - PQGSA （bds qzss DOP and active satellites）
Bit 10 - PQGSV （bds qzss satellites in view)
Bit 11 - GPGLL (Geographic Position – Latitude/Longitude)
Bit 12 - GPZDA (Time & Date – UTC, Day, Month, Year and Local Time Zone)
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSNMEA?
Get current GPS default nmea value
return：
+CGPSNMEA:<nmea>
OK
AT+CGPSNMEA =?
Test command return value range
+CGPSNMEA:(0-8191)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSNMEA=8191
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 267
3.3.5.6.9 Specifies GPS Session - +CGPSMD
+CGPSMD –This command specifies if the Mobile-Originated (MO) GPS session should use the control plane
session or user plane session.Default value is user plane
AT+CGPSMD=<mo>
This command specifies if the Mobile-Originated (MO) GPS session should use the
control plane session or user plane session. Default value is user plane.Only can be
used when gps is off.
parameters：
< mo >:
0 - control plane
1 - user plane
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSMD?
Get current GPS default mo value
Return：
+CGPSMD:<mo>
OK
AT+CGPSMD=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSMD:(0-1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSMD=1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 268
3.3.5.6.10 Delete the GPS Information - +CGPSDEL
+CGPSDEL –This command is to delete GPS information. After executing this command, GPS start is cold
start. This command only can be used when gps is off.
AT+CGPSDEL
This command is to delete GPS information. After executing this command, GPS start
is cold start. This command only can be used when gps is off.
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSDEL?
return：
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSDEL=?
OK
AT+CGPSDEL
OK
3.3.5.6.11 Enable/Disable GPS XTRA Function - +CGPSXE
+CGPSXE –Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function,if set to off ,xtra related operation will not take effect
AT+CGPSXE
=<on/off>
Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function
parameters：
< on/off >:
1 - Enable GPS XTRA
0 - Disable GPS XTRA
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSXE?
Get current value
return：
+CGPSXE:<on/off>
OK
AT+CGPSXE=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSXE:(0-1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSXE=1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 269
3.3.5.6.12 Download XTRA Assistant file - +CGPSXD
+CGPSXD –Download XTRA assistant file manually
AT+
CGPSXD=<server>
This command is to download the GPS XTRA assistant file from network by http
protocol. Module will download the latest assistant file form server and write the file
into gpsone engine.
parameters：
< server>:
0 - xtra server 1
1 - xtra server 2
2 - xtra server 3
status:
1 start download xtra file
2 download xtra file successful
return：
OK
ERROR
+CGPSXD:server
AT+CGPSXD?
Get current value
return：
+CGPSXD: <server>
OK
AT+CGPSXD=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSXD: (0-2)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSXD
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 270
3.3.5.6.13 Download XTRA Assistant File Auto - +CGPSXDAUTO
+CGPSXDAUTO –Download XTRA assistant file automatically, It will take effect only after restarting
AT+CGPSXDAUTO
=<on/off>
This command is used to control download assistant file automatically or not when
GPS start.
XTRA function must enable for using this command. If assistant file doesn’t exist or
check error, the module will download and inject the assistant file automatically.
parameters：
< on/off >:
1 - on
0 - off
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSXDAUTO?
Get current value
return：
+CGPSXDAUTO:<on/off>
OK
AT+CGPSXDAUTO
=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSXDAUTO:(0-1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSXDAUTO=1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 271
3.3.5.6.14 Report NMEA-0183 Sentences - +CGPSINFOCFG
+CGPSINFOCFG –This command is to report NMEA-0183 sentences.
AT+CGPSINFOCFG
=<time>[,<nmea>]
This command is used to report NMEA-0183 sentences.First parameter will be take
effect at any time, second parameter can be ignore, and only can be set when gps is
off. otherwise will return ERROR
parameters：
< time >:
Range is 0-255，after set <time> will report the GPS NMEA sentences every time
seconds，If time=0, or nmea=0 module will stop reporting the NMEA sentences
< nmea >: can be ignore
Each bit enable an NMEA sentence output as follows:
Bit 0 – GPGGA (global positioning system fix data)
Bit 1 – GPRMC (recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data)
Bit 2 – GPGSV (GPS satellites in view)
Bit 3 – GPGSA (GPS DOP and active satellites)
Bit 4 – GPVTG (track made good and ground speed)
Bit 5 –PQXFI (Global Positioning System Extended Fix Data.)
Bit 6 –GLGSV (GLONASS satellites in view GLONASS fixes only)
Bit 7 – GNGSA (DOP and GLONASS satellites; GPS+GLONASS or GLONASS-only
fixes. Contains DOP information for all active satellites, but other information is
GLONASS-only)
Bit 8 –GNGNS (fix data for GNSS receivers; output for GPS-only, GLONASS-only,
hybrid
GLONASS+GPS fixes, or even AFLT fixes)
Bit 9 - PQGSA （bds qzss DOP and active satellites）
Bit 10 - PQGSV （bds qzss satellites in view)
Bit 11 - GPGLL (Geographic Position – Latitude/Longitude)
Bit 12 - GPZDA (Time & Date – UTC, Day, Month, Year and Local Time Zone)
Range is 0- 8191
Return ：
OK
ERROR
(NMEA-0183 Sentence)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 272
AT+CGPSINFOCFG?
Get current value
Return ：
+CGPSINFOCFG:<time>,<nmea>
OK
AT+CGPSINFOCFG
=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSINFOCFG:(0-255),(0-8191)
OK
+CGPSINFOCFG –This command is to report NMEA-0183 sentences..
Examples
AT+CGPSINFOCFG=5,63
OK
$GPGSV,4,1,16,04,53,057,44,02,55,334,44,10,61,023,44,05,45,253,43*7D
$GPGSV,4,2,16,25,10,300,40,17,25,147,40,12,22,271,38,13,28,053,38*77
$GPGSV,4,3,16,26,09,187,35,23,06,036,34,24,,,,27,,,*7A
$GPGSV,4,4,16,09,,,,31,,,,30,,,,29,,,*7D
$GPGGA,051147.0,3113.320991,N,12121.248076,E,1,10,0.8,47.5,M,0,M,,*45
$GPVTG,NaN,T,,M,0.0,N,0.0,K,A*42
$GPRMC,051147.0,A,3113.320991,N,12121.248076,E,0.0,0.0,211211,,,A*66
$GPGSA,A,3,02,04,05,10,12,13,17,23,25,26,,,1.4,0.8,1.2*3B
3.3.5.6.15 Configure Positioning Mode - +CGPSPMD
+CGPSPMD –Configure positioning mode
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 273
AT+CGPSPMD
=<mode>
This command is used to configure the positioning modes support. Only can be use
when gps is off
parameters：
< mode >:
Bit 0 – Standalone
Bit 1 – UP MS-based
Bit 2 – UP MS-assisted
Bit 3 – CP MS-based (2G)
Bit 4 – CP MS-assisted (2G)
Bit 5 – CP UE-based (3G)
Bit 6 – CP UE-assisted (3G)
Bit 7 – NOT USED
Bit 8 – UP MS-based (4G)
Bit 9 – UP MS-assisted(4G)
Bit 10 – CP MS-based (4G)
Bit 11 – CP MS-assisted (4G)
Range is 0-65535(bit12- bit15 reserve)
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSPMD?
Get current value
return：
+CGPSPMD:<mode>
OK
AT+CGPSPMD=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSPMD: (0-65535)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSPMD=65535
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 274
3.3.5.6.16 Based Mode Switch to Standalone - +CGPSMSB
+CGPSMSB –Configure based mode switch to standalone
AT+CGPSMSB
=<mode>
This command is used to configure if automatically switching to standalone mode
when MS-based mode position failed.
parameters：
< mode >:
0 - Don’t switch to standalone mode automatically
1 - switch to standalone mode automatically
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSMSB?
Get current value
return：
+GPSMSB:<mode>
OK
AT+CGPSMSB=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSMSB:(0-1)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSMSB=1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 275
3.3.5.6.17 Configure Positioning Desired Accuracy - +CGPSHOR
+CGPSHOR –Configure positioning desired accuracy
AT+CGPSHOR
=<acc>
Configure positioning desired accuracy
parameters：
< acc >: positioning desired accuracy
Range is 0-1800000，default is 50
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSHOR?
Get current value
return：
+CGPSHOR:<acc>
OK
AT+CGPSHOR=?
Test command return value range
+CGPSHOR:(0-1800000)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSHOR=60
OK
3.3.5.6.18 LCS Respond Positioning Request - +CGPSNOTIFY
+CGPSNOTIFY –LCS respond positioning request
AT+CGPSNOTIFY
=<resp>
This command is used to respond to the incoming request for positioning request
message.
parameters：
< resp >:
0 –LCS notify verify accept
1 –LCS notify verify deny
2 –LCS notify verify no response
return：
OK
ERROR
AT+CGPSNOTIFY=?
Test command return value range:
+CGPSNOTIFY:(0-2)
OK
Examples
AT+CGPSNOTIFY=0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 276
3.3.5.6.19 Get Station Positioning - +GTPOS
AT+GTPOS get station positioning.
AT+GTPOS =
<mode>
The command is used to retrieve information base station positioning the command is
used to retrieve information base station positioning.( not support CDMA network)
<mode>
0 - Close the base station positioning function
1 - Open the base station positioning function
2 - Get the base station positioning function
Responses
OK
CONNECT OK
CONNECT FAILED
ERROR
AT+GTPOS?
+GTPOS:<mode>
OK
AT+GTPOS=?
+GTPOS: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
at+gtpos=1
OK
CONNECT OK
at+gtpos=2
+GTPOS:104.0553231,30.5497824
OK
at+gtpos=0
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 277
3.3.5.6.20 Set Gps Output Port and Position System - +CGPSNMEATYPE
AT+CGPSNMEATYPE Set gps output port and position system. It will take effect only after restarting
AT+CGPSNMEATYP
E =<port>[, <system>]
Set gps output port and position system.
<system> can be ignore, and only will take effect only after restarting
<port> can take effert any time
<port>
0 - output gps date from at port
1 - output gps date from uart1 port
2 - output gps date from all active port
<system>
0. gps 和glo
1.gps、glo、bds
2. gps、bds、gal
3. gps、glo、bds、gal
4. gps、glo、gal
5. gps、gal
6. gps、glo、qzss
7. gps、glo、bds、qzss
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+
CGPSNMEATYPE?
+CGPSNMEATYPE:<port>,<system>
OK
AT+
CGPSNMEATYPE=?
+CGPSNMEATYPE:(0-2)[,(0-7)]
OK
Example
AT+CGPSNMEATYPE=1
OK
AT+CGPSNMEATYPE=2,2
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 278
3.3.5.6.21 Xtra File Download Error Code
Numeric Format Verbose Format General errors:
-200 error in ds net
-202 error in DNS query
-203 socket error
-204 ssl error
-207 network error
-208 authentication error
3.3.5.6.22 Gps Position Error Code
Numeric Format Verbose Format General errors:
0 Phone Offline
1 No servcie
2 No connection with PDE
4, Session Manager Busy
5, Phone is CDMA locked
6 Phone is GPS locked
7 Connection failure with PDE
8, PDSM Ended session because of Error condition
12 Timeout (viz., for GPS Search)
15 Error in Fix
16 Reject from PDE
18 Ending session due to E911 call
22 Unknown System Error
26 Antenna switch
1007 operation error
1010 timeout parameter error
1011 error in QOS accuracy thershold param
1015 phone is offline
1016 phone is CDMA locked
1017 GPS is locked
1018 The command is invalid in this state(Ex When is phone is in E911)
1019 No available PDSM command buffers to queue the command
1025 Client Authentication Failure
1031 Emergency Call is in Progress
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 279
3.3.5.7 SMS extended AT commands
3.3.5.7.1 Read Message Only - +CMGRO
AT+CMGRO - Read message only
AT+CMGRO=<inde
x>
+CMGRO command is used to return message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1> to the TE, but the message’s status does not change.
Parameters:
<index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type; value in the range of location numbers
supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
Refer to command AT+CMGR.
AT+CMGRO=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGRO=3
+CMGRO: "REC UNREAD","10086",,
"16/07/12,11:14:19+32"
This a test SMS
OK
AT+CMGRO=?
OK
Reference
3.3.5.7.2 Change Message Status - +CMGMT
AT+CMGMT - Change message status
AT+CMGMT=<inde
x>
+CMGMT command is used to change the message status. If the status is unread, it will
be changed read. Other statuses don’t change.
Parameters:
<index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type; value in the range of location numbers
supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
AT+CMGMT=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGMT=3
OK
AT+CMGMT=?
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 280
3.3.5.7.3 Set Message Valid Period - +CMVP
AT+CMVP - Set message valid period
AT+CMVP=<vp>
+CMVP command is used to set valid period for sending short message.
Parameters:
<vp>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type,
Validity period value:
0 to 143 (<vp>+1) x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours)
144 to 167 12 hours + (<vp>-143) x 30 minutes
168 to 196 (<vp>-166) x 1 day
197 to 255 (<vp>-192) x 1 week
Note: parameter vp can only be set when <fo> value is SMS-SUBMIT.
AT+CMVP=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
AT+CMVP?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
Example
AT+CSMP?
+CSMP: ,,0,0
OK
AT+CMVP=167
ERROR
AT+CSMP=17
OK
AT+CSMP?
+CSMP: 17,,0,0
OK
AT+CMVP=167
OK
AT+CMVP?
+CMVP:167
OK
AT+CMVP=?
+CMVP:(0-255)
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 281
3.3.5.7.4 Read and Delete Message - +CMGRD
AT+CMGRD - Read and delete message
AT+CMGRD=<inde
x>
+CMGRD command is used to read message, and delete the message at the same time. It
integrate AT+CMGR and AT+CMGD, but it doesn’t change the message status.
Parameters:
<index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type; value in the range of location numbers
supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
Refer to command AT+CMGR and AT+CMGD.
AT+CMGRD=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGRD=3
+CMGRD: "REC READ","10086",,"16/07/12,11:14:19+32"
This a test SMS
OK
AT+CMGRD=?
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 282
3.3.5.7.5 Send Message Quickly - +CMGSO
AT+CMGSO - Send message quickly
If text mode:
(AT+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGSO=<da>,
<text>
[,<toda>]
If pdu mode:
(AT+CMGF=0)
AT+CMGSO=<lengt
h>,<pducontent>
+CMGSO command is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
But it’s different from AT+CMGS. This command only need one time input, and wait for
">" needless.
Parameters:
<da>- Mandatory parameter. Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format;
BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of
the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>.
<text>- Mandatory parameter. Content of message.
<toda>- Optional parameter. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer
format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is
129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<length>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type value indicating in PDU mode
(AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets.
<pducontent>- Mandatory parameter. Content of message.
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding
scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
AT+CMGSO=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGSO="10086","CMGSO TEST"
+CMGSO: 122
OK
AT+CMGSO=?
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 283
3.3.5.7.6 Write Message to Memory Quickly - +CMGWO
AT+CMGWO - Write message to memory quickly
If text mode:
(AT+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGWO=<da>,
<text>[,<toda>]
If pdu mode:
(AT+CMGF=0)
AT+CMGWO=<leng
th>,<pducontent>
+CMGWO command stores message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) to
memory storage <mem2>. But it’s different from AT+CMGW. This command only need
one time input, and wait for ">" needless.
Parameters:
<da>- Mandatory parameter. Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format;
BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of
the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>.
<text>- Mandatory parameter. Content of message.
<toda>- Optional parameter. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer
format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is
129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<length>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type value indicating in PDU mode
(AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets.
<pducontent>- Mandatory parameter. Content of message.
AT+CMGWO=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGWO="10086","CMGWO TEST"
+CMGWO: 0
OK
AT+CMGWO=?
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 284
3.3.5.7.7 Send Message - +CMGSEX
AT+CMGSEX - Send message
If text mode:
(AT+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGSEX=<da>
[,<toda>][,<mr>,<ms
g_seg>,<msg_total>]
<CR>
Text is entered.
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
If pdu mode:
(AT+CMGF=0)
AT+CMGSEX=<len
gth><CR>
PDU is entered
<CTRL-Z/ESC>
+CMGSEX is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
Parameters:
<da>- Mandatory parameter. Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format;
BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of
the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>.
<toda>- Optional parameter. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer
format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is
129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
<mr>- Optional parameter. Message Reference.
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
<msg_seg>- Optional parameter. The segment number for long sms.
<msg_total>- Optional parameter. The total number of the segments for long sms. Its
range is from 2 to 255.
<length>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type value indicating in PDU mode
(AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets.
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding
scheme: For single SMS, it is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used; For
multiple long sms, it is 153 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
AT+CMGSEX=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGSEX="10086",129,1,2<CR>(TEXT MODE)
> CMGSEX part1<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGSEX: 129
OK
AT+CMGSEX="10086",129,2,2<CR>(TEXT MODE)
> CMGSEX part2<ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGSEX: 129
OK
AT+CMGSEX=?
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 285
3.3.5.7.8 Generate a New Message Reference - +CMGENREF
AT+CMGENREF - Generate a new message reference
AT+CMGENREF
+CMGENREF command is used to generate a new message reference which can be used
by AT+CMGSEX.
Parameters: NONE
Note : Message Reference. GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
AT+CMGENREF=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGENREF
+CMGENREF:123
OK
AT+CMGENREF=?
OK
Reference
3.3.5.7.9 Send Multi Messages from Storage - +CMSSEX
AT+CMSSEX - Send multi messages from storage
AT+CMSSEX=
<index>
[,<index>[,...]]
+CMSSEX command is used to send messages with location value
<index1>,<index2>,<index3>… from preferred message storage <mem2> to the
network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).The max count of index is 10 one time.
Parameters:
<index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type; value in the range of location numbers
supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
AT+CMSSEX=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","10086",,
SMS info 1
+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","10086",,
SMS info 2
OK
AT+CMSSEX=1,2,3
+CMSSEX: 124
+CMSSEX: 125
+CMS ERROR: 321
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 286
3.3.5.7.10 Send Message from Storage to Multi DA - +CMSSEXM
AT+CMSSEXM - Send message from storage to multi DA
AT+CMSSEXM=
<index>,
<storage>,<pb_index
1>
[,<pb_index2>[,<...>
]]
+CMSSEXM command is used to send message with location value <index> from
preferred message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or
SMS-COMMAND).The DA is the PB index in the specified PB storage max to 10.
Parameters:
<index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type; value in the range of location numbers
supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
<storage>- Mandatory parameter. Values reserved by the present document:
"DC" -> ME dialed calls list. Capacity: 100 entries max.
"MC" -> ME missed calls list. Capacity: 100 entries max.
"RC" -> ME received calls list. Capacity: 100 entries max.
"SM" -> SIM phonebook. Capacity: depending on SIM card
"ME" -> Mobile Equipment phonebook. Capacity: 500 entries max.
<pb_index>- Mandatory parameter. Integer type value in the range of location numbers
of phonebook memory.
AT+CMSSEXM=?
Test command returns OK.
Example
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 0,"STO UNSENT","10086",,
CMGWO TEST
OK
AT+CPBS="DC"
OK
AT+CPBR=1,50
+CPBR: 2,"*99#",129,"",,"",0,,
+CPBR: 3,"",129,"",,"",0,,
+CPBR: 4,"*99#",129,"",,"",0,,
+CPBR: 5,"10086",129,"",,"",0,,
OK
AT+CMSSEXM=0,"DC",5,6
+CMSSEXM: 126
+CMS ERROR: 313
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 287
3.3.5.7.11 HSMSSS additional parameters - ^ HSMSSS
AT^HSMSSS - Additional parameters(Only in CDMA mode)
AT^HSMSSS=
<ack>[,<prt>[,<f
mt>[,prv]]]
Set values for additional parameters needed when a short message is sent to the network or
placed in a storage in text mode.
Parameters:
<ack>- Status Report.
0 Not need status report
1 Need status report
<prt>- Priority
0 Normal
1 Interactive
2 Urgent
3 Emergency
<fmt>- Format
0 GSM 7 bit
1 ASCII
6 UNICODE
<prv>- Privacy
0 Normal
1 Restricted
2 Confidential
3 Secret
AT^HSMSSS?
Read command returns the current configuration value of the parameter
AT^HSMSSS=?
Test command returns range of the parameters.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 288
Example
AT^HSMSSS=0,0,6,0
OK
AT^HSMSSS?
^HSMSSS: 0,0,6,0
AT^HSMSSS=?
^HSMSSS: (0,1),(0,1,2,3),(0,1,6),(0,1,2,3)
AT^HSMSSS
OK
Reference
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 289
3.3.5.7.12 SMS CMS error code enum:
SMS CMS error code enum:
Error Code
Error information
107
DSAT_CMS_OTHER_GENERAL_PROBLEMS
300
DSAT_CMS_ME_FAILURE
301
DSAT_CMS_SERVICE_RESERVED
302
DSAT_CMS_OP_NOT_ALLOWED
303
DSAT_CMS_OP_NOT_SUPPORTED
304
DSAT_CMS_INVALID_PDU_PARAM
305
DSAT_CMS_INVALID_TXT_PARAM
310
DSAT_CMS_SIM_NOT_INSERTED
311
DSAT_CMS_SIM_PIN_REQ
312
DSAT_CMS_PHSIM_PIN_REQ
313
DSAT_CMS_SIM_FAILURE
314
DSAT_CMS_SIM_BUSY
315
DSAT_CMS_SIM_WRONG
316
DSAT_CMS_SIM_PUK_REQ
317
DSAT_CMS_SIM_PIN2_REQ
318
DSAT_CMS_SIM_PUK2_REQ
320
DSAT_CMS_MEM_FAILURE
321
DSAT_CMS_INVALID_INDEX
322
DSAT_CMS_MEM_FULL
330
DSAT_CMS_SCA_ADDR_UNKNOWN
331
DSAT_CMS_NO_SERVICE
332
DSAT_CMS_NETWORK_TIMEOUT
500
DSAT_CMS_UNKNOWN_ERR
510
DSAT_CMS_MSG_BLOCKED
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 290
3.3.5.8 AT Commands for Status Control
3.3.5.8.1 Read ICCID from SIM Card - +CICCID
+CICCID - Read ICCID from SIM card
AT+CICCID
This command is used to Read the ICCID from SIM card
Responses
+ICCID: <ICCID>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<ICCID>
Integrate circuit card identity, a standard ICCID is a 20-digit serial number of the SIM
card, it presents the publish state, network code, publish area, publish date, publish
manufacture and press serial number of the SIM card.
AT+CICCID=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+CICCID
+ICCID: 898600700907A6019125
OK
AT+CICCID=?
OK
AT+CICCID? (not support read command)
ERROR
AT+CICCID= (not support write command)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 291
3.3.5.8.2 Times Remain to Input SIM PIN/PUK - +SPIC
+SPIC - Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK
AT+SPIC
This command is used to inquire times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK.
Responses
+SPIC: <pin1>,<puk1>,<pin2>,<puk2>
OK
Defined values
<pin1>
Times remain to input PIN1 code.
<puk1>
Times remain to input PUK1 code.
<pin2>
Times remain to input PIN2 code.
<puk2>
Times remain to input PUK2 code.
AT+SPIC=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+SPIC
+SPIC: 3,10,0,10
OK
AT+SPIC=?
OK
AT+SPIC? (not support read command)
ERROR
AT+SPIC=0,0,0,0 (not support write command)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 292
3.3.5.8.3 Get Service Provider Name from SIM - +CSPN
+CSPN - Get service provider name from SIM
AT+CSPN
This command is used to get service provider name from SIM card.
Responses
+CSPN: <display mode>,<encoding_type>,<spn>
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<display mode>
0 - doesn’t display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN.
1 - display PLMN
<encoding_type>
1 - GSM 7 bit alphabet
2 - UCS2 Unicode
<spn>
String type; service provider name on SIM
Note: When the data format is encoded as UCS2 Unicode, the data format is converted by
the developer. Not modem data issue.
AT+CSPN=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+CSPN
+CSPN: 0,1,"CMCC"
OK
AT+CSPN=?
OK
AT+CSPN? (not support read command)
ERROR
AT+CSPN= (not support write command)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 293
3.3.5.8.4 Set CSQ Report - +AUTOCSQ
+AUTOCSQ - Set CSQ report
AT+AUTOCSQ=
<auto>,<mode>
This command is used to enable or disable automatic report CSQ information, when
automatic report enabled, the module reports CSQ information every five seconds or
only after <rssi> or <ber> is changed, the format of automatic report is "+CSQ:
<rssi>,<ber>".
Responses
OK
Defined values
<auto>
0 – disable automatic report
1 – enable automatic report
<mode>
0 – CSQ automatic report every five seconds
1 – CSQ automatic report only after <rssi> or <ber> is changed
NOTE: If the parameter of <mode> is omitted when executing write command, <mode>
will be set to default value.
AT+AUTOCSQ?
Read command:
+AUTOCSQ: 1,1
OK
AT+AUTOCSQ=?
Test command reports the the range of setting values for the parameter <
auto >and<mode>
+AUTOCSQ: (list of supported<auto>s),(list of supported<mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+AUTOCSQ=1,1
OK
+CSQ: 23,0 (when <rssi> or <ber> changing)
AT+AUTOCSQ?
+AUTOCSQ: 1,1
OK
AT+AUTOCSQ=?
+AUTOCSQ: (0-1),(0-1)
OK
AT+AUTOCSQ
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 294
3.3.5.8.5 Power Down the Module- +CPOF
+CPOF - Power down the module
AT+CPOF
This command is used to power off the module. Once the AT+CPOF command is executed,
The module will store user data and deactivate from network, and then shutdown.
Responses
OK
AT+CPOF=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+CPOF
OK
AT+CPOF=?
OK
AT+CPOF? (not support read command)
ERROR
3.3.5.8.6 Reset the Module - +CRESET
+CRESET - Reset the module
AT+CRESET
This command is used to reset the module.
Responses
OK
AT+CRESET=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+CRESET
OK
AT+CRESET=?
OK
AT+CRESET? (not support read command)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 295
3.3.5.8.7 Set IMEI for the Module - +SIMEI
+SIMEI - Set IMEI for the module
AT+SIMEI=<imei>
This command is used to set the module’s IMEI value.
Responses
OK
ERROR
+CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<imei>
The 15-digit IMEI value.
NOTE: IMEI can be written only once in ETSI mode, not support write in CDMA mode
AT+SIMEI?
Read command:
+SIMEI: <imei>
OK
AT+SIMEI
Same as read command:
+SIMEI: <imei>
OK
AT+SIMEI=?
Test Command :
OK
Example
AT+SIMEI=357396012183170
OK
AT+SIMEI?
+SIMEI: 357396012183170
OK
AT+SIMEI
+SIMEI: 357396012183170
OK
AT+SIMEI=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 296
3.3.5.8.8 Set RSSI Delta Change Threshold - +CSQDELTA
+CSQDELTA - Set RSSI delta change threshold
AT+CSQDELTA
=<delta>
This command is used to set RSSI delta threshold for signal strength reporting.
Responses
OK
Defined values
<delta>
Range: from 0 to 5.
Note: not support in CDMA only
AT+CSQDELTA?
Read command:
+CSQDELTA: <delta>
OK
AT+CSQDELTA=?
Test Command :
+CSQDELTA: (list of supported <delta>s)
OK
Example
AT+CSQDELTA=3
OK
AT+CSQDELTA?
+CSQDELTA: 3
OK
AT+CSQDELTA=?
+CSQDELTA: (0-5)
OK
AT+CSQDELTA
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 297
3.3.5.9 GPIO Control
3.3.5.9.1 Set the Direction of Specified GPIO - +CGDRT
+CGDRT - Set the direction of specified GPIO
AT+CGDRT=
<gpio_num>,
<gpio_io>
This command is used to set the specified GPIO to input or output state. If setting to input
state, then this GPIO can not be set to high or low value.
Responses
OK
Defined values
<gpio_num>
11、74、75、78
Note：while sleep function is supported, 74 and 78 port will be used
<gpio_io>
0 – in
1 – out
AT+CGDRT=
<gpio_num>
When only one parameter is used to read the configuration of the current GPIO port
Responses
+CGDRT: <gpio_num>,<gpio_io>
OK
AT+CGDRT=?
Test Command :
+CGDRT: (list of supported< gpio_num >s),(list of supported< gpio_io >s)
OK
Example
AT+CGDRT=11,1
OK
AT+CGDRT=11
+CGDRT: 11,1
OK
AT+CGDRT=？
+CGDRT: (11,74,75,78),(0-1) or (11,75),(0-1)
OK
AT+CGDRT? (not support)
ERROR
AT+CGDRT (not support)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 298
3.3.5.9.2 Set the Value of Specified GPIO - +CGSETV
+CGSETV - Set the value of specified GPIO
AT+CGSETV=
<gpio_num>,
<gpio_hl>
This command is used to set the value of the specified GPIO to high or low.
Responses
OK
Defined values
<gpio_num>
11、74、75、78
Note：while sleep function is supported, 74 and 78 port will be used
<gpio_hl>
0 – low
1 – high
AT+CGSETV=?
Test Command :
+CGSETV: (list of supported< gpio_num >s),(list of supported< gpio_ hl >s)
OK
Example
AT+CGSETV=11,1
OK
AT+CGSETV=？
+CGSETV: (11,74,75,78),(0-1) or (11,75),(0-1)
OK
AT+CGSETV? (not support)
ERROR
AT+CGSETV (not support)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 299
3.3.5.9.3 Get the Value of Specified GPIO - +CGGETV
+CGGETV - Get the value of specified GPIO
AT+CGGETV=
<gpio_num>
This command is used to get the value (high or low) of the specified GPIO.
Responses
+CGGETV: <gpio_num>,<gpio_hl>
OK
Defined values
<gpio_num>
11、74、75、78
Note：while sleep function is supported, 74 and 78 port will be used
<gpio_hl>
0 – low
1 – high
AT+ CGGETV =?
Test Command :
+CGDRT: list of supported< gpio_num >s
OK
Example
AT+CGGETV=11
+CGGETV: 11,0
OK
AT+CGGETV=?
+CGGETV: (11,74,75,78) or (11,75)
OK
AT+CGGETV? (not support)
ERROR
AT+CGGETV (not support)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 300
3.3.5.9.4 Flight Mode Control - +CGFLY
+CGFLY - Flight mode control
AT+CGFLY
=<mode>
This command is used to set Flight mode state to enable or disable
Responses
OK
Defined values
<mode>
0 – disable
1 – enable
AT+ CGFLY?
Read command:
+CGFLY: <mode>
OK
AT+CGFLY=?
Test Command :
+CGFLY: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+CGFLY=1
OK
AT+CGFLY?
+CGFLY: 1
OK
AT+CGFLY=?
+CGFLY: (0-1)
OK
AT+CGFLY (not support)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 301
3.3.5.9.5 Network LED Control - +CGNETLED
+ CGNETLED - Network LED control
AT+CGNETLED
=<mode>
This command is used to set the Network LED state to enable or disable
Responses
OK
Defined values
<mode>
0 – disable
1 – enable
AT+CGNETLED?
Read command:
+CGNETLED: <mode>
OK
AT+CGNETLED=?
Test Command :
+CGNETLED: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+CGNETLED=1
OK
AT+CGNETLED?
+CGNETLED: 1
OK
AT+CGNETLED=?
+CGNETLED: (0-1)
OK
AT+CGNETLED (not support)
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 302
3.3.5.10 AT Commands for LOCK
3.3.5.10.1 Get Lock State - +MLKSTA
AT+MLKSTA – Get lock state
AT+MLKSTA?
This command is used to get lock state.
Responses:
+MLKSTA:0 // No lock
OK
or
+MLKSTA:1,<lock_type> // Lock to <lock_type>
OK
<lock_type>
+MLKBAND Lock band
+MLKNET Lock network
+MLKSIM Lock Sim card
+MLKCELL Lock cell
Example
AT+MLKSTA?
+MLKSTA:0 // Lock is closed
OK
AT+MLKSTA?
+MLKSTA:1,+MLKBAND // Lock band
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 303
3.3.5.10.2 Get Nearby Cell Information - +CELLINFO
+CELLINFO - Get nearby cell information
AT+CELLINFO?
Read command:
+CELLINFO:<net_mode>,<net>
<nmr_1>...<nmr_n>
<nmr_1>...<nmr_n>
......
OK
<net_mode> Current network mode
0 GSM
1 TDS-CDMA
2 WCDMA
3 CDMA
4 LTE
Nearby cell information for GSM
For current and nearby cell
<lac>,<cell_id>,<rssi>
Nearby cell information for TDS-CDMA
For current cell:
<lac>,<cell_id>,<rscp>
For nearby cell:
<uarfcn>,<cpid>,<rscp>
Nearby cell information for WCDMA
For current cell:
<lac>,<cell_id>,<rscp>,<ecio>
For nearby cell:
<uarfcn>,<psc>,<rscp>,<ecio>
Nearby cell information for CDMA
Only for current cell
<sid>,<nid>,<bid>,<refpn>
Nearby cell information for LTE
For current cell:
<tac>,<cell_id>,<rssi>
For nearby cell:
<earfcn>,<pci>,<rssi>
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 304
3.3.5.10.3 Lock To Band - +MLKBAND
AT+MLKBAND – Lock to band
AT+MLKBAND=<st
ate>
This command is used to lock to band.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
0 Unlock from band
1 Lock to band
AT+MLKBAND=<st
ate>,<band_type>,<b
and_1>...<band_n>
This command is used to add or remove bands which will be locked.The max bands
number is 10 for every command.Must lock to band in the first.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
2 Add bands
3 Remove bands
<band_type>
0 General band
1 LTE band
2 TDS band
<band_1>...<band_n>
The band number for add/remove.The max number is 10.
AT+MLKBAND?
This command is used to get current locked bands. Must lock to band in the first.
Responses:
AT+MLKBAND?
+MLKBAND
0:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Locked general bands
1:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Locked LTE bands
2:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Locked TDS bands
OK
or
AT+MLKBAND?
+MLKBAND:0 // Band lock is closed
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 305
AT+MLKBAND
This command is used to get current support's bands.
Responses:
AT+MLKBAND
+MLKBAND
0:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Support general bands
1:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Support LTE bands
2:<band_1>, ... ,<band_n> // Support TDS bands
OK
Example
AT+MLKBAND?
+MLKBAND:0
OK
AT+MLKBAND=1
OK
AT+MLKBAND? // Get current locked bands
+MLKBAND
0:8,9,20,22,23,24,27,44
1:1,3,5,7,8,18,23,35,36,37,38
2:1,6
OK
AT+MLKBAND // Get supported bands
+MLKBAND
0:8,9,20,22,23,24,27,31,44
1:1,3,5,7,8,18,23,35,36,37,38
2:1,6
OK
AT+MLKBAND=3,1,35,36,37,38 // Remove band 35,36,37,38 from LTE bands
OK
AT+MLKBAND?
+MLKBAND
0:8,9,20,22,23,24,27,44
1:1,3,5,7,8,18,23
2:1,6
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 306
3.3.5.10.4 Lock To Network - +MLKNET
AT+MLKNET – Lock to network
AT+MLKNET=<state
>
This command is used to lock to network. Take effect after reboot +CFUN.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
0 Unlock from network
1 Lock to network
AT+MLKNET=<state
>,<net_1>...<net_n>
This command is used to add or remove networks which will be locked.The max
networks number is 20 .Only can set less than 10 networks for every time.Must lock to
network in the first.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
2 Add networks
3 Remove networks
<net_1>...<net_n>
The networks for add/remove.The max number is 10 for every time.
AT+MLKNET?
This command is used to get current locked networks.
Responses:
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:0 // Network lock is closed
OK
or
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:1,<net_1>, ... ,<net_n> // Locked networks
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 307
Example
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:0
OK
AT+MLKNET=1
OK
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:1
OK
AT+MLKNET=2,46001,46002,46003 // Add network 46001,46002,46003
OK
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:1,46001,46002,46003
OK
AT+MLKNET=3,46002 // Remove network 46002
OK
AT+MLKNET?
+MLKNET:1,46001,46003
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 308
3.3.5.10.5 Lock To Sim Card - +MLKSIM
AT+MLKSIM – Lock to sim card
AT+MLKSIM=<state
>[,<imsi>]
This command is used to lock to sim card. Take effect after reboot +CFUN.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
0 Unlock from sim.
1 Lock to sim,must set <imsi> for this.
<imsi> The IMSI of sim card.The length of IMSI is 15.This only set when <state> is
1.
AT+MLKSIM?
This command is used to get current locked IMSI.
Responses:
AT+MLKSIM?
+MLKSIM:0 // SIM lock is closed
OK
or
AT+MLKSIM?
+MLKSIM:1,<imsi> // Locked sim card by IMSI
OK
Example
AT+MLKSIM?
+MLKSIM:0
OK
AT+MLKSIM=1,460011234567890
// Lock to sim which IMSI is "460011234567890 "
OK
AT+MLKSIM?
+MLKSIM:1,460011234567890
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 309
3.3.5.10.6 Lock To Cell - +MLKCELL
AT+MLKCELL – Lock to cell
AT+MLKCELL=<sta
te>[,<net_type>[,<dat
a1>[,<data2>]]]
This command is used to lock to cell. Unsupported GSM now. Take effect after reboot
Modem.
Responses:
OK
ERROR
<state>
0 Unlock from cell,If not set <net_type> means unlock all.
1 Lock to cell,must set <data1> and may be set <data2>
<net_type>
1 GSM (Unsupported now)
2 WCDMA
3 LTE (Take effect only for "LTE only" mode)
<data1>/<data2> Different networks for different parameters
For GSM: <data1> is arfcn,not set <data2> (0 < arfcn < 65536)
For WCDMA:<data1> is uarfcn,not set <data2> (0 < uarfcn < 65536)
For LTE:<data1> is earfcn,<data2> is pci .The earfcn must be in the range of support,
otherwise the feature will be invalidated. (0 < earfcn < 65536 0 <= pci <= 503)
AT+MLKCELL?
This command is used to get current locked cell information.
Responses:
AT+MLKCELL?
+MLKCELL:0 // Lock cell is closed
OK
or
AT+MLKCELL?
+MLKCELL:1 // Lock cell is opened
1,0/arfcn // GSM
2,0/uarfcn // WCDMA
3,0/earfdn,pci // LTE
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 310
AT+MLKCELL
This command is used to get current available cells.
Responses:
AT+MLKCELL
+MLKCELL:<net_type>,<net_string>
<data_1_1>[,<data_1_2>]; ... ;<data_n_1>[,<data_n_2>]
OK
<net_type>
1 GSM
2 WCDMA
3 LTE
<data_n_1>/<data_n_2> Different networks for different parameters
For GSM: <data_n_1> is arfcn,no <data_n_2>
For WCDMA:<data_n_1> is uarfcn,no <data_n_2>
For LTE:<data_n_1> is earfcn,<data_n_2> is pci
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 311
Example
AT+MLKCELL?
+MLKCELL:0 // Lock cell is closed.
OK
AT+MLKCELL
+MLKCELL:3,LTE // Current network is LTE
1650,54;1650,411;1650,56;1650,80;1506,80;1506,337
// There are 6 available cells,and the first cell's earfcn is 1650,pci is 54 ...
OK
AT+MLKCELL=1,3,1650,56 // Lock to LTE cell which earfcn is 1650,pci is 56
OK
AT+MLKCELL?
+MLKCELL:1
1,0 // Not lock to GSM
2,0 // Not lock to WCDMA
3,1650,56 // Locked to LTE cell and the cell's earfch is 1650,pci is 56
OK
AT+MLKCELL
+MLKCELL:2,WCDMA // Current network is WCDMA
10713;10714 // Thear are 2 available cells,and the first cell's uarfcn is 10713
OK
AT+MLKCELL=1,2,10714 // Lock to WCDMA cell which uarfcn is 10714
OK
AT+MLKCELL?
+MLKCELL:1
1,0
2,10714 // Locked to WCDMA cell and the cell's uarfcn is 10714
3,0
OK
Reference
Vendor
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 312
3.3.5.10.7 Bands Lists
General Bands :
1 BC0_A /**< Band Class 0 A-System. */
2 BC0_B /**< Band Class 0 B-System. */
3 BC1 /**< Band Class 1 all blocks. */
4 BC2 /**< Band Class 2 place holder. */
5 BC3 /**< Band Class 3 A-System. */
6 BC4 /**< Band Class 4 all blocks. */
7 BC5 /**< Band Class 5 all blocks. */
8 GSM_DCS_1800 /**< GSM Digital Cellular Standard (DCS) band. */
9 GSM_EGSM_900 /**< GSM Extended GSM (E-GSM) band. */
10 GSM_PGSM_900 /**< GSM Primary GSM (P-GSM) band. */
11 BC6 /**< Band Class 6. */
12 BC7 /**< Band Class 7. */
13 BC8 /**< Band Class 8. */
14 BC9 /**< Band Class 9. */
15 BC10 /**< Band Class 10. */
16 BC11 /**< Band Class 11. */
17 GSM_450 /**< GSM 450 band. */
18 GSM_480 /**< GSM 480 band. */
19 GSM_750 /**< GSM 750 band. */
20 GSM_850 /**< GSM 850 band. */
21 GSM_RGSM_900 /**< GSM Railways GSM Band. */
22 GSM_PCS_1900 /**< GSM PCS band. */
23 WCDMA_I_IMT_2000 /**< WCDMA Europe Japan and China IMT 2100 band. */
24 WCDMA_II_PCS_1900 /**< WCDMA US PCS 1900 band. */
25 WCDMA_III_1700 /**< WCDMA Europe and China DCS 1800 band. */
26 WCDMA_IV_1700 /**< WCDMA US 1700 band. */
27 WCDMA_V_850 /**< WCDMA US850 band. */
28 WCDMA_VI_800 /**< WCDMA Japan 800 band. */
29 BC12 /**< Band Class 12. */
30 BC14 /**< Band Class 14. */
31 RESERVED_2 /**< Reserved 2. */
32 BC15 /**< Band Class 15. */
33 WLAN_US_2400 /**< WLAN US 2400 band. */
34 WLAN_EUROPE_2400 /**< WLAN ETSI 2400 band. */
35 WLAN_FRANCE_2400 /**< WLAN France 2400 band. */
36 WLAN_SPAIN_2400 /**< WLAN Spain 2400 band. */
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 313
37 WLAN_JAPAN_2400 /**< WLAN Japan 2400 band. */
38 WLAN_US_5000 /**< WLAN US 2400 band. */
39 WLAN_EUROPE_5000 /**< WLAN Europe 5000 band. */
40 WLAN_FRANCE_5000 /**< WLAN France 5000 band. */
41 WLAN_SPAIN_5000 /**< WLAN Spain 5000 band. */
42 WLAN_JAPAN_5000 /**< WLAN Japan 5000 band. */
43 WCDMA_VII_2600 /**< WCDMA Europe 2600 band. */
44 WCDMA_VIII_900 /**< WCDMA Europe and Japan 900 band. */
45 WCDMA_IX_1700 /**< WCDMA Japan 1700 band. */ /*
46 BC17 /**< Band Class 17. */
47 BC18 /**< Band Class 18. */
48 BC19 /**< Band Class 19. */
49 WCDMA_XIX_850 /**< WCDMA Japan 850 band. */
50 WCDMA_XI_1500 /**< WCDMA 1500 band. */
LTE Bands:
1 BAND1 /**< UL:1920-1980; DL:2110-2170. */
2 BAND2 /**< UL:1850-1910; DL:1930-1990. */
3 BAND3 /**< UL:1710-1785; DL:1805-1880. */
4 BAND4 /**< UL:1710-1755; DL:2110-2155. */
5 BAND5 /**< UL: 824-849; DL: 869-894. */
6 BAND6 /**< UL: 830-840; DL: 875-885. */
7 BAND7 /**< UL:2500-2570; DL:2620-2690. */
8 BAND8 /**< UL: 880-915; DL: 925-960. */
9 BAND9 /**< UL:1749.9-1784.9; DL:1844.9-1879.9. */
10 BAND10 /**< UL:1710-1770; DL:2110-2170. */
11 BAND11 /**< UL:1427.9-1452.9; DL:1475.9-1500.9. */
12 BAND12 /**< UL:698-716; DL:728-746. */
13 BAND13 /**< UL: 777-787; DL: 746-756. */
14 BAND14 /**< UL: 788-798; DL: 758-768. */
15 BAND17 /**< UL: 704-716; DL: 734-746. */
16 BAND18 /**< UL: 815-830; DL: 860-875. */
17 BAND19 /**< UL: 830-845; DL: 875-890. */
18 BAND20 /**< UL: 832-862; DL: 791-821. */
19 BAND21 /**< UL: 1447.9-1462.9; DL: 1495.9-1510.9. */
20 BAND23 /**< UL: 2000-2020; DL: 2180-2200 */
21 BAND24 /**< UL: 1626.5-1660.5; DL: 1525 -1559. */
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 314
22 BAND25 /**< UL: 1850-1915; DL: 1930 -1995 . */
23 BAND26 /**< UL: 814-849; DL: 859 -894 . */
24 BAND27 /**< UL: 807.5 - 824; DL: 852 - 869 */
25 BAND28 /**< UL: 703-748; DL: 758-803 . */
26 BAND29 /**< UL: 1850-1910 or 1710 - 1755; DL: 716-728. */
27 BAND30 /**< UL: 2305 - 2315 ; DL: 2350 - 2360 */
28 BAND31 /**< UL: 452.5 - 457.5 ; DL: 462.5 - 467.5 */
29 BAND32 /**< DL: 9920 - 10359 */
30 BAND33 /**< UL: 1900-1920; DL: 1900-1920. */
31 BAND34 /**< UL: 2010-2025; DL: 2010-2025. */
32 BAND35 /**< UL: 1850-1910; DL: 1850-1910. */
33 BAND36 /**< UL: 1930-1990; DL: 1930-1990. */
34 BAND37 /**< UL: 1910-1930; DL: 1910-1930. */
35 BAND38 /**< UL: 2570-2620; DL: 2570-2620. */
36 BAND39 /**< UL: 1880-1920; DL: 1880-1920. */
37 BAND40 /**< UL: 2300-2400; DL: 2300-2400. */
38 BAND41 /**< UL: 2496-2690; DL: 2496-2690 */
39 BAND42 /**< UL: 3400-3600; DL: 3400-3600 */
40 BAND43 /**< UL: 3600-3800; DL: 3600-3800 */
41 BAND125 /**< DL: 64835 - 64859 */
42 BAND126 /**< DL: 64860 - 64974 */
43 BAND127 /**< DL: 64975 - 64999 */
TDS Bands:
1 BANDA /**< TDS Band A 1900-1920 MHz, 2010-2020 MHz */
2 BANDB /**< TDS Band B 1850-1910 MHz, 1930-1990 MHz */
3 BANDC /**< TDS Band C 1910-1930 MHz */
4 BANDD /**< TDS Band D 2570-2620 MHz */
5 BANDE /**< TDS Band E 2300-2400 MHz */
6 BANDF /**< TDS Band F 1880-1920 MHz */
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 315
3.3.5.11 AT Commands for FTP
3.3.5.11.1 Set FTP Server Port - +CFTPPORT
AT+CFTPPORT Set FTP server port.
AT+CFTPPORT=
<port>
This command is used to set FTP server port.
<port>
The FTP server port, from 1 to 65535, and default value is 21.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPPORT?
+CFTPPORT: <port>
OK
AT+CFTPPORT=?
+CFTPPORT: (list of supported <port>s)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPPORT=21
OK
AT+CFTPPORT?
+CFTPPORT:21
OK
AT+CFTPPORT=?
+CFTPPORT: (1-65535)
OK
3.3.5.11.2 Set FTP Mode - +CFTPMODE
AT+CFTPMODE Set FTP mode.
AT+CFTPMODE=
<mode>
This command is used to set FTP passive/proactive mode. Default is passive mode.
<mode>
The FTP access mode:(now only support 0 – passive mode)
0 – passive mode.
1 – proactive mode.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPMODE?
+CFTPMODE: <mode>
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 316
AT+CFTPMODE=?
+CFTPMODE: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPMODE=1
OK
AT+CFTPMODE?
+CFTPMODE: 1
OK
AT+CFTPMODE=?
+CFTPMODE: (0-1)
OK
3.3.5.11.3 Set FTP Type - +CFTPTYPE
AT+CFTPTYPE Set FTP type
AT+CFTPTYPE=
<type>
This command is used to set FTP type. Default is binary type.
<type>
The FTP type:
I – binary type. A – ASCII type.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPTYPE?
+CFTPPORT: <type>
OK
AT+CFTPTYPE=?
+CFTPPORT: (list of supported <type>s)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPTYPE="A"
OK
AT+CFTPTYPE=I
OK
AT+CFTPTYPE?
+CFTPTYPE: A
OK
AT+CFTPTYPE=?
+CFTPTYPE: ("I","A")
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 317
3.3.5.11.4 Set FTP Server Domain Name or IP Address - +CFTPSERV
AT+CFTPSERV Set FTP server domain name or IP address
AT+CFTPSERV =
<address>
This command is used to set FTP server domain name or IP address.
<address>
The FTP server domain name or IP address. The maximum length is 100.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPSERV?
+ CFTPSERV: <address>
OK
AT+CFTPSERV=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPSERV="www.mydomain.com"
OK
AT+CFTPSERV?
+CFTPSERV: "www.mydomain.com"
OK
AT+CFTPSERV=?
OK
AT+CFTPSERV="10.0.0.127"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 318
3.3.5.11.5 Set User Name for FTP Access - +CFTPUN
AT+CFTPUN Set user name for FTP access
AT+CFTPUN=
"<name>"
This command is used to set user name for FTP server access.
<name>
The user name for FTP server access. The maximum length is 30.
Note: A single input no more than 1535 bytes
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPUN?
+CFTPUN: "<name> "
OK
AT+CFTPUN=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPUN="myname"
OK
AT+CFTPUN="anonymous"
OK
AT+CFTPUN?
+CFTPUN: "myname"
OK
AT+CFTPUN=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 319
3.3.5.11.6 Set User Password for FTP Access - +CFTPPW
AT+ CFTPPW Set user password for FTP access
AT+CFTPPW=
"<password>"
This command is used to set user password for FTP server access.
<password>
The user password for FTP server access. The maximum length is 40.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CFTPPW?
+ CFTPPW: "<password>"
OK
AT+CFTPPW=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPPW="mypass"
OK
AT+CFTPPW?
+CFTPPW: "mypass"
OK
AT+CFTPPW=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 320
3.3.5.11.7 Get a File from FTP Server to EFS - +CFTPGETFILE
AT+CFTPGETFILE Get a file from FTP server to EFS
AT+CFTPGETFILE=
"< remote_path>","
<local_path>"
[,<rest_size>]
This command is used to download a file from FTP server to module EFS.
< remote_path >
The remote file path. The maximum length is 512.
< local_path >
The esf file path. The maximum length is 512.
<rest_size>
The value for FTP “REST” command which is used for broken transfer when
transferring failed last time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<err>
The error code of FTP operation.
<length>
The size of the download file
Responses
OK
+CFTPGETFILE: SUCCESS,<length>
ERROR
+CFTPGETFILE: FAIL, <err>
AT+CFTPGETFILE?
+CFTPGETFILE:“remote_path”, “local_path” ,<rest_size>
OK
AT+CFTPGETFILE=?
+CFTPGETFILE: ,,(0-2147483647)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPGETFILE="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", "/mydir/test1.txt"
OK
…
+CFTPGETFILE: SUCCESS,10245
AT+CFTPGETFILE="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", "/mydir/test1.txt",10
OK
…
+CFTPGETFILE: SUCCESS,10235
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 321
3.3.5.11.8 Upload a File from Module EFS to FTP Server - +CFTPPUTFILE
AT+CFTPPUTFILE Upload a file from module EFS to FTP server
AT+CFTPPUTFILE =
"<remote_path>","
<local_path>"
[,<rest_size>]
This command is used to upload a file from module EFS to FTP serve.
<remote_path>
The remote file path. The maximum length is 512.
<local_path>
The esf file path. The maximum length is 512.
<rest_size>
The value for FTP “REST” command which is used for broken transfer when
transferring failed last time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<err>
The error code of FTP operation.
Responses
+CFTPPUTFILE: SUCCESS
ERROR
OK
+CFTPPUTFILE: FAIL ,<err>
AT+CFTPPUTFILE?
+CFTPGETFILE:"remote_path", "local_path" ,<rest_size>
OK
AT+CFTPPUTFILE=?
+CFTPPUTFILE: ,,(0-2147483647)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPPUTFILE ="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", "/mydir/test1.txt"
OK
…
+CFTPPUTFILE: SUCCESS
AT+CFTPPUTFILE ="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", "/mydir/test1.txt",10
OK
…
+CFTPPUTFILE: SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 322
3.3.5.11.9 Get a File from FTP Server and Output it to SIO - +CFTPGET
AT+CFTPGET Get a file from FTP server and output it to SIO
AT+CFTPGET =
"<remote_path>"
[,<rest_size>]
This command is used to get a file from FTP server and output it to serial port.
<remote_path>
The remote file path. The maximum length is 512.
<rest_size>
The value for FTP “REST” command which is used for broken transfer when
transferring failed last time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<err>
The error code of FTP operation.
<len>
Every time the length of the read from the server
<length>
The size of the download file
Responses
OK
+CFTPGET: DATA,<len>
…
+CFTPGET: DATA, <len>
…
+CFTPGET: SUCCESS, <length>
+CFTPGET:FAIL, <err>
ERROR
AT+CFTPGET?
+CFTPGETFILE:"remote_path", <rest_size>
OK
AT+CFTPGET=?
+CFTPGET: ,(0-2147483647)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPGET="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", 10
OK
+CFTPGET: DATA, 1020
…
+CFTPGET: DATA, 1058
…
…
+CFTPGET: SUCCESS,1246792
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 323
3.3.5.11.10 Upload the DATA from SIO to FTP Server - +CFTPPUT
AT+CFTPPUT Upload the DATA from SIO to FTP server
AT+CFTPPUT =
"<remote_path>"
[,<rest_size>]
This command is used to upload the DATA from serial port to FTP server as a file .
Single <Ctrl+Z> means end of the FTP data. <Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A.
Note: A single input no more than 1536 bytes
< remote_path >
The remote file path. The maximum length is 512.
<rest_size>
The value for FTP “REST” command which is used for broken transfer when
transferring failed last time. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<err>
The error code of FTP operation.
Responses
+CFTPPUT: BEGIN
OK
+CME ERROR
[+CFTPPUT: BEGIN]
+CFTPPUT: FAIL,<err_code>
ERROR
AT+CFTPPUT?
+ CFTPPUT:"remote_path", <rest_size>
OK
AT+CFTPPUT=?
+CFTPPUT: ,(0-2147483647)
OK
Example
AT+CFTPPUT="/pub/mydir/test1.txt", 20
+CFTPPUT: BEGIN
…..<Ctrl+Z>
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 324
3.3.5.11.11 List the Items in the Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPLIST
AT+CFTPLIST List the items in the directory on FTP server
AT+CFTPLIST=
"<dir>"
This command is used to list the items in the specified directory on FTP server
<dir>
The directory to be listed, The maximum length is 128.
<err>
The result code of the listing
Responses
OK
+CFTPLIST:
…]
+CFTPLIST: SUCCESS
CFTPLIST:FAIL,<err>
ERROR
AT+CFTPLIST?
+CFTPGETFILE:"dir"
OK
AT+CFTPLIST=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPLIST="/testd"
OK
+CFTPLIST: DATA,193
drw-rw-rw- 1 user group 0 Sep 1 18:01 .
drw-rw-rw- 1 user group 0 Sep 1 18:01 ..
-rw-rw-rw- 1 user group 2017 Sep 1 17:24 19800106_000128.jpg
+CFTPLIST: SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 325
3.3.5.11.12 Create a New Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPMKD
AT+CFTPMKD Create a new directory on FTP server
AT+CFTPMKD=
"<dir>"
This command is used to create a new directory on the FTP server.
<dir>
The directory to be created, The maximum length is 128.
<err>
The result code of the listing
Responses
OK
+CFTPMKD:FAIL,<err>
ERROR
AT+CFTPMKD?
+ CFTPMKD:"dir"
OK
AT+CFTPMKD=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPMKD="/testdir"
OK
3.3.5.11.13 Delete a Directory on FTP Server - +CFTPRMD
AT+CFTPRMD Delete a directory on FTP server
AT+CFTPRMD =
"<dir>"
This command is used to delete directory on the FTP server.
<dir>
The directory to be deleted, The maximum length is 128.
<err>
The result code of the listing
Responses
OK
+ CFTPRMD:FAIL,<err>
ERROR
AT+CFTPRMD?
+ CFTPRMD:"dir"
OK
AT+CFTPRMD =?
OK
Example
AT+ CFTPRMD ="/testdir"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 326
3.3.5.11.14 Delete a File on FTP Server - +CFTPDELE
AT+CFTPDELE Delete a file on FTP server
AT+CFTPDELE =
"<filename>"
This command is used to delete file on the FTP server.
< filename >
The file to be deleted, The maximum length is 128.
<err>
The result code of the listing
Responses
OK
+ CFTPDELE:FAIL,<err>
ERROR
AT+CFTPDELE?
+ CFTPDELE:"filename"
OK
AT+CFTPDELE=?
OK
Example
AT+ CFTPDELE ="/testdir/test.txt"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 327
3.3.5.11.15 Delete a Local File - +CFTPDELFILE
AT+CFTPDELFILE Delete a Local FTP file
AT+CFTPDELFILE=
"<filename>"
This command is used to delete a local FTP file.
Responses
OK
+CFTPDELFILE:FAIL,<err>
ERROR
< filename >
The file to be deleted, The maximum length is 128.
<err>
The result code of the listing
AT+CFTPDELFILE?
+CFTPDELFILE: "filename"
OK
AT+CFTPDELFILE=?
OK
Example
AT+CFTPDELFILE="/testdir/test.txt"
OK
AT+CFTPDELFILE?
+CFTPDELFILE: "/testdir/test.txt"
OK
AT+CFTPDELFILE=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 328
3.3.5.11.16 Read File from Local File to SIO - + CFTPRDFILE
AT+CFTPRDFILE read file from local file to SIO
AT+CFTPRDFILE=
"<local_file>" ,<read_
pos>,<read_len>
This command is used to read file from local file to SIO.
< local_file >
The local file name. The maximum length is 512.
<read_pos >
Start read file position,The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<read_len>
Read file length,The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
<len>
Every time the length of the read from the server
<length>
The size of the download file
Responses
+ CFTPRDFILE:DATA,<len>
+ CFTPRDFILE:SUCCESS,<length>
+ CFTPRDFILE: FAIL,<err_code>
AT+CFTPRDFILE?
+CFTPRDFILE: "local_file",read_pos,read_len
AT+ CFTPRDFILE=?
+CFTPRDFILE: ,(0-2147483647),(0-2147483647)
OK
Example
at+CFTPRDFILE="/p.txt",10,100
+CFTPRDFILE:DATA,100
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
aaaaa
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
+CFTPRDFILE:SUCCESS,100
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 329
3.3.5.11.17 Unsolicited FTP Codes (Summary of CME ERROR codes)
Code of <err> Description
201 Unknown error for FTP
202 FTP task is busy
203 Failed to resolve server address
204 FTP timeout
205 Failed to read file
206 Failed to write file
207 Not allowed in current state
208 Failed to login
209 Failed to logout
210 Failed to transfer data
211 FTP command rejected by server
212 Memory error
213 Invalid parameter
214 Network error
215 Failed to connect socket
216 Failed to send data using socket
217 Failed to receive data using socket
218 Failed to verify user name and password
219 Socket connect timeout
220 File does not exist
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 330
3.3.5.12 AT Commands for TCP/IP
3.3.5.12.1 Select TCP/IP Timeout Value - + CIPTIMEOUT
AT+ CIPTIMEOUT Select TCP/IP timeout value
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=[
< netopen_timeout >][,
[< cipopen_timeout >]
[,[<cipsend_timeout >]
[,[<dnsquery_timeout>
]]]]
This command is used to set timeout value
for AT+NETOPEN/AT+CIPOPEN/AT+CIPSEND, before execute all of them.
< netopen_timeout >
Timeout value for AT+NETOPEN, from 3000 to 120000 milliseconds, and default
value is 120000.
< cipopen_timeout >
Timeout value for AT+CIPOPEN, from 3000 to 120000 milliseconds, and default value
is 120000.
< cipsend_timeout >
Timeout value for AT+CIPSEND, from 3000 to 120000 milliseconds, and default value
is 120000.
< dnsquery_timeout>
Timeout value for AT+CIPOPEN when use domain name, from 3000 to 120000
milliseconds, and default value is 10000
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPTIMEOUT?
+CIPTIMEOUT: <netopen_timeout>, <cipopen_timeout>, <cipsend_timeout>,<
dnsquery_timeout>
OK
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=?
+ CIPTIMEOUT: (list of supported < netopen_timeout >),(list of supported <
cipopen_timeout >),(list of supported < cipsend_timeout >),(list of supported <
dnsquery_timeout >)
OK
AT+CIPTIMEOUT
Execute command will set the parameters to default value.
Example
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=30000,20000,40000,10000
OK
AT+CIPTIMEOUT?
+CIPTIMEOUT: 30000,20000,40000,10000
OK
AT+CIPTIMEOUT=?
+CIPTIMEOUT: (3000-120000),(3000-120000),(3000-120000), (3000-120000)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 331
3.3.5.12.2 Select TCP/IP Application Mode - + CIPMODE
AT+CIPMODE Select TCP/IP application mode
AT+CIPMODE=
<mode>
This command is used to select transparent mode (data mode) or non-transparent mode
(command mode ) before network open.
<mode>
Indicates to select transparent mode or non-transparent mode. from 0 to 1, and default
value is 0.
0: non-transparent mode
1: transparent mode
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPMODE?
+ CIPMODE: <mode>
OK
AT+CIPMODE=?
+ CIPMODE: (list of supported<mode>s)
OK
AT+CIPMODE
Execute command will set the parameter to default value.
Example
AT+CIPMODE=1
OK
AT+CIPMODE?
+ CIPMODE: 1
OK
AT+CIPMODE=?
+ CIPMODE: (0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 332
3.3.5.12.3 Open Network - + NETOPEN
AT+NETOPEN Open packet network
AT+NETOPEN
This command is used to open packet network, before execute this command we should
be execute AT+CIPTIMEOUT command and AT+CIPMODE first.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
ONGOING：is open in progress
FAIL: is failure
Responses
OK
+NETOPEN:<err>
ERROR
AT+NETOPEN?
<net_state>
Indicate the current network state
0: network close (deactivated)
1: network open(activated)
Responses
+ NETOPEN:<net_state>
OK
Example
AT+NETOPEN
OK
+NETOPEN:SUCCESS
AT+ NETOPEN?
+NETOPEN:1
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 333
3.3.5.12.4 Close Network - + NETCLOSE
AT+NETCLOSE Close packet network
AT+NETCLOSE
This command closes network. Before calling this command, all opened sockets must
be closed first.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
ONGOING：is close in progress
FAIL: is failure
Responses
OK
+NETCLOSE: <err>
ERROR
AT+ NETCLOSE?
OK
ERROR
Example
AT+NETCLOSE
OK
+NETCLOSE:SUCCESS
AT+NETCLOSE?
OK
3.3.5.12.5 Inquire Socket PDP Address - + IPADDR
AT+IPADDR Inquire socket PDP address
AT+IPADDR
This command inquires the IP address of current active socket PDP
. Before calling this command, AT+NETOPEN have been execute first.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
<ip_address>
This command inquires the IP address of current active socket PDP.
Responses
+IPADDR:<err>,<ip_address>
OK
ERROR
AT+IPADDR?
OK
ERROR
Example
AT+IPADDR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 334
+IPADDR: SUCCESS ,10.97.210.19
OK
AT+ IPADDR?
OK
3.3.5.12.6 Startup TCP Server - + SERVERSTART
AT+ SERVERSTART Startup TCP server
AT+SERVERSTART=
< port>,
< server_index>,
< backlog>
This command starts up TCP server, and the server can receive the request of TCP
client. After the command executes successfully, an unsolicited result code is returned
when a client tries to connect with module and module accepts request. The unsolicited
result code is +CLIENT: < link_num >,<server_index>,<client_IP>:<port>..
<port>
The server port, from 1 to 65535, and default value is 1.
< server_index >
The TCP server index, from 0 to 2, and default value is 0.
< backlog >
The maximum connections can be queued in listen queue, from 1 to 3, and default
value is 3.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
Responses
OK
+SERVERSTART:<err>,< server_index >
ERROR
AT+SERVERSTART?
+ SERVERSTART: < server_index >, <port>
OK
AT+SERVERSTART=
?
+SERVERSTART: (list of supported <port>),(list of supported < server_index >),( list
of supported < backlog >)
OK
Example
AT+SERVERSTART=80,2,3
OK
+SERVERSTART: SUCCESS,2
AT+SERVERSTART?
+SERVERSTART:2,80
OK
AT+SERVERSTART=?
+SERVERSTART: (0-65535),(0-2),(1-3)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 335
3.3.5.12.7 Stop TCP Server - + SERVERSTOP
AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP server
AT+SERVERSTOP=
<server_index>
This command stops TCP server. Before stopping a TCP server, all sockets with
<server_index> equals to the closing TCP server index must be closed and the TCP
server have been started first.
<server_index>
Indicates the TCP server index, from 0 to 2, and default value is 0.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
Responses
+SERVERSTOP: <err>,<server_index>
OK
ERROR
AT+SERVERSTOP=?
+SERVERSTOP: (list of supported <server_index>),
OK
ERROR
Example
AT+SERVERSTOP=0
OK
+SERVERSTOP: SUCCESS,0
AT+SERVERSTOP=?
+SERVERSTOP: (0-2)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 336
3.3.5.12.8 Establish Connection in Multi-socket Mode - + CIPOPEN
AT+ CIPOPEN Establish connection in multi-socket mode
AT+CIPOPEN=
< link_num>,
<type>,
< serverIP>,
<serverPort>,
< localPort>
This command is used to establish a connection with TCP server and UDP server, The
sum of all of connections is 10.
<link_num>
Identifies a connection , from 0 to 9, and default value is 0.
If AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0, +++ is exit send
and receive mode.
< type >
Identifies the type of transmission protocol.
TCP: Transfer Control Protocol
UDP: User Datagram Protocol
If AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <type> is restricted to be only “TCP”.
< serverIP >
Identifies the IP address of server.
If type is UDP serverIP set to empty
<serverPort>
Identifies the port of TCP server, from 0 to 65535, and default value is 0.
If type is UDP serverPort set to empty
< localPort>
Identifies the port of local socket, from 0 to 65535, and default value is 0.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
>: connect establish and can be send or receive data if AT+CIPMODE=1 is set
OK: exit online data send and receive mode if AT+CIPMODE=1 is set
Responses
OK
+CIPOPEN: <err>,<link_num>
>
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPOPEN?
<index>
Identifies the server index that the client linked when as a TCP server.
-1: Not as a TCP server
0-2: TCP server index
+CIPOPEN: <link_num> [,<type>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>,<index>]
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPOPEN=?
+CIPOPEN: (list of supported <link_num>s), (list of supported <type>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPOPEN=1,"TCP","182.150.28.206",6988,0
OK
+CIPOPEN: SUCCESS ,1
AT+CIPOPEN=2,"UDP",,,8080
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 337
OK
+CIPOPEN: SUCCESS,2
AT+CIPOPEN?
+CIPOPEN:0, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:1, "TCP",182.150.28.206,6988,-1
+CIPOPEN:2, "UDP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:3, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:4, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:5, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:6, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:7, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:8, "TCP",,0,-1
+CIPOPEN:9, "TCP",,0,-1
OK
AT+CIPOPEN=?
+CIPOPEN:(0-9),(TCP, UDP)
OK
3.3.5.12.9 Send Data Through TCP or UDP Connection- + CIPSEND
AT+ CIPSEND Send data through TCP or UDP connection on non_transparent mode
AT+CIPSEND=
< link_num>,
[<length>]
(This format is for
TCP connect)
This command is used to send data to remote side on non_transparent mode.
Single <Ctrl+Z>is start send.
Single <ESC> is used to cancel the sending.
Single<Ctrl+D>means exit the sending mode.
<Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A, <ESC> is 0x1B, <Ctrl+D> is x04.
<link_num>
Identifies a connection , from 0 to 9, and default value is 0.
<length>
Indicates the length of sending data, from 1 to 1500, and default value is 0.
TCP: Transfer Control Protocol
UDP: User Datagram Protocol
Identifies the IP address of server.The IP address format consists of 4 octets,separated
by decimal point:”AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD”.
<serverPort>
Identifies the port of UDP server, from 0 to 65535, and default value is 0.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
Responses
OK
+CIPSEND: <err>,<link_num>,<reqSendLength>,<cnfSendLength>
ERROR
AT+CIPSEND=
< link_num>,
[<length>],
<serverIP>,
<serverPort>
(This format is for
UDP connect)
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 338
AT+CIPSEND?
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPSEND=?
+CIPSEND: (list of supported <link_num>s), (list of supported <length>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPSEND=1,20
>2233
OK
+CIPSEND: SUCCESS ,1,20,4
AT+CIPSEND=2,5,"182.150.28.206",6988
>33
OK
+CIPSEND: SUCCESS ,2,5,2
AT+CIPSEND?
OK
AT+CIPSEND=?
+CIPSEND:(0-9),(1-1500)
OK
3.3.5.12.10 Get the Network Data Manually- + CIPRXGET
AT+CIPRXGET Get the network data manually on non_transparent mode
AT+CIPRXGET=
<mode >,
<cid>,
<len>
<mode >
Indicate how to get the network data , from 0 to 4, and default value is 0.
0: set the way to get the network data automatically.
1: set the way to get the network data manually.
2: read data, the max read length is 1500.
3: remain.
4: get the rest data length.
<cid>
Identifies a connection, from 0 to 9, and default value is 0.
< len >
The data length to be read.
<read_len>
The length of the data that have read.
<rest_len >
The data length which not read in the buffer.
<data>
The read data.
<err>
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
NOTE:
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 339
When <mode> is set to 1 and the 2-4 mode will take effect.
AT+CIPRXGET=1,<cid>, it will report +CIPRXGET: <err>,1,<cid>.
when received data.
AT+CIPRXGET=2,<cid>,<read_len> it will report +CIPRXGET: <err>,2,<cid>,
<read_len>,<rest_len>
when read data.
AT+CIPRXGET=4,<cid> it will report +CIPRXGET: <err>,4,<cid>,<rest_len>
When read remain data.
AT+CIPRXGET=0,<cid>,
it will report +CIPRXGET:<err>,0,<cid>,<len>,<data>.when received.
When AT+CIPOPEN success the correspond link is enabled auto receive mode
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPRXGET?
+CIPRXGET: <mode>,<cid>
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPRXGET=?
+CIPRXGET: (list of supported <mode >s), (list of supported <cid>s),
(list of supported<len>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPRXGET=0,1
OK
+CIPRXGET: SUCCESS,0,1,11,ddddddddddd
AT+CIPRXGET=1,9
OK
+CIPRXGET: SUCCESS,1,9
AT+CIPRXGET=2,9,3
+CIPRXGET: SUCCESS,2,9,3,7,
333
OK
AT+CIPRXGET=4,9
+CIPRXGET: SUCCESS,4,9,7,
3333333
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 340
3.3.5.12.11 Close TCP or UDP Socket - + CIPCLOSE
AT+CIPCLOSE Close TCP or UDP socket
AT+ CIPCLOSE=
<link_num>
This command is used to close TCP or UDP socket .
<link_num>
Identifies a connection . from 0 to 9, and default value is 0.
Indicate the result of operation.
SUCCESS: is success
FAIL: is failure
Responses
OK
+CIPCLOSE: <err>,<link_num>
ERROR
NOTE
When link was closed by server will popup notify:
+SERVER DISCONNECTED:<link_num>
When link was closed by network will poppup notify:
+NETWORK DISCONNECTED:<link_num>
AT+CIPCLOSE?
<linkx_state>
Identifies state of <link_num>. the range of permitted values is 0 and 2.
0:disconnected
2:connected
+CIPCLOSE:<link0_state>,<link1_state>,<link2_state>,
<link3_state>,<link4_state>,<link5_state>,<link6_state>,
<link7_state>,<link8_state>,<link9_state>
OK
AT+CIPCLOSE=?
+CIPCLOSE: (list of supported <link_num>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPCLOSE=1
OK
+CIPCLOSE: SUCCESS,1
AT+CIPCLOSE?
+CIPCLOSE:link0_0,_link1_2,link2_0,link3_0,link4_0,link5_0,link6_0,link7_0,link
8_0,link9_2
OK
AT+CIPCLOSE=?
+CIPCLOSE: (0-9)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 341
3.3.5.12.12 Inquire the Total Size of Data Sent or Received Recently- + CIPSTAT
AT+CIPSTAT Inquire the total size of data sent or received
AT+CIPSTAT=<link_
num>
This command is used to inquire the total size of data sent or received for a socket
in multiple socket modes(Only valid for client TCP socket mode ).
<link_num >
Identifies a connection. The range of permitted values is 0 to 9.
<sent_size>
Total size of sent data.
<recv_size >
Total size of received data.
Responses
+CIPSTAT: <sent_size>, <recv_size>
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPSTAT=?
+CIPSTAT: (list of supported <link_num>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPSTAT=1
OK
+CIPSTAT:1,0
AT+CIPSTAT=?
+CIPSTAT: (0-9)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 342
3.3.5.12.13 Inquire the specific link connect status- + CIPOPQUERY
AT+ CIPOPQUERY Inquire the specific link connect status
AT+CIPOPQUERY=
<link_num>,[<link_n
um>,...]
This command is used to inquire the specific link connect status.
<link_num >
Identifies a connection. The range of permitted values is 0 to 9.
<state>
0:disconnected
2:connected
Responses
+CIPOPQUERY:
<link_num >:< state>
OK
ERROR
AT+CIPOPQUERY
=?
+CIPOPQUERY: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Example
AT+CIPOPQUERY =1,3
+CIPOPQUERY:
1:2
3:0
OK
AT+CIPOPQUERY =?
+CIPOPQUERY: (0-9) ,(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9),(0-9)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 343
3.3.5.13 AT Commands for WIFI
3.3.5.13.1 Open/Close WIFI - $MWIFI
AT$MWIFI Open or close WIFI.
AT$MWIFI=<enable>
This command is used to open or close wifi.
< enable > Open or close wifi.
0 Close Wifi
1 Open Wifi
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFI?
AT$MWIFI?
$MWIFI:<state>
OK
AT$MWIFI=?
AT$MWIFI =?
$MWIFI:(0-1)
OK
Example
AT$MWIFI?
$MWIFI: 0 //Wifi is closed.
OK
AT$MWIFI=1 //Open wifi.
OK
$MWIFI:SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 344
3.3.5.13.2 Set/Get AP's SSID - $MWIFISSID
AT$MWIFISSID Set/Get AP's SSID.
AT$MWIFISSID=<AP
_NUM>,<SSID>
This command is used to set/get AP's SSID.The max lenght is 32.The command take
effect after reboot wifi.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<SSID> Specific AP's SSID.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFISSID?
$MWIFISSID?
$MWIFISSID:<master_ssid >,<guest_ssid>
OK
AT$MWIFISSID=?
$MWIFISSID: (0-1),""
OK
Example
AT$MWIFISSID=0,"abc" //Set master AP's SSID to "abc".
OK
AT$MWIFISSID?
$MWIFISSID:"abc","123"
OK
// Master AP's SSID is "abc",Guest AP's SSID is "123".
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 345
3.3.5.13.3 Set/Get AP's Authentication And Encryption type - $MWIFIAUTH
AT$MWIFIAUTH Set or get AP's authentication and encryption type.
AT$MWIFIAUTH=<
AP_NUM>,<auth>,<e
ncrypt >,<PASS>
This command is used to set/get AP's authentication and encryption type.The command
take effect after reboot wifi.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<auth> Authentication type.
0 Open System Authentication
1 Shared Key Authentication
2 OSA/SKA
3 WPA
4 WPA2
5 WPA/WPA2
<encrypt> Encryption type.
0 NULL
1 WEP
2 TKIP
3 AES
4 TKIP-AES
<PASS> Specific AP's PASS.
If <auth> is 0,<encrypt> must be 0,<PASS> must be null.
If <auth> is 1,<encrypt> must be 1, The <PASS> length should
be 5/13 characters, or 10/26 hexadecimal digits.
If <auth> is 2,<encrypt> must be 0 or 1, The <PASS> same as
above.
If <auth> is 3/4/5,<encrypt> must be 2,3 or 4,The <PASS>
max lenght is 63,min lenght is 8.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIAUTH?
$MWIFIAUTH?
$MWIFIAUTH:<master_auth>,<master_encrypt>,<master_pass>;<guest_auth>,<guest
_encrypt>,<guest _pass>
OK
AT$MWIFIAUTH=?
$MWIFIAUTH:(0-1),(0-5),(0-4),""
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 346
Example
//Set master AP's auth is open
AT$MWIFIAUTH=0,0,0,""
OK
//Set master AP's auth is WPA,encrypt is TKIP,password is
//"12345678"
AT$MWIFIAUTH=0,3,2,"12345678"
OK
AT$MWIFIAUTH?
$MWIFIAUTH:3,2,"12345678";4,3,"1234567890"
OK
// Master AP's auth is WPA,encrypt is TKIP,password is
// "12345678";Guest AP's auth is WPA2,encrypt is AES,password
// is "1234567890"
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 347
3.3.5.13.4 Open or Close AP's Broadcast - $MWIFIBCAST
AT$MWIFIBCAST Open or close AP's broadcast.
AT$MWIFIBCAST=<
AP_NUM>,<broadcas
t>
This command is used to open or close specific AP's broadcast.While the broadcast is
closed,will not receive AP's signal. The command take effect after reboot wifi.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<broadcast> Open or close specific AP's broadcast..
0 The broadcast is off.
1 The broadcast is on.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIBCAST=?
$MWIFIBCAST:(0-1),(0-1)
OK
AT$MWIFIBCAST?
$MWIFIBCAST: <master_broadcast >,<guest_broadcast>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFIBCAST?
$MWIFIBCAST:1,0 // Master AP's broadcast is on,Guest AP's
broadcast is off.
OK
AT$MWIFIBCAST=1,0 // Close Guest AP's broadcast.
OK
AT$MWIFIBCAST=0,1 // Open Master AP's broadcast.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 348
3.3.5.13.5 Set WIFI Channel - $MWIFICHAN
AT$MWIFICHAN Set WIFI channel.
AT$MWIFICHAN=<
AP_NUM>,<channel>
This command is used to set WIFI channel. The command take effect after reboot wifi.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<channel>
0 Auto.
1 - 13 : The channel number.
The best channel is 1/6/11
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFICHAN=?
$MWIFICHAN:(0-1),(0-13)
OK
AT$MWIFICHAN?
$MWIFIBCAST: <master_channel >,<guest_channel>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFICHAN?
$MWIFIBCAST:6,11 // Master AP's channel is 6,Guest AP's
channel is 11.
OK
AT$MWIFICHAN =1,6 // Set Guest AP's channel to 6.
OK
AT$MWIFICHAN =0,11 // Set Master AP's channel to 11.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 349
3.3.5.13.6 Set Max Number Of Wifi Client - $MWIFIMAXCLI
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI Set max number of wifi client.
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI
=<AP_NUM>,<cli_nu
m>
This command is used to set max client number. The max client must <= 10.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<cli_num> The max client number.
1 - 10 : Max client number.The default number is 10.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI
=?
$MWIFIMAXCLI:(0-1),(1-10)
OK
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI?
$MWIFIMAXCLI: <master_num>,<guest_num>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI?
$MWIFIMAXCLI:6,10 // Master AP's max client number is
//6,Guest AP's max client number is 10.
OK
AT$MWIFIMAXCLI =1,6 //Set Guest AP's max client number to 6.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 350
3.3.5.13.7 Set DHCP Parameter - $MWIFIDHCP
AT$MWIFIDHCP Set DHCP parameter.
AT$MWIFIDHCP=<h
ost_ip>,<start_ip>,<en
d_ip>,<time>
This command is used to set DHCP parameter.
<host_ip> The gateway's IPv4 address.
<start_ip> The client's start IPv4 address.
<end_ip> The client's end IPv4 address.
<time> The hire time (second).
The IP address must in the same network segment and start_ip less than end_ip.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIDHCP=?
$MWIFIDHCP:"","","",(120-31536000)
OK
AT$MWIFIDHCP?
$MWIFIDHCP: <host_ip>,<start_ip>,<end_ip>,<time>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFIDHCP=192.168.1.1,192.168.1.20,192.168.1.60,43200
OK
$MWIFIDHCP:SUCCESS
// Set host IP is "192.168.1.1",start ip is "192.168.1.20",end ip is "192.168.1.60".
AT$MWIFIDHCP?
$MWIFIDHCP:192.168.1.1,192.168.1.20,192.168.1.60,43200
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 351
3.3.5.13.8 Set AP's NAT Type - $MWIFINAT
AT$MWIFINAT Set AP's NAT type.
AT$MWIFINAT=<nat
>
This command is used to set AP's NAT type.
<nat> NAT type
0 Symmetric NAT
1 Port Restricted Cone NAT
2 Full Cone NAT
3 Address Restricted Cone NAT
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFINAT=?
$MWIFINAT:(0-3)
OK
AT$MWIFINAT?
$MWIFINAT:<nat_type>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFINAT?
$MWIFINAT:0 // Current is Symmetric NAT
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 352
3.3.5.13.9 Set WIFI Mode - $MWIFIMODE
AT$MWIFIMODE Set WIFI mode.
AT$MWIFIMODE
=<mode>
This command is used to set WIFI mode.
<mode> WIFI mode.
0 AP-only mode.
1 AP-AP mode.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIMODE=?
$MWIFIMODE:(0-1)
OK
AT$MWIFIMODE?
$MWIFIMODE:<mode>
OK
Example
AT$MWIFIMODE?
$MWIFIMODE:1 //Current mode is AP-AP.
OK
AT$MWIFIMODE=0 //Set wifi mode to AP-only.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 353
3.3.5.13.10 Get WIFI Client Number - $MWIFICLICNT
AT$MWIFICLICNT Get wifi client number.
AT$MWIFICLICNT?
This command is used to get client number.
Responses
OK
ERROR
Example
AT$MWIFICLICNT?
OK
$MWIFICLICNT:SUCCESS
1,0 // Master AP's client number is 1;Guest AP's client number is 0
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 354
3.3.5.13.11 Get WIFI Client Information - $MWIFICLILIST
AT$MWIFICLILIST Get wifi client information.
AT$MWIFICLILIST=
<AP_NUM >
This command is used to get wifi client information.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
Responses
Master-AP:<cli_cnt>
Index:<index>,<name>,<mac>,<IPv4>
...
OR
Guest-AP:<cli_cnt>
Index:<index>,<name>,<mac>,<IPv4>
...
AT$MWIFICLILIST=
?
$MWIFICLILIST:(0-1)
OK
Example
AT$MWIFICLILIST=0 // Get Master AP's client information.
OK
Master-AP:2
Index:0,"ATH-TL00H-e044188fddf0ddc","24:df:6a:2d:0c:20","192.168.225.55"
Index:1,"android-734a3b83746d8b3f","ac:f7:f3:5d:0b:f6","192.168.225.40"
AT$MWIFICLILIST=1 // Get Guest AP's client information.
OK
Guest-AP:0 // No client connect into Guest AP.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 355
3.3.5.13.12 Open/Close STA Connection Indication - $MWIFIIND
AT$MWIFIIND Open or close STA connection indication.
AT$MWIFIIND=<st
ate>
This command is used to open or close station connection indication.The default state
is open.
<state> The indication state.
0 Close indication state.
1 Open indication state.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIIND=?
$MWIFIIND:(0-1)
OK
AT$MWIFIIND?
$MWIFIIND:<state>
OK
$MWIFIIND:<ap_nu
m>,<conn_state>,<na
me>,<mac>,<ip>
The indication when client connect to AP or disconnect from AP.
<ap_num> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<conn_state> The connection state
0 Disconnect form AP.
1 Connect to AP
<name> Client's name.
<mac> Client's Mac address.
<ip> Client's IPV4 address.
Example
AT$MWIFIIND=1 // Open connection indication
OK
// Has a client connect to master AP.
$MWIFIIND:0,1,"test","f0:79:60:36:ea:d3","192.168.225.29"
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 356
3.3.5.13.13 Get/Set WIFI blacklist - $MWIFIBLKLIST
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST Get/Set wifi blacklist.
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST
=<AP_NUM>[,<mode>
][,<mac>]
This command is used to get or set wifi blacklist.
<AP_NUM> The AP's ID.
0 The master AP.
1 The Guest AP.
<mode> Add/Remove mac into/from blacklist.
0 Add into blacklist.
1 Remove from blacklist.
<mac> The client's mac address.
Responses
$MWIFIBLKLIST:SUCCESS
$WIFIBLACKLIST:<mac_num> (mac_num <= 10)
<mac_1>,<mac_2>, ... , <mac_num>
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST
=?
$MWIFIBLKLIST:(0-1),(0-1),""
OK
Example
// Add "24:df:6a:2d:0c:24" into Master AP's blacklist.
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST=0,0,24:df:6a:2d:0c:24
OK
// Get macs from Master AP's blacklist.
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST=0
OK
$MWIFIBLKLIST:SUCCESS
$WIFIBLACKLIST:10 // There are 10 macs
24:df:6a:2d:0c:20,24:df:6a:2d:0c:21,24:df:6a:2d:0c:22,24:df:6a:2d:0c:23,24:df:6a:2d
:0c:24,24:df:6a:2d:0c:25,24:df:6a:2d:0c:26,24:df:6a:2d:0c:27,24:df:6a:2d:0c:28,24:d
f:6a:2d:0c:29
$WIFIBLACKLIST:9
24:df:6a:2d:0c:30,24:df:6a:2d:0c:31,24:df:6a:2d:0c:32,24:df:6a:2d:0c:33,24:df:6a:2d
:0c:34,24:df:6a:2d:0c:35,24:df:6a:2d:0c:36,24:df:6a:2d:0c:37,24:df:6a:2d:0c:38
// Get macs from Guest AP's blacklist.
AT$MWIFIBLKLIST=1
OK
$MWIFIBLKLIST:SUCCESS
$WIFIBLACKLIST:0
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 357
3.3.5.13.14 Reset WIFI Setting - $MWIFIRSTD
AT$MWIFIRSTD Reset WIFI settings.
AT$MWIFIRSTD
This command is used to reset WIFI settings.After this command,the devices will
reboot.
Responses
OK
ERROR
Example
AT$MWIFIRSTD
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 358
3.3.5.13.15 Enable Or Unable Network For WIFI - $MNETSWITCH
AT$MNETSWITCH Set WIFI surf the Internet or not.
AT$MNETSWITCH=
<open>
This command is used to enable or disable network for WIFI.
<open>
0 WIFI can not surf the Internet.
1 WIFI can surf the Internet.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MNETSWITCH
=?
$MNETSWITCH:(0-1)
OK
AT$MNETSWITCH?
$MNETSWITCH:<open>
OK
Example
AT$MNETSWITCH?
$MNETSWITCH:0 // Prohibit WIFI Internet access.
OK
AT$MNETSWITCH=1 // Allows WIFI Internet access.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 359
3.3.5.13.16 Get/Set Profile ID For AP - $MWIFIPROID
AT$MWIFIPROID Get/Set profile id for AP.
AT$MWIFIPROID
=<type>,<profile_id>
This command is used to set profile id for AP.
<type>
0 Set profile ID for 3GPP
1 Set profile ID for 3GPP2
<profile_id> The profile ID is between 0 and 24 for 3GPP,and between 0 and 255 for
3GPP2.The default value is 0.
Responses
OK
ERROR
AT$MWIFIPROID =?
$MWIFIPROID:(0-1),(0-255)
OK
AT$MWIFIPROID?
$MWIFIPROID:<3gpp_profile_id>,<3gpp2_profile_id >
OK
Example
AT$MWIFIPROID?
$MWIFIPROID:3,0 // The profile id for 3GPP is 3 and the id for 3GPP2 is
// default.
OK
AT$MNETSWITCH=0,1 // Set the profile ID for 3GPP is 1.
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 360
3.3.5.13.17 Error Code
1 Wifi support state unknown
2 Load Wifi driver failed
3 Wifi not open
4 Server not running
5 Data call failed
6 Waitting for the operation to complete
7 - 9 Communication error
10 AT parameter error
11 Guest AP not open
12 Restoring factory settings
13 Unknown error
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 361
3.3.5.14 AT Commands for FOTA
3.3.5.14.1 Detect/Upgrade Software Version - +FOTA
+FOTA upgrade software version.
AT+FOTA
This command is used to upgrade software version.
Responses
CHECK_SUCCESS detect a new version
DOWNLOAD_SUCCESS download success
REBOOT_AND_UPGRADE reboot for recovery upgrade
CHECK_FAILURE the new version is not detected
NET_FAILURE network error
DOWNLOAD_FAILURE download error
VERIFY_FAILURE verify downloaded file error
downloading progress xxx% download progress
AT+ FOTA?
This command is used to detect new software version.
Responses
DETECTED a new version is detected
LATEST this version is latest
CHECK_FAILURE detect version error
NET_ERROR network error
Example
Detect:
AT+FOTA?
+FOTA: DETECTED
OK
Upgrade:
AT+FOTA
+FOTA: CHECK_SUCCESS
+FOTA: downloading progress 001%
+FOTA: downloading progress 002%
+FOTA: downloading progress 003%
+FOTA: downloading progress 004%
+FOTA: downloading progress 005%
+FOTA: downloading progress 006%
+FOTA: downloading progress 007%
+FOTA: downloading progress 008%
+FOTA: downloading progress 009%
+FOTA: downloading progress 010%
+FOTA: downloading progress 011%
+FOTA: downloading progress 012%
+FOTA: downloading progress 013%
+FOTA: downloading progress 014%
+FOTA: downloading progress 015%
+FOTA: downloading progress 016%
+FOTA: downloading progress 017%
+FOTA: downloading progress 018%
+FOTA: downloading progress 019%
+FOTA: downloading progress 020%
+FOTA: downloading progress 021%
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 362
+FOTA: downloading progress 022%
+FOTA: downloading progress 023%
+FOTA: downloading progress 024%
+FOTA: downloading progress 025%
+FOTA: downloading progress 026%
+FOTA: downloading progress 027%
+FOTA: downloading progress 028%
+FOTA: downloading progress 029%
+FOTA: downloading progress 030%
+FOTA: downloading progress 031%
+FOTA: downloading progress 032%
+FOTA: downloading progress 033%
+FOTA: downloading progress 034%
+FOTA: downloading progress 035%
+FOTA: downloading progress 036%
+FOTA: downloading progress 037%
+FOTA: downloading progress 038%
+FOTA: downloading progress 039%
+FOTA: downloading progress 040%
+FOTA: downloading progress 041%
+FOTA: downloading progress 042%
+FOTA: downloading progress 043%
+FOTA: downloading progress 044%
+FOTA: downloading progress 045%
+FOTA: downloading progress 046%
+FOTA: downloading progress 047%
+FOTA: downloading progress 048%
+FOTA: downloading progress 049%
+FOTA: downloading progress 050%
+FOTA: downloading progress 051%
+FOTA: downloading progress 052%
+FOTA: downloading progress 053%
+FOTA: downloading progress 054%
+FOTA: downloading progress 055%
+FOTA: downloading progress 056%
+FOTA: downloading progress 057%
+FOTA: downloading progress 058%
+FOTA: downloading progress 059%
+FOTA: downloading progress 060%
+FOTA: downloading progress 061%
+FOTA: downloading progress 062%
+FOTA: downloading progress 063%
+FOTA: downloading progress 064%
+FOTA: downloading progress 065%
+FOTA: downloading progress 066%
+FOTA: downloading progress 067%
+FOTA: downloading progress 068%
+FOTA: downloading progress 069%
+FOTA: downloading progress 070%
+FOTA: downloading progress 071%
+FOTA: downloading progress 072%
+FOTA: downloading progress 073%
+FOTA: downloading progress 074%
+FOTA: downloading progress 075%
+FOTA: downloading progress 076%
+FOTA: downloading progress 077%
+FOTA: downloading progress 078%
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 363
+FOTA: downloading progress 079%
+FOTA: downloading progress 080%
+FOTA: downloading progress 081%
+FOTA: downloading progress 082%
+FOTA: downloading progress 083%
+FOTA: downloading progress 084%
+FOTA: downloading progress 085%
+FOTA: downloading progress 086%
+FOTA: downloading progress 087%
+FOTA: downloading progress 088%
+FOTA: downloading progress 089%
+FOTA: downloading progress 090%
+FOTA: downloading progress 091%
+FOTA: downloading progress 092%
+FOTA: downloading progress 093%
+FOTA: downloading progress 094%
+FOTA: downloading progress 095%
+FOTA: downloading progress 096%
+FOTA: downloading progress 097%
+FOTA: downloading progress 098%
+FOTA: downloading progress 099%
+FOTA: downloading progress 100%
+FOTA: DOWNLOAD_SUCCESS
+FOTA: REBOOT_AND_UPGRADE
OK
Note:
- Please ensure network flow, before upgrade.
- When using "AT+FOTA" command for upgrade version successfully, machine will
reboot to recovery upgrade. Please be waiting patiently, this time will last about 2
minutes. And then it will boot automatically and report the result of upgrade operation.
- The format of report result is "+FOTA: <result>". The value of "<result>" is:
UPGRADE_SUCCESS
UPGRADE_FAILURE
3.3.5.14.2 Get the publish content of new version - +MFOTAGCVI
+MFOTAGCVI get the publish content of new version.
AT+MFOTAGCVI
This command is used to get the publish content of new version.
This command must be used after "AT+FOTA?" cmd return
"+FOTA: DETECTED".
Responses
new version: <version>
publish date: <date>
publish content: <content>
<version>: the number of new version.
<date>: the publish time of new version. The format is
YYYY-MM-DD
<content>: the publish content of new version. This data is encoded
by UTF-8.
Example
AT+MFOTAGCVI
new version: L506Cv01.05b05_fota.02
publish date: 2017-03-13
publish content: 1.Optimization system,2.Fix bugs.
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 364
OK
3.3.5.15 AT Commands for TTS
3.3.5.15.1 Voice broadcast - +MTTS
AT+MTTS – Voice broadcast command
AT+MTTS=<encode
>,<text>
this command is used to broadcast text, enter a paragraph of text <text>, the module is
broadcast in the form of voice
Responses:
OK
or
+MTTS: FAIL <code>
ERROR
<encode> :Text encoding format
1: the beginning of the UNICODE encoded text broadcast
2: the beginning of the UTF8 encoded text broadcast
3: the beginning of the GBK encoded text broadcast
4: the beginning of the GB2312 encoded text broadcast
5: the beginning of the BIG5 encoded text broadcast
6: the beginning of the GB18030 encoded text broadcast
<text>: Broadcast text content is encoded format
Note: a maximum of 1024 characters can be input, UCS2 to use the small end
Little-endian mode coding
Error code:
1. err_code < 0 internal error
2. err_code > 10000 is TTS lib running error
AT+MTTS=?
+MTTS: (1-6),
"
text
"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 365
Example
AT+MTTS=1,
"
2D4EFD563575E14F
"
OK
AT+MTTS=2,
"
e68890e983bde7a7bbe69faf545453e8afade99fb3e7a4bae4be8b
"
OK
AT+MTTS?
ERROR
AT+MTTS=?
+MTTS: (1-6),
"
text
"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 366
3.3.5.15.2 Set voice broadcast parameters - +MTTSP
AT+MTTSP - Set voice broadcast parameters
AT+MTTSP
=[<speaker>[,<volu
me>[,<speed>[,<effe
ct>]]]]
This command is used to set the parameters of the TTS voice broadcast
Responses:
OK/ERROR
<speaker>:voice speaker
0 - xiaoyan (default 0)
1 - xiaofeng
<volume>: Sound size
0 - 100 (default 50)
<speed>: Broadcast speed
0 - 100 (default 50)
<effect>: voice effect ,default 0
0 No 1 sound, far and near, 2 echo, 3 robots, 4 chorus, 5 water, 6 reverb, 7 mystifying
AT+MTTSP?
+MTTSP: <speaker>,<volume>,<speed>,<effect>
OK
AT+MTTSP=?
+MTTSP: (0-1),(0-100),(0-100),(0-7)
OK
Example
AT+MTTSP=1,51,51,3
OK
AT+MTTSP?
+MTTSP: 1,51,51,3
OK
AT+MTTSP=?
+MTTSP: (0-1),(0-100),(0-100),(0-7)
OK
AT+MTTSP
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 367
3.3.5.16 AT Commands for AUDIO
3.3.5.16.1 Audio function - +MAUDREC
AT+MAUDREC – Audio function
AT+MAUDREC=
<mode>[,<filename>]
This command is used to audio function.
Responses:
OK
or
+MAUDREC: FAIL: <code>
ERROR
<mode>
0 Start record
1 Stop record
2 Play record
3 Stop play record
4 Delete record
<filename>
Record file name, do not need suffix, suffix is wav, if mode is 0, 2, 4, this field is valid,
if 0, 2, 4 do not have this field, default name is rec, max length of the file name is 30
Error <code>:
code < 0 internal error
10 operate error
11 bad parms error
12 FILE error
13 PCM error
AT+MAUDREC?
+MAUDREC: numbers,
<File_name1>, size
<File_name2>, size
…
OK
AT+MAUDREC=?
+MAUDREC: (0-4),"file name"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 368
Example
AT+MAUDREC=0,"test"
OK
AT+MAUDREC=1
OK
AT+MAUDREC=2
OK
AT+MAUDREC?
+MAUDREC: 1,
<test.wav>, 32543
OK
AT+MAUDREC=4,"test"
OK
AT+MAUDREC=?
+MAUDREC: (0-4),
"
file name
"
OK
AT+MAUDREC
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 369
3.3.5.16.2 Set MIC volume - +MMICVOL
AT+MMICVOL- Set mic volume
AT+MMICVOL
=<vol>
This command is used to set the mic volume
Responses:
OK
or
+MMICVOL: FAIL: <code>
ERROR
<vol>: volume size, default value 5
0 - 10
Error <code>:
code < 0 internal error
10 operate error
11 bad parms error
12 FILE error
13 PCM error
AT+MMICVOL?
+MMICVOL: <vol>
OK
AT+MMICVOL=?
+MMICVOL: (0-10)
OK
Example
AT+MMICVOL=2
OK
AT+MMICVOL?
+MMICVOL: 2
OK
AT+MMICVOL=?
+MMICVOL: (0-10)
OK
AT+MMICVOL
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 370
3.3.5.16.3 Set Speaker Volume - +MSPKVOL
AT+MSPKVOL- Set speaker volume
AT+MSPKVOL
=<vol>
This command is used to set the speaker volume
Responses:
OK
or
+MSPKVOL: FAIL: <code>
ERROR
<vol>: volume size, default value 9
0 - 10
Error <code>:
code < 0 internal error
10 operate error
11 bad parms error
12 FILE error
13 PCM error
AT+MSPKVOL?
+MSPKVOL: <vol>
OK
AT+MSPKVOL=?
+MSPKVOL: (0-10)
OK
Example
AT+MSPKVOL=2
OK
AT+MSPKVOL?
+MSPKVOL: 2
OK
AT+MSPKVOL=?
+MSPKVOL: (0-10)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 371
3.3.5.17 AT Commands for Sleep Mode
3.3.5.17.1 Sleep mode function - +CSCLK
AT+CSCLK– Sleep mode function
AT+CSCLK =
<type>
This command is used to change which can trigger sleep mode by type.
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
< type>
0 AT command (AT+MPWRSM=1)
1 DTR pin
2 Wakeup in pin
AT+CSCLK?
+CSCLK: <type>
OK
AT+CSCLK =?
+CSCLK: (0-2)
OK
3.3.5.17.2 Entry Sleep mode function - +MPWRSM
AT+ MPWRSM– Entry Sleep mode function
AT+MPWRSM=
<mode>
This command is used to entry sleep mode. Only can be used when CSCLK=0
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
< mode >
0 wake up
1 sleep
AT+MPWRSM?
+MPWRSM: <mode>
OK
AT+MPWRSM=?
+MPWRSM: (0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 372
3.3.5.18 AT Commands for Heartbeat
3.3.5.18.1 Hearteat Service Config - +MHEARTSRV
AT+MHEARTSRV – Hearteat Service Config
AT+MHEARTSRV
=<serveraddr>[,<port>]
This command is used to set heartbeat server address ,port number , default use TCP
protocol
Responses :
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<serveraddr> - Range: server ipv4 address or domain address
<port> - Range:1-65535 (default 80)
Note : serveraddr string minimum length 2 and max length 100,
Command configuration parameters before start or restart heartbeat pack
AT+MHEARTSRV?
Read command:
+MHEARTSRV: <serveraddr>,<port>
OK
AT+MHEARTSRV=?
Test command:
+MHEARTSRV: "server address",(1-65535)
OK
Example
AT+MHEARTSRV="182.150.28.206",6800
OK
AT+MHEARTSRV?
+MHEARTSRV: "182.150.28.206",6800
OK
AT+MHEARTSRV=?
+MHEARTSRV: "server address",(1-65535)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 373
3.3.5.18.2 HeartBeat Enable and Disable - +MHEARTEN
AT+ MHEARTEN – HeartBeat Enable and Disable
AT+MHEARTEN
=<state>
this command is used to enable or disable heartbeat function
Responses
OK
or
BUSY
or
ERROR
+MHEARTEN: <code>
Defined values
<state>
0 : disable heartbeat (default 0)
1 : enable heartbeat
<code>:
0 - heartbeat end
1 - heartbeat connected
2 - PDP profile not activated
3 - NETLIB end open error
4 - DNS parsing error
5 - Socket create error
6 - Network connect error
7 - heartbeat send or recv error
8 - heartbeat timeout
AT+MHEARTEN?
Read command:
+MHEARTEN: <state>
OK
AT+MHEARTEN=?
Test command:
+MHEARTEN: (0-1)
OK
Example
AT+MHEARTEN=1
OK
+MHEARTEN: 1
AT+MHEARTEN?
+MHEARTEN: 1
OK
AT+MHEARTEN=?
+MHEARTEN: (0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 374
3.3.5.18.3 Set Heartbeat Times - +MHEARTTIME
AT+MHEARTTIME - Set heartbeat times
AT+MHEARTTIME=[
<timer>[,<timerout>[,<
reconnect>]]]
This command is used to set the times of heartbeat
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<timer>: heartbeat interval time (unit 10s)
1 – 30 (default 6)
<timerout>: heartbeat timeout time(unit 10s)
1 – 30 (default 12)
<reconnect>: automatic reconnection
0 – 1 (default 1)
Note : Command configuration parameters before start or restart heartbeat pack
AT+MHEARTTIME?
Read command:
+MHEARTTIME: <timer>,<timerout>,<reconnect>
OK
AT+MHEARTTIME=?
Test command:
+MHEARTTIME: (1-30),(1-30),(0-1)
OK
Example
AT+MHEARTTIME=1,3,1
OK
AT+MHEARTTIME?
+MHEARTTIME: 1,3,1
OK
AT+MHEARTTIME=?
+MHEARTTIME: (1-30),(1-30),(0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 375
3.3.5.18.4 Set Heartbeat Mode - +MHEARTMODE
AT+MHEARTMODE - Set Heartbeat mode
AT+MHEARTMODE
=[<mode>]
This command is used to set Heartbeat mode
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<mode>: Heartbeat mode
0 – heartbeat to server ,this mode not support control sleep and wakeup(default 0)
1 – heartbeat from server
Note : Command configuration parameters before start or restart heartbeat pack
AT+MHEARTMODE
?
Read command:
+MHEARTMODE: <mode>
OK
AT+MHEARTMODE
=?
Test command:
+MHEARTMODE: (0-1)
OK
Example
AT+MHEARTMODE=1
OK
AT+MHEARTMODE?
+MHEARTMODE: 1
OK
AT+MHEARTMODE=?
+MHEARTMODE: (0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 376
3.3.5.18.5 Set Heartbeat Packet Data - +MHEARTDATA
AT+MHEARTDATA - Set Heartbeat packet data type and data
AT+MHEARTDATA
=<type>,<data>
This command is used to set Heartbeat packet data type and data, different types of data
can not be the same.
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<type>: data type
0 – heart data
1 – sleep data (Sleep module)
2 – wakeup data (Wakeup module)
<data>: heartbeat data
Data string can not be empty and max length:100, yes quote, The default values for each
type of data are "0","sleep","wakeup"
Note : Command configuration parameters before start or restart heartbeat pack
The use of sleep and wakeup data should sleep function support
AT+MHEARTDATA
?
Read command:
+MHEARTDATA: <type>,<data>
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA
=?
Test command:
+MHEARTDATA: (0-2),"data"
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 377
Example
AT+MHEARTDATA=0,"xxx"
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA=1,"sleep"
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA=2,"wake"
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA?
+MHEARTDATA: 0,"xxx"
+MHEARTDATA: 1,"sleep"
+MHEARTDATA: 2,"wake"
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA=?
+MHEARTDATA: (0-2),"data"
OK
AT+MHEARTDATA
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 378
3.3.5.18.6 Set Heartbeat Packet URC Display - +MHEARTURC
AT+MHEARTURC - Set Heartbeat Packet URC display
AT+MHEARTURC=
<n>
This command is used to open or close Heartbeat Unsolicited Result Codes display to
the TE
Responses:
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<n>: control Heartbeat URC display
0 - close display (default 0)
1 - open display
AT+MHEARTURC?
Read command:
+MHEARTURC: <n>
OK
AT+MHEARTURC=
?
Test command:
+MHEARTURC: (0-1)
OK
Example
AT+MHEARTURC=1
OK
AT+MHEARTURC?
+MHEARTMODE: 1
OK
AT+MHEARTURC=?
+MHEARTURC: (0-1)
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 379
3.3.5.19 AT Commands for FS
3.3.5.19.1 Select directory as current directory - +MFSCD
AT+MFSCD – Select directory as current directory
AT+MFSCD=<path>
This command is used to select a directory. The Module supports absolute path and
relative path.Read Command will return current directory without double quotation
marks.
Responses :
+MFSCD: <curr_path>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<path>: String without double quotes, directory for selection.
<curr_path>: String without double quotes, current directory.
Note : If <path> is “..”, it will go back to previous level of directory.
Maximum absolute path length 1020
AT+MFSCD?
+MFSCD: <curr_path>
OK
AT+MFSCD=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSCD=C:/test1/test2
+MFSCD: C:/test1/test2
OK
AT+MFSCD=..
+MFSCD: C:/test1
OK
AT+MFSCD=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 380
3.3.5.19.2 Make new directory in current directory - +MFSMKDIR
AT+MFSMKDIR – Make new directory in current directory
AT+MFSMKDIR=<dir
name>
This command is used to create a new directory in current directory.
Responses
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<dirname>: String without double quotes, directory name which does not already
exist in current directory. Maximum length is 255
name string cannot contain: '/', '\\', ':', '*', '?','\"', '>', '<', '|'
AT+MFSMKDIR=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSMKDIR=Test
OK
AT+MFSLS=1
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
Test
OK
AT+MFSMKDIR=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 381
3.3.5.19.3 List directories/files in current directory - +MFSLS
AT+MFSLS – List directories/files in current directory
AT+MFSLS=<type>
This command is used to list informations of directories and/or files in current
directory.
Responses
[+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
<list of subdirectories>
<CR><LF>]
[+MFSLS: FILES:
<list of files>
<CR><LF>]
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<type>
0 – list both subdirectories and files
1 – list subdirectories only
2 – list files only
AT+MFSLS?
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:<dir_num>,FILES:<file_num>
OK
<dir_num>
Integer type, the number of subdirectories in current directory.
<file_num>
Integer type, the number of files in current directory.
AT+MFSLS=?
+MFSLS: (list of supported <type>s)
OK
AT+MFSLS
[+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
<list of subdirectories>
<CR><LF>]
[+MFSLS: FILES:
<list of files>
<CR><LF>]
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 382
Example
AT+MFSLS?
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:2,FILES:2
OK
AT+MFSLS
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
FirstDir
SecondDir
+MFSLS: FILES:
test_0.txt
test_1.txt
OK
AT+MFSLS=2
+MFSLS: FILES:
test_0.txt
test_1.txt
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 383
3.3.5.19.4 Delete directory in current directory - +MFSRMDIR
AT+MFSRMDIR – Delete directory in current directory
AT+MFSRMDIR=<dir
name>
This command is used to delete existing directory and its subdirectories in current
directory.
Responses
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<dirname>: String without double quotes. Directory name to be deleted which
already exist in current directory.
AT+MFSRMDIR=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSLS=1
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
Test1
Test2
OK
AT+MFSRMDIR=Test1
OK
AT+MFSLS=1
+MFSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:
Test2
OK
AT+MFSRMDIR=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 384
3.3.5.19.5 Delete file in current directory - +MFSDEL
AT+MFSDEL – Delete file in current directory
AT+MFSDEL=<filena
me>
This command is used to delete a file in current directory. Before do that, it needs to
use AT+MFSCD select the father directory as current directory.
Responses
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<filename>:
String without double quotes, file name which is relative and already existing.
If <filename> is *.*, it means delete all files in current directory.
AT+MFSDEL=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSLS=2
+MFSLS: FILES:
test_0.txt
test_1.txt
OK
AT+MFSDEL=test_0.txt
OK
AT+MFSLS=2
+MFSLS: FILES:
test_1.txt
OK
AT+MFSDEL=?
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 385
3.3.5.19.6 Rename file or subdirectory in current directory - +MFSRENAME
AT+MFSRENAME – Rename file or subdirectory in current directory
AT+MFSRENAME=
<old_name>,<new_n
ame>
This command is used to rename a file or subdirectory in current directory.
Responses
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<old_name>
String without double quotes, name which is existed in current directory.
<new_name>
New name of specified file, string without double quotes.
Maximum name string length is 255
name string cannot contain: '/', '\\', ':', '*', '?','\"', '>', '<', '|'
AT+MFSRENAME=
?
OK
Example
AT+MFSRENAME=image_0.jpg, image_1.jpg
OK
AT+MFSRENAME=?
OK
AT+MFSRENAME?
ERROR
AT+MFSRENAME
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 386
3.3.5.19.7 Request file attributes - +MFSATTRI
AT+MFSATTRI – Request file attributes
AT+MFSATTRI=<fil
ename>
This command is used to request the attributes of file which exists in current directory.
Responses
+MFSATTRI: <file_size>, <create_date>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<filename>
String without double quotes, file name which is in current directory.
<file_size>
The size of specified file, and the unit is in Byte.
<create_date>
Create date and time of specified file, the format is YYYY/MM/DD HH/MM/SS
Week.
Week – Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
AT+MFSATTRI=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSATTRI=image_0.jpg
+MFSATTRI: 8604, 2017/04/11 10:24:46 Tue
OK
AT+MFSATTRI=?
OK
AT+MFSATTRI?
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 387
3.3.5.19.8 Check the size of available memory - +MFSMEM
AT+MFSMEM – Check the size of available memory
AT+MFSMEM
This command is used to check the size of total memory and available memory.
Responses
+MFSMEM: C:(<total>, <available>)
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<total>
The total size of local storage space.
<available>
The available size of local storage space.
NOTE: The unit of storage space size is in Byte.
AT+MFSMEM=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSMEM
+MFSMEM: C:(1348480, 221600)
OK
AT+MFSMEM=?
OK
AT+MFSMEM?
ERROR
AT+MFSMEM
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 388
3.3.5.19.9 Select storage place - +MFSLOCA
AT+MFSLOCA – Select storage place
AT+MFSLOCA=
<loca>
This command is used to set the storage place for media files.
Responses
OK
or
ERROR
Defined values
<loca>
0 – store media files to local storage space (namely “C:/”)
AT+MFSLOCA?
+MFSLOCA: <loca>
OK
AT+MFSLOCA=?
+MFSLOCA: (list of supported <loca>s)
OK
Example
AT+MFSLOCA=0
OK
AT+MFSLOCA?
+MFSLOCA: 0
OK
AT+MFSLOCA=?
+MFSLOCA: (0)
OK
AT+MFSLOCA
ERROR
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 389
3.3.5.19.10 Copy an appointed file - +MFSCOPY
AT+MFSCOPY – Copy an appointed file
AT+MFSCOPY=<fil
e1>,<file2>[,<sync_
mode>]
This command is used to copy an appointed file on C:/ to an appointed directory on
C:/, the new file name should give in parameter.
Responses
+MFSCOPY: <percent>
[+MFSCOPY: <percent>]
OK
Or
OK
+MFSCOPY: <percent>
[+MFSCOPY: <percent>]
+MFSCOPY: END
Or
BUSY
Or
+MFSCOPY: FAIL <error code>
ERROR
<error code>:
1 - NEW FILE NAME ALREADY EXIST
2 - SOURCE FILE NOT EXIST
3 - DIRECTORY NOT EXIST
4 - INVALID PATH NAME
5 - INVALID FILE NAME
6 - EFS HAVE NO ENOUGH MEMORY
7 - FILE CREATE ERROR
8 - READ FILE ERROR
9 - WRITE FILE ERROR
Defined values
<file1>
The sources file name or the whole path name with sources file name.
<file2>
The destination file name or the whole path name with destination file name.
destination file name string cannot contain: '/', '\\', ':', '*', '?','\"', '>', '<', '|'
Max file name string length is 255 and max whole path length is 1020
<percent>
The percent of copy done. The range is 0.0 to 100.0
<sync_mode>
The execution mode of the command:
0 – synchronous mode (default 0)
1 – asynchronous mode
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 390
NOTE:
1. The <file1> and <file2> should give the whole path and name, if only given file
name, it will refer to current path (AT+MFSCD) and check the file’s validity.
2. If <file2> is a whole path and name, make sure the directory exists, make sure that
the file name does not exist or the file name is not the same name as the sub folder
name, otherwise return error.
3. <percent> report refer to the copy file size. The big file maybe report many times,
and little file report less.
4. If <sync_mode> is 1, the command will return OK immediately, and report final
result with +MFSCOPY: END. If not set <sync_mode>, use the default value.
Multiple asynchronous copy operations are not supported at the same time, the busy
state is returned
AT+MFSCOPY=?
OK
Example
AT+MFSCD?
+MFSCD: C:/
OK
AT+MFSCOPY=C:/testfile,copyfile
+MFSCOPY: 1.0
+MFSCOPY: 19.4
…
+MFSCOPY: 100.0
OK
AT+MFSCOPY=C:/testfile,copyfile
OK
+MFSCOPY: 1.0
+MFSCOPY: 19.4
…
+MFSCOPY: 100.0
+MFSCOPY: END
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 391
3.3.5.20 AT Commands for MQTT
3.3.5.20.1 Set address and port - +MMQTTOPEN
+MMQTTOPEN Set server address and port t
AT+MMQTTOPEN=<a
ddress>,<port>
This command is used to set MQTT server address and port.
<address>:The MQTT server domain name or IP address. The
maximum length is 100.
Responses format:
+MMQTTOPEN:<result>
OK
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
AT+MMQTTOPEN?
Responses:
+MMQTTOPEN:<address>,<port>
OK
AT+MMQTTOPEN=?
Responses:
+MMQTTOPEN: ,(1-65535)
OK
Example
Domain name:
AT+MMQTTOPEN=test.mosquitto.org,1883
+MMQTTOPEN:SUCCESS
OK
IP address:
AT+MMQTTOPEN=182.150.28.206,6600
+MMQTTOPEN:SUCCESS
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 392
3.3.5.20.2 Release MQTT resources - +MMQTTCLOSE
+MMQTTCLOSE release MQTT resources
AT+MMQTTCLOSE
This command is used to release MQTT resources.
Responses format:
+MMQTTCLOSE:<result>
OK
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
Example
AT+MMQTTCLOSE
+MMQTTCLOSE:SUCCESS
OK
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 393
3.3.5.20.3 Request to connect to server - +MMQTTCONNECT
+MMQTTCONNECT request to connect to server
AT+MMQTTCONNEC
T=<client
id>,[,<username>,<pass
word>[,<clean
session>,<keep alive
timer>[,<will flag>,<will
qos>,<will retain>,<will
topic>,<will message>]]]
This command is used to request to connect to server.
<client id>: This parameter is used to allow the server to identify
the client identity information. The maximum length of 50.
<username>: This parameter is used to login server. The maximum
length of 12.
<password>: This parameter is used to login server. The maximum
length of 12.
<clean session>: This parameter specifies the handling of the
Session state:
0 If CleanSession is set to 0, the Server must resume
communications with the Client based on state from the current
Session (as identified by the Client identifier). If there is no Session
associated with the Client identifier the Server must create a new
Session. The Client and Server MUST store the Session after the
Client and Server are disconnected. After the disconnection of a
Session that had CleanSession set to 0, the Server MUST store
further QoS 1 and QoS 2 messages that match any subscriptions
that the client had at the time of disconnection as part of the
Session state. It may also store QoS 0 messages that meet the same
criteria.
1 If CleanSession is set to 1, the Client and Server must discard
any previous Session and start a new one. This Session lasts as long
as the Network Connection. State data associated with this Session
must not be reused in any subsequent Session.
<keep alive timer>: The Keep Alive is a time interval measured in
seconds.
<will flag>:If the Will flag is set, the Will QoS and Will Retain
fields must be present in the Connect flags byte, and the Will Topic
and Will Message fields must be present in the payload.
<will qos>:Quality of Service:
0 At most once delivery for will message
1 At least once delivery for will message
2 Exactly once delivery for will message
<will retain>: Retain Flag:
0 the Server must store the will Message and its QoS.
1 the Server must not store the will message and must not remove
or replace any existing retained message
<will topic>: The topic of the will message. The maximum length
of 256
<will message>: The will message content. The maximum length
of 1360
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 394
Responses format:
+MMQTTCONNECT:<result>,<result type>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
<result type>:
0 no error
1 connection is lost
2 argments error
3 open network error
4 create socket error
5 connect to mqtt server error
6 old connection is not closed
AT+MMQTTCONNEC
T?
Responses:
+MMQTTCONNECT:<client
id>,[,<username>,<password>[,<clean session>,<keep alive
timer>[,<will flag>,<will qos>,<will retain>,<will topic>,<will
message>]]]
OK
AT+MMQTTCONNEC
T=?
Responses:
+MMQTTCONNECT: ,,,(0-1),(1-1080),(0-1),(0-2),(0-1),,
OK
Example
AT+MMQTTCONNECT=client_id_mobiletk
OK
+MMQTTCONNECT:SUCCESS,0
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 395
3.3.5.20.4 Request to disconnect to server - +MMQTTDISCONNECT
+MMQTTDISCONNECT Request to disconnect to server
AT+MMQTTDISCONN
ECT
This command is used to request to disconnct to Server.
Responses format:
+MMQTTDISCONNECT:<result>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
Example
AT+MMQTTDISCONNECT
OK
+MMQTTDISCONNECT:SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 396
3.3.5.20.5 Request to subscribe a topic - +MMQTTSUB
+MMQTTSUB request to subscribe a topic.
AT+MMQTTSUB=<topi
c>[,<qos>]
This command is used to request to subscribe a topic.The topics
maximum is 5.
<topic>: The maximum length of 256
<qos>: Quality of Service:
0 At most once delivery for message
1 At least once delivery for message
2 Exactly once delivery for message
Responses format:
+MMQTTSUB:<result>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
AT+MMQTTSUB?
Responses format:
AT+MMQTTSUBLIST:<topic>,<qos>
AT+MMQTTSUBLIST:<topic>,<qos>
AT+MMQTTSUBLIST:<topic>,<qos>
AT+MMQTTSUBLIST:<topic>,<qos>
AT+MMQTTSUBLIST:<topic>,<qos>
AT+MMQTTSUB=?
Responses:
+MMQTTSUB: ,(0-2)
OK
Example
Subscribe:
AT+MMQTTSUB=mobiletek/topic
OK
+MMQTTSUB:SUCCESS
Query:
AT+MMQTTSUB?
OK
+MMQTTSUBLIST:mobiletek/topic,1
+MMQTTSUBLIST:,0
+MMQTTSUBLIST:,0
+MMQTTSUBLIST:,0
+MMQTTSUBLIST:,0
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 397
3.3.5.20.6 Request to unsubscribe a topic - +MMQTTUNSUB
+MMQTTUNSUB request to unsubscribe a topic.
AT+MMQTTSUB=<topi
c>
This command is used to request to unsubscribe a topic.
<topic>: The maximum length of 256
Responses format:
+MMQTTUNSUB:<result>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
Example
Unsubscribe:
AT+MMQTTUNSUB=mobiletek/topic
OK
+MMQTTUNSUB:SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 398
3.3.5.20.7 Request to publish message - +MMQTTPUB
+MMQTTPUB request to publish message.
AT+MMQTTPUB=<topi
c>,<message>[,<qos>,<r
etain>]
This command is used to request to publish message.
<topic>: The maximum length of 256
<message>: The will message content. The maximum length of 500
<qos>:Quality of Service:
0 At most once delivery for message
1 At least once delivery for message
2 Exactly once delivery for message
<retain>: Retain Flag:
0 the Server must store the Message and its QoS.
1 the Server must not store the message and must not remove or
replace any existing retained message
Responses format:
+MMQTTPUB:<result>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
AT+MMQTTPUB?
Responses:
+MMQTTPUB:<topic>,<message>[,<qos>,<retain>]
OK
AT+MMQTTPUB=?
Responses:
+MMQTTPUB: ,,(0-2),(0-1)
OK
Example
Publish:
AT+MMQTTPUB=mobiletek/topic,a new message
OK
+MMQTTPUB:SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 399
3.3.5.20.8 Request to publish a long message - +MMQTTPUBEX
+MMQTTPUBEX request to publish a long message.
AT+MMQTTPUBEX=<
topic>,<message_length
>[,<qos>,<retain>]
This command is used to request to publish a long message.
<topic>: The maximum length of 256
<message_length>: The message content length. The maximum
length of 1360
<qos>:Quality of Service:
0 At most once delivery for message
1 At least once delivery for message
2 Exactly once delivery for message
<retain>: Retain Flag:
0 the Server must store the Message and its QoS.
1 the Server must not store the message and must not remove or
replace any existing retained message
Responses format:
+MMQTTPUBEX:<result>
<result>:
SUCCESS
FAILURE
AT+MMQTTPUBEX?
Responses:
+MMQTTPUBEX:<topic>,<message_length>,<qos>,<retain>
OK
AT+MMQTTPUBEX=?
Responses:
+MMQTTPUBEX: ,(1-1360),(0-2),(0-1)
OK
Example
Publish:
AT+MMQTTPUBEX =mobiletek/topic,1360
>>
1111111111222222222233333333334444444444555555555556666
6666667777777777888888888899999999990000000000111111111
122222222223333333333444444444455555555555666666666677
7777777788888888889999999999000000000011111111112222222
222333333333344444444445555555555566666666667777777777
8888888888999999999900000000001111111111222222222233333
333334444444444555555555556666666666777777777788888888
8899999999990000000000111111111122222222223333333333444
444444455555555555666666666677777777778888888888999999
9999000000000011111111112222222222333333333344444444445
555555555566666666667777777777888888888899999999990000
0000001111111111222222222233333333334444444444555555555
556666666666777777777788888888889999999999000000000011
111111112222222222333333333344444444445555555555566666
6666677777777778888888888999999999900000000001111111111
222222222233333333334444444444555555555556666666666777
7777777888888888899999999990000000000111111111122222222
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 400
223333333333444444444455555555555666666666677777777778
8888888889999999999000000000011111111112222222222333333
333344444444445555555555566666666667777777777888888888
8999999999900000000001111111111222222222233333333334444
444444555555555556666666666777777777788888888889999999
9990000000000111111111122222222223333333333444444444455
555555555666666666677777777778888888888999999999900000
0000011111111112222222222333333333344444444445555555
OK
+MMQTTPUBEX:SUCCESS
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 401
3.3.6 AT Commands for IS-707
3.3.6.1 IS-707 vendor Specific AT command table
3.3.6.1.1 Answer Incoming Voice Call - $QCCAV
$QCCAV - Answer incoming voice call.
AT$QCCAV
Answer incoming voice call.
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.1.2 Hangs Up Incoming Voice Call - $QCCHV
$QCCHV - Hangs up incoming voice call.
AT$QCCHV
Hangs up incoming voice call.
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.1.3 Sends to the ME a Password - ^CPIN
^CPIN - Sends to the ME a password
AT ^CPIN=
This set commands sends to the ME a password which is necessary before
operation.
AT ^CPIN?
^CPIN:<code>,,<SIM PUK retries>,<SIM PIN retries>,<SIM PUK2
retries>,SIM PIN2 retries>
OK
<code> -- describes the current pin state
<XXX retries> -- it defines the number of retries left for each PIN's
AT ^CPIN=?
Return OK
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 402
3.3.6.1.4 Sends to the ME a Password - +QCPIN
+QCPIN - Sends to the ME a password
AT+QCPIN =
This set commands sends to the ME a password which is necessary before
operation.
AT+QCPIN?
+QCPIN:<code>
<code> -- describes the current pin state
AT+QCPIN =?
Return OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.1.5 Query Received Signal Quality - AT+CCSQ
+CCSQ - Query received signal quality
AT+CCSQ
Query received signal quality. Returns the signal quality measure <SQM>
and the frame error rate <FER> as follows:
<SQM>:
0-31 - <SQM>
99 - <SQM> not known or is detectable.
<FER>:
0 - <0.01%
1 - 0.01 to < 0.1%
2 - 0.1 to < 0.5%
3 - 0.5 to < 1.0%
4 - 1.0 to < 2.0%
5 - 2.0 to < 4.0%
6 - 4.0 to < 8.0%
7 - >= 8.0%
99 - <FER> is not known or is not detectable.
AT+CCSQ=?
Response:
+CCSQ: (0-31,99),(99)
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.1.6 Originated Voice Call - AT+CDV
+CDV - Originated voice call
AT+CDV<num>
originated voice call
<num> - phone number
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 403
3.3.6.1.7 Compiles the IMSI Number - +QCIMI
+QCIMI - Compiles the IMSI number
AT+QCIMI
This command compiles the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
number of the device from the relevant NV items or the RUIM card and prints
out the information.
AT+QCIMI=?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 404
3.3.6.2 IS-707 Sms related AT command table
3.3.6.2.1 Set How Receiving New Message - $QCNMI
$QCNMI - Set how receiving new message
AT$QCNMI=
<mode>,<mt>,
<bfr>
select the procedure of how receiving new messages from the network is
indicated to TE.
Similar to +CNMI, except that <ds> and <bm> are not supported in CDMA
AT$QCNMI?
Response:
$QCNMI: x,x,x
OK
AT$QCNMI=?
Response:
$QCNMI: (0,1,2),(0,1,2,3),(0,1)
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.2 Set Parameters for Sending Messages - $QCSMP
$QCSMP - Set parameters for sending messages
AT$QCSMP=
tid,vpf,vp,ddtf,ddt;
set parameters for sending text sms messages.
<tid> = 4095 - 4102
<vpf> = 0 - 1 (0 Absolute, 1 Relative)
<vp>=string[22]
<ddtf> = 0 - 1 (0 Absolute, 1 Relative)
<ddt> = string[22]
Similar to +CSMP but with a different parameters
–Teleservice ID
– Validity Period Format
– Validity Period
– Deferred Delivery Time Format
– Deferred Delivery Time
AT$QCSMP?
Read current value
AT$QCSMP=?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 405
3.3.6.2.3 Select Preferred Memory Storage - $QCPMS
$QCPMS - Select preferred memory storage
AT$QCPMS=
<mem1>,<mem2>,
<mem3>
select preferred memory storage for reading, writing etc.
<mem> is any of ME or MT or SM
Similar to +CPMS
AT$QCPMS?
Read current value
AT$QCPMS=?
Response:
$QCPMS:("ME","MT","SM"),("ME","MT","SM"),("ME","MT","SM")
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.4 Read a Sms Message - $QCMGR
$QCMGR - Read a sms message
AT$QCMGR=
<index>
read a sms message.
Similar to +CMGR
AT$QCMGR=?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.5 Send a Message from TE to The Network - $QCMGS
AT$QCMGS - Send a message from TE to the network
AT$QCMGS=
<da> , <toda>
send a message from TE to the network.
Similar to +CMGS
AT$QCMGS=?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.6 Send a Message Already Stored from Memory - $QCMSS
$QCMSS - Send a message already stored from Memory
AT$QCMSS=
<index>[,<da>[,
<toda>]]
send a message already stored from Memory to the network.
Similar to +CMSS
AT$QCMSS=?
Response:
OK
3GPP2
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 406
3.3.6.2.7 Delete SMS Messages - $QCMGD
$QCMGD - Delete sms messages
AT$QCMGD=
<index>
delete sms messages from <mem1>.
Similar to +CMGD
AT$QCMGD=?
Response:
$QCMGD: (0),(0-4)
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.8 List All the SMS Saved in the Loaction - $QCMGL
AT$QCMGL - Lists all the SMS saved in the loaction
AT$QCMGL=
<stat>
Lists all the SMS saved in the loaction.
Similar to +CMGL
AT$QCMGL=?
Response:
$QCMGL: ("REC UNREAD","REC READ","STO UNSENT","STO
SENT","ALL")
OK
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 407
3.3.6.2.9 Message Format - $QCMGF
$QCMGF - Message Format
AT$QCMGF=
<mode>
Similar to +CMGF but only Text mode is supported in CDMA
<mode>
1
AT$QCMGF?
Response:
$QCMGF: 1
OK
AT$QCMGF=?
Response:
$QCMGF: (1)
OK
Reference
3GPP2
3.3.6.2.10 Store Message to Memory - $QCMGW
$QCMGW - Store message to memory
AT$QCMGW=
<da> , <toda>
store message to memory storage <mem2>
Similar to +CMGW
AT$QCMGW
AT$QCMGW=?
Response:
OK
Reference
3GPP2
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 408
4 LIST OF ACRONYMS
ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number AT Attention command
BA BCCH Allocation
BCCH Broadcast Control Channel
CA Cell Allocation
CBM Cell Broadcast Message
CBS Cell Broadcast Service
CCM Current Call Meter
CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
CTS Clear To Send
CUG Closed User Group
DCD Data Carrier Detect
DCE Data Communication Equipment
DCS Digital Cellular System
DNS Domain Name System Server
DSR Data Set Ready
DTE Data Terminal Equipment
DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency
DTR Data Terminal Ready
GPRS Global Packet Radio Service
IMEI International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IP Internet Protocol
IRA International Reference Alphabet
IWF Interworking Function
MO Mobile Originated
MT Mobile Terminal
NVM Non Volatile Memory
PCS Personal Communication Service
PDP Packet Data Protocol
PDU Packet Data Unit
PIN Personal Identification Number
PPP Point to Point Protocol
PUK Pin Unblocking Code
RLP Radio Link Protocol
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guid
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 409
RMC Recommended minimum Specific data
RTS Request To Send
SAP SIM Access Profile
SCA Service Center Address
SMS Short Message Service
SMSC Short Message Service Center
SMTP Simple Mail Transport Protocol
TA Terminal Adapter
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TE Terminal Equipment
UDP User Datagram Protocol
USSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
VDOP Vertical dilution of precision
VTG Course over ground and ground speed
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 410
5 ERROR CODE
5.1 ME Error Result Code - +CME ERROR: <err>
This is NOT a command; it is the error response to Cxxx 3gpp TS 27.007 commands. Syntax:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Parameter: <err> - error code can be either numeric or verbose (see +CMEE).The possible values
of <err> are reported in the table:
Numeric Format Verbose Format General errors:
0 phone failure
1 No connection to phone
2 phone-adaptor link reserved
3 operation not allowed
4 operation not supported
5 PH-SIM PIN required
10 SIM not inserted
11 SIM PIN required
12 SIM PUK required
13 SIM failure
14 SIM busy
15 SIM wrong
16 incorrect password
17 SIM PIN2 required
18 SIM PUK2 required
20 memory full
21 invalid index
22 not found
23 memory failure
24 text string too long
25 invalid characters in text string
26 dial string too long
27 invalid characters in dial string
30 no network service
31 network time-out
32 network not allowed - emergency calls only
40 network personalization PIN required
41 network personalization PUK required
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 411
42 network subset personalization PIN required
43 network subset personalization PUK required
44 service provider personalization PIN required
45 Service provider personalization PUK required
46 corporate personalization PIN required
47 corporate personalization PUK required General purpose error:
100 unknown
770 SIM invalid
GPRS related errors to a failure to perform an Attach:
103 Illegal MS (#3)*
Numeric Format Verbose Format
106 Illegal ME (#6)*
107 GPRS service not allowed (#7)*
111 PLMN not allowed (#11)*
112 Location area not allowed (#12)*
113 Roaming not allowed in this location area (#13)* GPRS related errors to
a failure to Activate a Context and others:
132 service option not supported (#32)*
133 requested service option not subscribed (#33)*
134 service option temporarily out of order (#34)*
148 unspecified GPRS error
149 PDP authentication failure
150 invalid mobile class Easy GPRS® related errors
550 generic undocumented error
551 wrong state
552 wrong mode
553 context already activated
554 stack already active
555 activation failed
556 context not opened
557 cannot setup socket
558 cannot resolve DN
559 time-out in opening socket
560 cannot open socket
561 remote disconnected or time-out
562 connection failed
563 tx error
564 already listening Network survey errors
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guide
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 412
657 Network survey error (No Carrier)*
658 Network survey error (Busy)*
659 Network survey error (Wrong request)*
660 Network survey error (Aborted)* Supplementary service related error
257 network rejected request
258 retry operation
259 invalid deflected to number
260 deflected to own number
261 unknown subscriber
262 service not available
263 unknown class specified
264 unknown network message AT+COPS test command related error
680 LU processing
681 Network search aborted
682 PTM mode AT+WS46 test command related error
683 Active call state
684 RR connection Established
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL
AT Command User Guid
Copyright© Shanghai Mobiletek Communication Ltd 413
5.2 Message Service Failure Result Code - +CMS ERROR: <err>
This is NOT a command; it is the error response to +Cxxx 3gpp TS 27.005 commands. Syntax:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Parameter: <err> - numeric error code. The <err> values are reported in the table:
Numeric Format Meaning
0...127 3gpp TS 24.011 Annex E-2 values
128...255 3gpp TS 23.040 sub clause 9.2.3.22 values
300 ME failure
301 SMS service of ME reserved
302 operation not allowed
303 operation not supported
304 invalid PDU mode parameter
305 invalid text mode parameter
310 SIM not inserted
311 SIM PIN required
312 PH-SIM PIN required
313 SIM failure
314 SIM busy
315 SIM wrong
316 SIM PUK required
317 SIM PIN2 required
318 SIM PUK2 required
320 memory failure
321 invalid memory index
322 memory full
330 SMSC address unknown
331 no network service
332 network time-out
340 no +CNMA acknowledgement expected
500 unknown error
LYNQ
CONFIDENTIAL

Navigation menu